WO2022247659A1 - Cleaning device - Google Patents

Cleaning device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022247659A1
WO2022247659A1 PCT/CN2022/092723 CN2022092723W WO2022247659A1 WO 2022247659 A1 WO2022247659 A1 WO 2022247659A1 CN 2022092723 W CN2022092723 W CN 2022092723W WO 2022247659 A1 WO2022247659 A1 WO 2022247659A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cleaning device
sewage
storage tank
cleaning
channel
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/092723
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
倪祖根
钱国祥
谢永军
李欣欣
Original Assignee
莱克电气股份有限公司
莱克电气绿能科技(苏州)有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202110586889.6A external-priority patent/CN115399687A/en
Priority claimed from CN202110813176.9A external-priority patent/CN115634867A/en
Priority claimed from CN202111007095.6A external-priority patent/CN115721201A/en
Priority claimed from CN202111209222.0A external-priority patent/CN115989977A/en
Application filed by 莱克电气股份有限公司, 莱克电气绿能科技(苏州)有限公司 filed Critical 莱克电气股份有限公司
Priority to EP22810386.7A priority Critical patent/EP4331457A1/en
Priority to KR1020237044724A priority patent/KR20240013789A/en
Priority to AU2022280813A priority patent/AU2022280813A1/en
Publication of WO2022247659A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022247659A1/en
Priority to US18/520,494 priority patent/US20240090717A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L7/00Suction cleaners adapted for additional purposes; Tables with suction openings for cleaning purposes; Containers for cleaning articles by suction; Suction cleaners adapted to cleaning of brushes; Suction cleaners adapted to taking-up liquids
    • A47L7/0004Suction cleaners adapted to take up liquids, e.g. wet or dry vacuum cleaners
    • A47L7/0023Recovery tanks
    • A47L7/0028Security means, e.g. float valves or level switches for preventing overflow
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4013Contaminants collecting devices, i.e. hoppers, tanks or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L5/00Structural features of suction cleaners
    • A47L5/12Structural features of suction cleaners with power-driven air-pumps or air-compressors, e.g. driven by motor vehicle engine vacuum
    • A47L5/22Structural features of suction cleaners with power-driven air-pumps or air-compressors, e.g. driven by motor vehicle engine vacuum with rotary fans
    • A47L5/24Hand-supported suction cleaners
    • A47L5/26Hand-supported suction cleaners with driven dust-loosening tools
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/29Floor-scrubbing machines characterised by means for taking-up dirty liquid
    • A47L11/292Floor-scrubbing machines characterised by means for taking-up dirty liquid having rotary tools
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/29Floor-scrubbing machines characterised by means for taking-up dirty liquid
    • A47L11/30Floor-scrubbing machines characterised by means for taking-up dirty liquid by suction
    • A47L11/302Floor-scrubbing machines characterised by means for taking-up dirty liquid by suction having rotary tools
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4013Contaminants collecting devices, i.e. hoppers, tanks or the like
    • A47L11/4016Contaminants collecting devices, i.e. hoppers, tanks or the like specially adapted for collecting fluids
    • A47L11/4019Fill level sensors; Security means to prevent overflow, e.g. float valves
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4027Filtering or separating contaminants or debris
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4036Parts or details of the surface treating tools
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4036Parts or details of the surface treating tools
    • A47L11/4044Vacuuming or pick-up tools; Squeegees
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/408Means for supplying cleaning or surface treating agents
    • A47L11/4083Liquid supply reservoirs; Preparation of the agents, e.g. mixing devices
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers
    • A47L11/4094Accessories to be used in combination with conventional vacuum-cleaning devices
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L5/00Structural features of suction cleaners
    • A47L5/12Structural features of suction cleaners with power-driven air-pumps or air-compressors, e.g. driven by motor vehicle engine vacuum
    • A47L5/22Structural features of suction cleaners with power-driven air-pumps or air-compressors, e.g. driven by motor vehicle engine vacuum with rotary fans
    • A47L5/28Suction cleaners with handles and nozzles fixed on the casings, e.g. wheeled suction cleaners with steering handle
    • A47L5/30Suction cleaners with handles and nozzles fixed on the casings, e.g. wheeled suction cleaners with steering handle with driven dust-loosening tools, e.g. rotating brushes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L9/00Details or accessories of suction cleaners, e.g. mechanical means for controlling the suction or for effecting pulsating action; Storing devices specially adapted to suction cleaners or parts thereof; Carrying-vehicles specially adapted for suction cleaners
    • A47L9/10Filters; Dust separators; Dust removal; Automatic exchange of filters
    • A47L9/16Arrangement or disposition of cyclones or other devices with centrifugal action
    • A47L9/1608Cyclonic chamber constructions
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L9/00Details or accessories of suction cleaners, e.g. mechanical means for controlling the suction or for effecting pulsating action; Storing devices specially adapted to suction cleaners or parts thereof; Carrying-vehicles specially adapted for suction cleaners
    • A47L9/10Filters; Dust separators; Dust removal; Automatic exchange of filters
    • A47L9/16Arrangement or disposition of cyclones or other devices with centrifugal action
    • A47L9/1658Construction of outlets
    • A47L9/1666Construction of outlets with filtering means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L9/00Details or accessories of suction cleaners, e.g. mechanical means for controlling the suction or for effecting pulsating action; Storing devices specially adapted to suction cleaners or parts thereof; Carrying-vehicles specially adapted for suction cleaners
    • A47L9/10Filters; Dust separators; Dust removal; Automatic exchange of filters
    • A47L9/16Arrangement or disposition of cyclones or other devices with centrifugal action
    • A47L9/1683Dust collecting chambers; Dust collecting receptacles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L9/00Details or accessories of suction cleaners, e.g. mechanical means for controlling the suction or for effecting pulsating action; Storing devices specially adapted to suction cleaners or parts thereof; Carrying-vehicles specially adapted for suction cleaners
    • A47L9/10Filters; Dust separators; Dust removal; Automatic exchange of filters
    • A47L9/16Arrangement or disposition of cyclones or other devices with centrifugal action
    • A47L9/1691Mounting or coupling means for cyclonic chamber or dust receptacles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L9/00Details or accessories of suction cleaners, e.g. mechanical means for controlling the suction or for effecting pulsating action; Storing devices specially adapted to suction cleaners or parts thereof; Carrying-vehicles specially adapted for suction cleaners
    • A47L9/10Filters; Dust separators; Dust removal; Automatic exchange of filters
    • A47L9/18Liquid filters
    • A47L9/186Construction of outlets
    • A47L9/187Construction of outlets with filtering means, e.g. separators

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of cleaning equipment, in particular to a cleaning device.
  • wet and dry vacuum cleaners as a cleaning device with the function of spraying water to wash the floor, are widely used in family life, industry, commerce and other fields.
  • Wet and dry vacuum cleaners usually have a cleaning liquid tank and a dirt storage tank, the cleaning liquid tank is used to store cleaning liquid used for floor scrubbing, and the dirt storage tank is used to collect recycled sewage.
  • the cleaning liquid tank and the dirt storage tank of the wet and dry vacuum cleaner are usually arranged on the body of the vacuum cleaner, which will cause the vacuum cleaner to occupy a large space, be heavy, and be inconvenient for users to use.
  • the embodiment of this specification provides a cleaning device, including a fuselage and a ground brush; the ground brush is connected to one end of the fuselage; Used to store and/or filter waste drawn in from said floor brushes.
  • the ground brush is rotatably connected to one end of the body; the body has a first channel, and the dirt storage tank communicates with the ground brush through the first channel.
  • a second channel is provided in the tank of the dirt storage tank, and the second channel communicates with the first channel.
  • a partition plate is provided in the box body, and the partition plate divides the inner space of the box body into an upper space and a lower space; the second channel extends upwardly through the lower space. through the partition plate to reach the upper space; the partition plate is provided with a first hole group and an anti-backflow structure, and the anti-backflow structure is used to allow the sewage in the upper space to pass through the first hole group enter the lower space, and prevent the sewage in the lower space from entering the upper space from the first hole group.
  • At least a portion of the edge of the divider is in sealing contact with the sidewall of the box.
  • the anti-reverse flow structure includes an anti-reverse valve installed on the partition plate corresponding to the first hole group and located in the lower space, and the anti-reverse valve passes through the first The set of holes communicates with the upper space.
  • the divider panels include curved panels.
  • an assembly hole is further provided on the partition plate, and the second channel passes through the assembly hole.
  • annular baffle is provided along a side of the assembly hole, and the annular baffle extends toward the upper space.
  • a blocking wall is provided along the circumference of the partition plate, and the blocking wall extends at least to the upper space.
  • a handle is provided on the partition plate, and the handle is located in the upper space.
  • one end of the box body has an opening, and a cover is provided at the opening, and an adapter tube is arranged in the box body, and one end of the adapter tube abuts against the cover body, and the transfer tube
  • the other end of the connecting pipe is connected with one end of the second channel, and an outlet is provided on the side wall of the connecting pipe.
  • the cover is provided with a gas outflow channel
  • the inlet of the gas outflow channel communicates with the upper space
  • the inlet of the gas outflow channel and the outlet of the connecting pipe are arranged in different directions.
  • a filter element is provided at the outlet of the gas outflow channel, and the filter element is used to filter out solid matter and/or liquid matter contained in the gas.
  • a cyclone separation structure is provided in the gas outflow channel, and the cyclone separation structure is used to separate solid substances and/or liquid substances contained in the gas.
  • the bottom surface of the box is provided with a sewage inlet
  • the cover includes a cover body; wherein, the sewage inlet extends upwards to form a sewage pipe, and the upper part of the sewage pipe forms a sewage outlet; the There is an air inlet on the cover body, and the air inlet communicates with the cyclone filter assembly; the fluid entering from the sewage pipe is separated from the mixed gas and mixed liquid at the sewage outlet, and the mixed gas passes through the The air inlet enters the cyclone filter assembly to separate clean gas and dust.
  • the cover body is provided with an accommodating cavity, and the upper end of the cover body is provided with an insertion port communicating with the accommodating cavity, and the cyclone filter assembly is put into the It is in the receiving cavity and is detachably connected with the cover body.
  • the cover further includes a baffle formed by the downward extension of the cover body, and the baffle is arranged around the periphery of the sewage outlet; between the baffle and the bottom surface A passage through the mixed gas is formed between them, and the sewage outlet and the air inlet are located on both sides of the baffle.
  • the sewage pipe includes: a pipe body, which is formed by extending upward from the sewage inlet; Two pipelines; the first pipeline is coaxially detachably connected with the pipe body or integrally formed coaxially, the first pipeline is perpendicular to the second pipeline, and the sewage outlet is arranged at the on the second pipeline.
  • the path that the mixed gas travels before entering the cyclone filter assembly is at least 2 ⁇ L1+L2; wherein, L1 is the centerline of the second pipeline and the air inlet L2 is the vertical distance between the centerline of the second pipeline and the baffle.
  • the vertical distance L1 between the centerline of the second pipeline and the air inlet is the same as the vertical distance L1 between the centerline of the second pipeline and the baffle.
  • the ratio between the distances L2 in the directions is 0.9-3.
  • the cyclone filter assembly includes: a communication pipe, the upper end of which is an air outlet;
  • the outer periphery of the connecting portion abuts against the side wall of the accommodating cavity;
  • the first clamping portion includes a spiral bottom plate, and the spiral bottom plate is spirally arranged around the outer periphery of the connecting pipe;
  • the spiral bottom plate, the connecting pipe and the cover body together form a cyclone channel;
  • the air inlet communicates with the cyclone channel, and the mixed gas sequentially passes through the air inlet, the cyclone channel and the communicating pipe to realize the separation of cyclone dust and gas Afterwards, the clean gas is discharged from the gas outlet.
  • the outer profile of the cross-section of the first locking part gradually decreases from top to bottom
  • the accommodating cavity includes a first cavity and a second cavity arranged and connected from top to bottom chamber
  • the size and shape of the first chamber matches the first locking part
  • the cross-sectional area of the second chamber is smaller than the smallest cross-sectional area of the first chamber.
  • the cyclone filter assembly includes: a cyclone filter mechanism, the cyclone filter mechanism is located in the accommodating chamber; soft glue, the soft glue is connected with the cyclone filter mechanism and at least part of the soft glue The glue protrudes from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism in the circumferential direction, and the soft glue protruding from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism abuts against the upper end of the cover body.
  • the cover further includes an upper cover, the upper cover covers the upper end of the cover body, the upper cover includes a first upper end surface, and the distance between the first upper end surface and the horizontal surface
  • the included angle is the first preset included angle
  • the soft rubber includes a connected second upper end surface and a connecting part, the second upper end surface is located at the upper end of the cyclone filter mechanism, the connecting part and the cyclone filter
  • the mechanism is fixed and protrudes from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism, the angle between the bottom surface of the connecting part and the horizontal plane is a second preset angle; the angle between the upper end of the cover body and the horizontal plane is The third predetermined included angle is that when the upper end of the cover body abuts against the bottom surface of the connecting portion, the first upper end surface and the second upper end surface are in the same plane.
  • the anti-reverse valve includes a flexible valve body, the dimension of the cross-section of the outlet of the valve body in the second direction is larger than its dimension in the third direction, and the second direction is different from the third direction.
  • Direction is vertical.
  • the anti-reverse valve includes an elastic valve plate disposed on the lower surface of the partition plate.
  • the partition plate is further provided with a second hole group, and the gas in the lower space can flow to the upper space through the second hole group.
  • the first set of holes and/or the second set of holes is offset from the lowest point of the dividing plate.
  • a water level probe set is provided on the cover, and the water level probe set is used to monitor the sewage water level in the tank.
  • the water level probe set includes a first probe set and a second probe set, both of the first probe set and the second probe set extend toward the lower space, the The second probe set extends into the upper space and is directly above the first well set, and the length of the first probe set is greater than the length of the second probe set.
  • the first probe set extends into the lower space.
  • the cover is further provided with two baffles, both of which extend into the upper space, and the two baffles are arranged on the cover Arranged at intervals in the circumferential direction, at least a partial area of the side edge of each baffle is spaced from the side wall of the box, and the outlet of the second channel is located between the two baffles.
  • the cover is further provided with a back plate, the back plate is located between the inlet of the gas outflow channel and the transfer pipe, and the back plate is connected between the two deflectors. between the boards.
  • the dimension of the back plate along the length direction of the fuselage is smaller than the dimension of the baffle along the length direction of the fuselage.
  • the floor brush is provided with a detachable cleaning liquid tank.
  • the fuselage includes a dirt storage tank support base, and the dirt storage tank is arranged on the fuselage through the dirt storage tank support base.
  • the support seat of the dirt storage tank includes a groove, and at least a part of the dirt storage tank is accommodated in the groove.
  • the cleaning device further includes a hand-held vacuum cleaner, which is detachably mounted on the other end of the body; wherein, the end of the hand-held vacuum cleaner away from the body is provided with a handle, so The battery is housed inside the handle.
  • a handle is provided at an end of the handheld vacuum cleaner away from the body, and a battery is accommodated inside the handle.
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner further includes a dust cylinder assembly and a motor, the dust cylinder assembly, the motor, and the handle are sequentially arranged along a first direction of the handheld vacuum cleaner, and The width corresponding to each position from the dust cylinder assembly to the handle in one direction is approximately the same.
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner includes an attachment member that is detachably connected to the handheld vacuum cleaner, and the attachment member includes a mite removal brush, a flat brush, a fur brush, a pet brush, and a hose one or more of.
  • the combined body of the fuselage and the dirt storage tank is columnar.
  • the areas of the first cross-sections corresponding to the positions of the main body of the combined body along the length direction of the fuselage are substantially the same, and the first cross-section is perpendicular to the main body of the combined body.
  • the area of the second section corresponding to each position of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner along the length direction of the fuselage is substantially the same, and the second section is that the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner is perpendicular to A longitudinal section of the fuselage.
  • the area of the first cross-section is substantially the same as the area of the second cross-section.
  • the possible beneficial effects of the embodiments of this specification include but are not limited to: (1)
  • the cleaning device in the embodiments of this specification can realize three functions: floor dust collection, floor cleaning, and hand-held dust collection; and by connecting the hand-held vacuum cleaner to A series of structural arrangements, such as the upper part of the fuselage, the overall configuration of the handheld vacuum cleaner and the fuselage as a long column, and the installation of the cleaning liquid tank on the floor brush, greatly reduce the load weight of the user when operating the fuselage; Users have diverse needs for usage scenarios.
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner and the dirt storage box can be independently detachable, which greatly facilitates the use and cleaning of dirt by users;
  • the dirt storage box in the embodiment of this specification is provided with a partition plate in the box to divide the box For the upper space and the lower space, an anti-backflow structure is provided on the partition plate.
  • the anti-backflow structure can prevent the sewage in the lower space from flowing into the upper space, the sewage will not flow to the motor, the motor will not stop, and the cleaning device can still perform cleaning work normally;
  • the sewage storage tank provided by the embodiment of this specification includes a box body, a sewage pipe and a cyclone filter assembly. The bottom surface of the box body is provided with a sewage inlet.
  • the sewage pipe is formed by extending upward from the sewage inlet.
  • the upper part of the sewage pipe is provided with a sewage outlet.
  • the cyclone The filter assembly is connected with the inside of the box.
  • the cyclone filter assembly includes an air inlet.
  • the fluid entering from the sewage pipe is separated from the mixed gas and mixed liquid at the sewage outlet.
  • the mixed gas enters the cyclone filter assembly through the air inlet.
  • the sewage outlet is located at The bottom of the air inlet and the air inlet are located on both sides of the central axis of the box, which can prevent the mixed liquid from directly entering the air inlet from the sewage outlet. There is a certain distance between the sewage outlet and the air inlet, and the mixed gas is discharged from the sewage outlet.
  • the floor brush provided by the embodiment of this manual not only retains the circumferential limit function of the installation shell on the cleaning liquid tank, but also can expand the upper structure of the cleaning liquid tank to It is basically consistent with the maximum length of the working part.
  • the cleaning liquid tank can not only be stably connected to the installation shell, but also can be expanded through the upper structure; at the same time, because the upper structure of the cleaning liquid tank can cover the circumferential limit position of the installation shell, the overall aesthetic feeling of the floor brush is improved. Its appearance is more eye-catching.
  • the present invention makes the structure of the floor brush more compact and practical by limiting the shape and size of the working part of the floor brush; Effectively clean the bottom of the bed and corners.
  • the application defines the size and proportion of the working part and the cleaning liquid tank in terms of length, width, and height, arranges the position of each component in the roller brush installation cavity, arranges the motor inside the roller brush, and adopts a magnetic suction structure.
  • a series of methods such as installing the cleaning liquid tank and supporting components, and limiting the length of the roller brush, can minimize the size of the floor brush while keeping the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank unchanged, and ensure that it can be used in various application scenarios. cleaning efficiency.
  • the shaft of the cleaning device is configured as a slender rod
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner and the dirt storage tank are connected by a fixed seat
  • the size and ratio of the shaft and the fixed seat are limited
  • the dirt storage tank is supported by a support base.
  • Structural arrangements such as dirt storage tanks can minimize the load on the user when operating the fuselage.
  • Figure 1 is a front view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification
  • Fig. 2 is a right side view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification
  • Fig. 3 is a disassembled view of a cleaning device shown in a right view according to some embodiments of the present specification
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic structural view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 5 is a right side view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 6 is a disassembled structure diagram of the cleaning device shown in Fig. 5;
  • Fig. 7 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the cleaning device shown in Fig. 5;
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a partition according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic structural view of an anti-reverse valve according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of the anti-reverse valve in an open state according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of the anti-reverse valve in a closed state according to some embodiments of the present specification
  • Fig. 14 is a working principle diagram of another form of anti-reverse valve according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic structural view of a cover according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of partition boards installed in a box according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of the cleaning device shown in Fig. 4 in a flat state
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning device in a flat state according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 20 is a second schematic cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Fig. 21 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 22 is a third schematic cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Fig. 23 is a schematic structural view of a cover according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 24 is a schematic structural view of a cover according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 25 is a schematic structural view of a transfer pipe, a dust bucket and a filter basket according to some embodiments of the present specification
  • Fig. 26 is a cross-sectional view of a transfer pipe and an ash bucket according to some embodiments of the present specification
  • Figure 27 is an exploded view of a cover, a cyclone filter assembly, and a filter mechanism according to some embodiments of the present specification
  • Fig. 28 is a first structural schematic diagram of a cyclone filter assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 29 is a second structural schematic diagram of a cyclone filter assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 30 is a third schematic structural view of a cyclone filter assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 31 is a schematic structural view of the cooperation between the cyclone filter assembly and the cover according to some embodiments of the present specification
  • Fig. 32 is a schematic structural view of a cover according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 33 is a cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 34 is a schematic structural view of a filtering mechanism according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Figure 35 is a perspective view of a floor brush according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Figure 36 is a right side view of a floor brush according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Figure 37 is a top view of a ground brush according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 38 is an exploded view of the structure of the floor brush according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 39 is a schematic structural view of a cleaning solution tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Figure 40 is a perspective view of a cleaning fluid tank according to some embodiments of the present description.
  • Fig. 41 is a schematic structural view of a valve assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 42 is a schematic structural view of a top cover according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Figure 43 is a right side view of a cleaning fluid tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Figure 44 is a top view of a cleaning fluid tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 45 is a schematic diagram of a fixed position of a motor according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Figure 46 is a right side view of a roller brush according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 47 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the rolling brush and the gearbox according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Figure 48 is a cross-sectional view of a support assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 49 is a disassembled structure diagram of a support assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • the wet and dry vacuum cleaner is a cleaning device that can absorb both dust and sewage, and can also have the function of spraying water to wash the floor.
  • Wet and dry vacuum cleaners (hereinafter referred to as vacuum cleaners) generally have a cleaning liquid tank, a water spray system connected to the cleaning liquid tank, a recovery system, and a dirt storage tank connected to the recovery system.
  • the recovery system may include a motor arranged above the dirt storage tank (for example, the side of the dirt storage tank away from the ground).
  • the water spray system can spray the cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank to the ground for washing needs, and the recovery system can recycle the sewage into the dirt storage tank.
  • both the cleaning liquid tank and the dirt storage tank are arranged on the body of the cleaning device, which will cause the body of the cleaning device to be too heavy and unfavorable for users (or called operators or users) to operate, and It will also make it difficult for the fuselage to be parallel to the ground, which is not conducive to cleaning operations in a space with limited height (for example, under the bed).
  • the embodiment of this specification provides a cleaning device, which includes a body, floor brushes and hand-held vacuum cleaners respectively arranged at two ends of the body.
  • the body is provided with a dirt storage box, and the handheld vacuum cleaner is detachably connected to the body.
  • the cleaning device provided by the embodiment of this specification can realize the functions of dust suction and floor cleaning through the floor brush, and the handheld vacuum cleaner can be disassembled from the body to independently realize the function of handheld dust collection, which has high functional integration.
  • the cleaning work of some hygienic dead corners (such as the sofa gap, the top or interior of the wardrobe, etc.) can be done by hand-held vacuuming.
  • Fig. 1 is a front view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 2 is a right side view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 3 is a disassembled view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification in a right view.
  • the cleaning device 100 may include a body 1 , a floor brush 2 , and a handheld vacuum cleaner 3 .
  • the ground brush 2 is connected with one end of the fuselage 1 .
  • Fuselage 1 is provided with dirt storage tank 4 (or the dirt storage tank 300 shown in Figure 19), and the casing of dirt storage tank 4 (for example, the box body 201 shown in Figure 8) can be used for storing and and/or filter litter sucked in from the floor brushes.
  • the ground brush 2 is rotatably connected to one end of the fuselage 1 (for example, the end of the fuselage 1 close to the ground or referred to as the lower end of the fuselage 1), and further, the fuselage 1 has a first channel 6 (or referred to as fluid channel, fuselage channel), the first channel 6 can be used to communicate with the ground brush 2 and the dirt storage tank 4 .
  • a second channel is provided in the dirt storage tank 4 , and the second channel can communicate with the first channel 6 , so as to realize the communication between the ground brush 2 and the dirt storage tank 4 .
  • a second channel 202 is provided in the box body 201 of the dirt storage tank 4 , and the second channel 202 can be used to communicate with the first channel 6 .
  • a sewage pipe 302 (equivalent to the second channel) is provided in the box body 301 of the dirt storage tank 300 , and the sewage pipe 302 can be used to communicate with the first channel 6 .
  • the fluid for example, gas, liquid, solid garbage, etc.
  • sucked by the ground brush 2 can pass through the first passage 6 and the second passage (for example, the second passage 202 or the sewage pipe 302) Into the casing (casing 201 ) of the dirt storage tank 4 or the casing 301 of the dirt storage tank 300 .
  • More descriptions about the dirt storage tank 4 can refer to the related description about the dirt storage tank 4 shown in FIG. 8 or the dirt storage tank 300 shown in FIG. It is the dirt storage tank 4 shown in FIG. 8 or the dirt storage tank 300 shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the cleaning device 100 may also include a handheld vacuum cleaner 3 .
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is detachably mounted on the other end of the body 1 (for example, the end of the body 1 away from the ground or referred to as the upper end of the body 1 ).
  • a handle 32 may be provided at the end of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 away from the main body 1 , and the user may operate the cleaning device 100 by holding the handle 32 or operate the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 alone to perform cleaning work.
  • the end of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 away from the main body 1 can be directly configured as a handle 32.
  • the end of the housing of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 away from the body 1 can be designed in the shape of a handle 32, and then through integral molding (for example, injection molding, 3D printing, etc.) Manufacture the housing of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 in this way.
  • the handle 32 may be an independent component relative to the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 , and the handle 32 may be installed on the end of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 away from the main body 1 when the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is assembled.
  • at least one battery 320 can be accommodated inside the handle 32 , and the at least one battery 320 can provide power for the operation of the cleaning device 100 or the operation of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 alone.
  • the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 and the dirt storage box 4 when the cleaning device 100 is running, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 and the dirt storage box 4 are installed on the body 1, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 can be used to provide suction for the floor brush 2 to absorb dirt, and the dirt storage box 4 Used to store sucked dirt.
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 may further include a dust cylinder assembly 31 and a motor 33 .
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 when the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is detached from the body 1 for use, it can be applied to scenarios where the overall use of the cleaning device 100 is not suitable, for example, such as sofa surfaces or gaps, inside or top of cabinets, etc. Scenes that are small and the surface to be cleaned is easily polluted.
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 in the embodiment of this specification may be a wireless handheld vacuum cleaner capable of performing handheld vacuuming (for example, hand vacuuming), and more details about the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 will not be repeated here.
  • the cleaning device 100 can at least have a first working mode and a second working mode. In some embodiments, switching between the first working mode and the second working mode can be realized by assembling or disassembling the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 and the main body 1 .
  • the first mode of operation may also be referred to as a stick cleaner mode.
  • the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is combined with the upper end of the body 1 (the end of the body 1 away from the ground (or the surface to be cleaned)), and the air inlet 310 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 can be connected with the dirt storage box 4 connected.
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 can generate suction (for example, the motor drives the blades to rotate at a high speed to generate negative pressure inside the handheld vacuum cleaner), and under the suction of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3, the gas, dust and/or liquid
  • the mixed fluid flows through the suction port of the ground brush 2 (for example, the suction port 434 on the ground brush 400 shown in FIG.
  • the first stage of separation of gas, dust and/or liquid (hereinafter referred to as the first stage separation) is carried out.
  • the dust and/or liquid are stored in the dirt storage tank 4, and the fluid after the first stage separation is discharged
  • the dirt box 4 flows out, and then enters the dust cylinder assembly 31 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 through the air inlet 310 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 for second-stage dust-air separation.
  • clean air can be obtained, and the clean air can be obtained from The air outlet of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is discharged.
  • the second working mode may also be referred to as a handheld vacuum cleaner mode.
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 can be unlocked and separated from the body 1, and the user can use the handheld vacuum cleaner alone for cleaning work. Specifically, under the suction force of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 , the fluid enters the dust cylinder assembly 31 from the air inlet 310 of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 to separate dust and air, and the separated clean air is discharged from the air outlet of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 .
  • the fluid involved in this specification can be a clean airflow or an airflow entrained with dirt;
  • the dirt is dust, solid dirt (such as cigarette butts, paper, rice grains, etc.), At least one of dirty liquids (such as orange juice, dirty water, egg liquid, etc.).
  • the dirt storage tank 4 constitutes the first separation structure; when the airflow entrained with dirt flows through the dirt storage tank 4, the dirty liquid and solid dirt contained therein And dust can be intercepted and stored in dirt storage tank 4. Since dust and gas-liquid (gaseous liquid droplets) have the characteristics of small size and light weight, it is inevitable that they will be guided to the dust cylinder assembly 31 together with the air flow; If there is dirt trapped in the airflow of the assembly 31, the dust cylinder assembly 31 can separate the dust and gas, intercept and store the dirt in the dust cylinder assembly 31, and guide the airflow to the air outlet of the hand-held vacuum cleaner for discharge.
  • the cleaning device 100 can have a basic dust collection function, that is, clean and dry solid dirt and dust, and can also clean wet, dirty liquid or mixed with dry dirt. That is, it has the function of both wet and dry. Moreover, after the fluid absorbed by the floor brush 2 passes through the dust storage box 4 and the dust cylinder assembly 31 of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 for two-stage dust and gas separation, relatively clean air can be obtained, which can reduce air pollution during the cleaning process. Moreover, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 can also be removed for use separately, realizing the function of hand-held vacuuming.
  • the cleaning device 100 combines multiple functions in a unified manner and has diversified usage modes. It is not only compact and practical, but also saves the space required for placing multiple cleaning devices. For example, the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 can be installed on the body 1 after being used alone , no need to be placed separately.
  • the cleaning device 100 may further include a cleaning liquid supply assembly.
  • the cleaning liquid supply assembly may include a cleaning liquid tank 50 for storing cleaning liquid.
  • the cleaning liquid tank 50 is detachably installed on the floor brush 2 .
  • the cleaning device 100 also has the function of cleaning the floor. Cleaning the ground can be mainly realized by the cleaning liquid supply assembly and the floor brush 2 .
  • the cleaning liquid supply assembly may further include a spray head and a pump, and the spray head and the pump may form a water spray system.
  • the pump can be used to guide the cleaning liquid from the cleaning liquid tank 50 to the spray head, and the spray head can be used as the output end of the cleaning liquid supply assembly to spray the cleaning liquid to the floor brush 2 or the ground, thereby playing a role in cleaning the ground. cleaning and/or care.
  • the cleaning solution may be clear water, or cleaning agent, care agent and the like.
  • the positions of the two tanks are reasonably allocated, so that the fuselage 1 will not be too bulky and is convenient for users to hold and operate.
  • the distance between the cleaning liquid tank 50 and the ground brush 2 is relatively short, and there is no need to set a longer distance between the cleaning liquid tank 50 and the ground brush 2.
  • the cleaning liquid pipe, and make the nozzle spray cleaning liquid correspondingly faster.
  • the cleaning liquid tank 50 is arranged on the floor brush 2 , which increases the weight of the floor brush 2 , thereby increasing the pressure of the floor brush 2 on the ground, thereby improving the cleaning effect of the floor brush 2 .
  • the dirt storage tank 4 is arranged on the fuselage 1 instead of the ground brush 2, which can avoid the excessive size of the ground brush 2 due to more attachments on the ground brush 2, thereby affecting its cleaning range . Therefore, based on the above optimized structure, it can solve the problem that the fuselage is too bulky. It not only facilitates the user's hand-held operation, but also has many improvements such as easy cleaning in a height-limited space.
  • the cleaning solution tank 50 may be required, and the dirt storage tank 4 may also be cleaned. Therefore, the cleaning solution tank 50 is relatively And the dirt storage tank 4 can be disassembled with respect to the fuselage 1, so that operations such as filling and cleaning the cleaning liquid tank 50 are performed separately, or the dirt storage tank 4 is cleaned separately.
  • cleaning liquid supply components such as cleaning liquid tanks, pumps, nozzles, etc.
  • floor brushes 2 For more descriptions about cleaning liquid supply components (such as cleaning liquid tanks, pumps, nozzles, etc.) and floor brushes 2, and how the cleaning device 100 cleans the ground, please refer to FIGS. 35-50 and their related descriptions. This will not be repeated here.
  • the dust cylinder assembly 31 , the motor 33 and the handle 32 may be sequentially arranged along the first direction Y of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 .
  • the first direction Y of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 may be its longitudinal direction
  • the dust cylinder assembly 31, the motor 33 and the handle 32 may be sequentially arranged along the length direction of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 from an end close to the body 1 to an end far away from the body 1 , that is, the dust cylinder assembly 31, the motor 33 and the handle 32 are arranged sequentially from bottom to top.
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 has a continuous width from the dust bowl assembly 31 to the handle 32 .
  • the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 has a continuous width from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32, which may be the same or substantially the same width corresponding to each position of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 along the first direction Y from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32 .
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 may have a preset width, and the corresponding widths of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32 along the first direction Y are basically the same. The difference between the width corresponding to each position of Y from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32 and the preset width is 1%, 2%, 3%, etc. of the preset width.
  • the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 when the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is in the working state (that is, in the first working mode or the second working mode), the user holds the handle 32, and the motor 33 is powered by the battery 320 to perform work to provide suction (for example, the motor 33 drives the blades to rotate at a high speed to generate negative pressure), under the action of suction, the fluid (for example, the fluid sucked into the dirt storage tank 4 in the first working mode after the first stage separation or the fluid from the external environment in the second working mode ) enters the dust cylinder assembly 31 through the air inlet 310 to separate the dust and air, and the separated clean air can be discharged from the air outlet of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 .
  • the motor 33 when the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is in the working state (that is, in the first working mode or the second working mode), the user holds the handle 32, and the motor 33 is powered by the battery 320 to perform work to provide suction (for example, the motor 33 drives the blades to rotate at a high speed to generate
  • the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 By arranging the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 to have a continuous width from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32, it can be ensured that the outer surface of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is relatively smooth, and its width along the first direction Y changes little, which is convenient for the user when cleaning dust. Hold the handle 32 comfortably.
  • the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is set to have a continuous width from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32, which can make the flow of fluid in the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 (for example, flow from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the air outlet) smoother; in addition , when the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is parallel to the line of sight as a whole, the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 can interfere with the line of sight as little as possible, and it is convenient for the user to approach the air inlet 310 to the object to be cleaned or install the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 on the upper end of the body 1.
  • the combination of the fuselage 1 and the dirt storage tank 4 is columnar or substantially columnar.
  • the columnar shape of the combined body can be understood as that the sections corresponding to various positions of the combined body along the length direction of the fuselage are all circular sections with the same radius.
  • the section of the combined body has a preset radius, and the combined body is substantially columnar, which means that the difference between the radius of the circular section corresponding to each position and the preset radius is 1% or 2% of the preset radius , 3%, etc.
  • the cross-section corresponding to each position of the combined body along the length direction of the fuselage is the cross-section of the combined body perpendicular to the length direction of the fuselage.
  • the main part of the combined body (or referred to as the middle part of the combined body, which includes the part connected with the hand-held vacuum cleaner at the top of the fuselage 1 and the part connected with the floor brush 2 at the bottom)
  • the cross-sectional area of the remaining part after the part basically does not change.
  • the main body of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 (or referred to as the middle part of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3, which includes the part from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the motor 33, that is, the handle 32 and the air inlet 310 are removed.
  • the cross-sectional area of the remaining part basically does not change.
  • the cross-sectional area of the main body of the combined body has substantially no change and the cross-sectional area of the main body of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 has substantially no change.
  • the areas of the first cross-section corresponding to each position in the length direction of the vacuum cleaner 3 are the same or substantially the same, and the areas of the second cross-section corresponding to each position of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 along the length direction (or first direction Y) of the fuselage are the same or substantially the same. same.
  • the first cross-section is a cross-section of the main body of the combined body perpendicular to the length direction of the fuselage
  • the second cross-section is a cross-section of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner perpendicular to the length of the fuselage.
  • the first section of the main body of the combined body has a first preset cross-sectional area, and the areas of the first cross-sections corresponding to the various positions of the main body of the combined body along the length direction of the fuselage are substantially the same.
  • the difference between the area of the first cross-section and the first preset cross-sectional area is 1%, 2%, 3%, etc. of the first preset cross-sectional area.
  • the second cross-section of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 has a second preset cross-sectional area, and the areas of the second cross-section corresponding to each position of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 along the length direction of the fuselage are basically the same.
  • the difference between the area of the second cross-section and the second preset cross-sectional area is 1%, 2%, 3%, etc. of the second preset cross-sectional area.
  • the area of the first section or the second section may be partially changed (that is, the area of the section corresponding to some positions is different from the area of the section corresponding to other positions. vary).
  • the area of the first cross-section or the second cross-section may refer to the area perpendicular to the first direction Y (or the length direction of the fuselage) corresponding to each position of the combination or the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 along the length direction of the fuselage. The area of the outer contour of the section.
  • the area of the first cross-section is the same or substantially the same as the area of the second cross-section. In some embodiments, the area of the first section and the area of the second section are substantially the same may mean that the difference between the area of the first section and the area of the second section is within 1%, 2%, or 3%.
  • the cross-sectional size of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 can reasonably match the cross-sectional size of the fuselage 1 (combined body), so that the cross-sectional size from the fuselage 1 to the handheld vacuum cleaner 3
  • the change is small, so as to ensure that the outer contour shape of the cross-section perpendicular to the first direction Y of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 and the fuselage 1 is consistent or substantially consistent.
  • the combined body is columnar.
  • the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is installed on the body 1, the whole body formed by the handheld vacuum cleaner 3, the body 1 and the dirt storage tank 4 is basically a long columnar shape, so that it can be used for cleaning when needed.
  • the body 1 is easy to be parallel to the ground, and it is convenient to extend into spaces with limited height such as the bottom of the bed; and the overall aesthetics of the cleaning device 100 is also improved.
  • the fluid channel can include a fluid channel (i.e. the first channel 6) disposed in the lower end of the fuselage 1 (located at the bottom of the dirt storage tank 4), and a fluid channel (ie, the first channel 6) configured in the upper end of the fuselage (located at the upper part of the dirt storage tank 4). ) of the fluid channel (not shown).
  • a fluid channel i.e. the first channel 6
  • a fluid channel i.e. the first channel 6
  • the first channel 6) in the lower end of the fuselage 1 can be used to communicate with the ground brush 2 (suction port) and the dirt storage tank 4, and the fluid channel in the upper end of the fuselage 1 can be used to communicate with the dirt storage tank 4 And hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 (dust cylinder assembly 31 or air inlet 310).
  • the fluid passage in the upper end of the fuselage 1 may be a passage 116 as shown in FIG. 3 or a through hole 1151 as shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the cleaning device 100 may further include an attachment member, which may be detachably connected to the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 .
  • the attachment member may include one or more of a mite brush, a flat brush, a fur brush, a pet brush, and a hose.
  • the accessory component can be divided into a nipple piece and a brush head piece. When the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is used alone (that is, in the second working mode), the connecting piece and the brush head can be used to connect with the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 .
  • the connecting piece may include a hose, a long connecting piece, etc.
  • the brush head piece may include a mite removal brush, a flat brush, a fur brush, a pet brush, and the like. It can be understood that when the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is used alone, the hand-held vacuum cleaner can be used directly to complete the hand-held vacuuming work, and brush heads such as mite removal brushes, flat brushes, hair brushes, and pet brushes can also be connected.
  • brush heads such as mite removal brushes, flat brushes, hair brushes, and pet brushes can also be connected.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a vacuum cleaner according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • the cleaning device 100 can also have a structure as shown in FIG. 4, that is, in FIG.
  • the areas of the first cross-sections of the combination may be different.
  • the area of the second cross-section may be smaller than the area of the first cross-section.
  • the cleaning device 100 may also not include the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 .
  • the part of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 in FIG. 4 may be an upwardly extending part of the fuselage 1, and the area of the section of the extension part perpendicular to the length direction of the fuselage 1 is smaller than the area of the first section.
  • a motor 34 can be provided in the fuselage 1 and above the dirt storage tank 4, and the motor 34 can provide suction for the cleaning device 100 to absorb dirt on the ground (or surface to be cleaned). of fluid.
  • FIG. 5 is a right side view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 6 is a disassembled structure diagram of the cleaning device shown in Fig. 5 .
  • FIG. 7 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the cleaning device shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the cleaning device 100 in the embodiments of this specification may also have the structural form shown in Figures 5-7, the difference between the structure shown in Figures 5-7 and the structure shown in Figures 1-3 or Figure 4 is mainly
  • the location of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is different, that is, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 shown in FIGS.
  • the same side of the dirt storage tank 4 (for example, the front side of the fuselage 1).
  • the body 1 of the cleaning device 100 may include a rod-shaped shaft 11 as a whole;
  • the ground brush connecting end 111 on the connecting portion 420 of the ground brush 400 shown, the upper part of the shaft 11 is provided with a handle end 112 which is convenient for the user to hold.
  • the front side of the fuselage 1 is separately and detachably equipped with a hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 and a dirt storage box 4 (for example, the dirt storage box 4 or 300), and the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is arranged on the top of the dirt storage box 4;
  • the working principle of the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. 5-7 is similar to the working principle shown in FIGS. 1-3 , for related descriptions, please refer to FIGS. 1-3 and related descriptions, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the fuselage 1 may include a fixing seat 115 , and the fixing seat 115 may protrude outward relative to the shaft 11 of the fuselage 1 . Disconnect the connection.
  • the fixing seat 115 is provided with a through hole 1151 , and the end of the dust cylinder assembly 31 having the air inlet 310 can be matedly connected with the through hole 1151 .
  • the mating connection here means that the shape of the end with the air inlet 310 in the dust cylinder assembly 31 is adapted to the shape of the through hole 1151, so that the dust cylinder assembly 31 can form a sealed passage with the through hole 1151, so that the air from the dust storage can be protected.
  • the fluid in Tank 4 is processed.
  • the user can directly take out the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 plugged on the fixing seat 115 so as to use the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 alone.
  • the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 and the dirt storage tank 4 can be connected to the top and bottom of the through hole 1151 in a sealed and fluid communication manner; the fluid after the first stage separation enters through the through hole 1151 into the air inlet 310 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3.
  • the dirt storage box 4 can be located at the end of the fixing seat 115 away from the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 , and the dirt storage box 4 is detachably connected to the main body 1 through the fixing seat 115 .
  • the end of the dirt storage box 4 away from the ground brush 2 is mated with the end of the fixing seat 115 away from the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 , so as to realize the detachable connection between the dirt storage box 4 and the fixing seat 115 .
  • the main body 1 may include a first locking mechanism 113, and the first locking mechanism 113 is used to lock the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is locked to the body 1.
  • the body 1 may include a second locking mechanism 114 for locking the dirt storage tank 4 to the body 1 .
  • the first locking structure 113 and the second locking structure 114 may be any one of a locking structure, a buckle structure, a magnetic attraction structure, an adhesive structure, and the like.
  • the fuselage 1 can also include a dirt storage tank support seat 5, and the dirt storage tank support base 5 can support the storage tank from the bottom or side of the dirt storage tank 4.
  • the dirt tank 4 is supported, so that the dirt storage tank 4 can be more stably connected to the fuselage 1 .
  • the dirt storage tank support base 5 can be arranged at the rear of the fuselage 1 .
  • the rear of the body 1 may refer to the side where the body 1 faces the user when the user operates the cleaning device 100 (for example, the right side of the body 1 shown in FIG. 3 ).
  • the dirt storage tank support seat 5 can be configured as a groove, which is arranged behind the fuselage 1, and the dirt storage tank 4 is at least mostly accommodated in the groove. In some embodiments, more than half of the volume of the dirt storage tank 4 is installed in the groove, which can make the structure of the fuselage after the dirt storage tank 4 is installed relatively smooth and smooth, and is not easy to be bumped or bumped into other objects.
  • one end of the dirt storage tank support seat 4 can automatically move away from the fuselage 1 to form a certain angle between the dirt storage tank 4 and the fuselage 1, thereby It is convenient for the user to take out the dirt storage box 4 .
  • the certain angle here may not be greater than 45°.
  • a certain angle may be other angles such as 15°, 20°, 30°, 45° and the like.
  • the angle may also be greater than 45°, such as 50°, 60° and other angles.
  • the specific value of the angle can be selected according to the actual situation, so that the user can take out the dirt storage tank 7 and prevent the liquid in the dirt storage tank 7 from overflowing.
  • the dirt storage tank support base 5 is pivotally connected to the fuselage 1, and its end away from the pivot joint is configured with a plate or block-shaped plug, between the dirt storage tank support base 4 and the fuselage 1
  • An elastic piece is provided, and the elastic piece can bounce the support seat 5 of the dirt storage tank relative to the fuselage 1, so that the plug piece is automatically moved away from the fuselage 1.
  • one end of the dirt storage tank 4 is connected with the fixed seat 115, and the other end of the dirt storage tank 4 is connected with the dirt storage tank support base 5.
  • the dirt storage tank Part of the side wall of the dirt tank 4 is attached to the fuselage 1, and the elastic member is in a compressed state under the action of the dirt storage tank 4 and the plug.
  • the plug is kept away from the fuselage 1 , and at the same time, the plug will also drive the dirt storage tank 4 away from the fuselage 1 .
  • the spring member may include one or more of springs, leaf springs, bellows, and the like.
  • the dirt storage tank 4 is provided with a socket 41 that can be inserted into the plug. When the plug rotates, the dirt storage tank 4 can be linked with the plug through the socket 41 .
  • the dirt storage tank 4 is away from the fuselage 1 together with the plug piece, and the process that the dirt storage tank 4 is far away from the fuselage 1 can be regarded as the automatic swing of the dirt storage tank 4 out.
  • the position of the plug part and the socket part can also be exchanged to achieve the effect that the dirt storage tank 4 can be automatically swung out.
  • the angle of the dirt storage tank 4 relative to the fuselage 1 can be no more than 45°, specifically through A limiting plate is installed on the fuselage 1 to limit the maximum rotation range of the second locking structure 114 .
  • a rotation damper is installed at the pivot joint of the dirt storage tank support base 5 .
  • the center of gravity and most of the weight of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 are supported on the fixed seat 115 instead of the body 1.
  • a first lock is set on the body 1.
  • the tightening mechanism 113 through the cooperation of the fixing seat 115 and the first locking structure 113, can achieve the purpose of stably fixing the handheld vacuum cleaner 3.
  • the contact area between the fuselage 1 and the dirt storage tank 4 can also be reduced by arranging the dirt storage tank support base 5 , the fixing base 115 and the second locking structure 114 on the fuselage 1 .
  • the vacuum cleaner provided in the embodiment of this specification realizes that the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 or the sewage
  • the fixing of the box 4 can minimize the requirement on the supporting area of the fuselage 1, so that the shaft 11 can be configured as a slender rod shape (referred to as a slender rod type), thereby reducing the overall weight of the fuselage 1 .
  • the overall weight of the fuselage can be reduced by more than 70%, and the appearance of the whole machine is more concise and refreshing.
  • the cross-sectional area of the shaft 11 of the slender rod type has no significant change along its length direction.
  • the cross-sectional area in the length direction of the shaft 11) will inevitably have some changes, and no significant change here means that most of the cross-sectional area of the shaft 11 along the length direction (Y direction shown in FIG. 3 ) has no significant change.
  • the cross-sectional area of the shaft 11 will have a minimum value and a maximum value, and even the maximum cross-sectional area should be smaller than the average cross-sectional area of the fixing seat 115, the average cross-sectional area of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3, and the average cross-sectional area of the dirt storage tank 4 any of the .
  • the average cross-sectional area of the fixing seat 115 refers to an average value of the cross-sectional areas of different positions of the fixing seat 115 in the length direction of the shaft 11 .
  • the average cross-sectional area of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 refers to the average value of cross-sectional areas at different positions of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 in the length direction of the shaft 11 .
  • the maximum cross-sectional area of the shaft 11 may be less than half of any cross-sectional area of the three, so as to ensure the portability of the shaft 11 .
  • the width direction to the dimension V1 of the fuselage 1 along the length direction (the Y direction shown in FIG. 7 ) It can be 0.02-0.06.
  • the dimension U1 of the shaft 11 along the width direction may range from 43 mm to 49 mm
  • the dimension V1 of the shaft 11 along the length direction may range from 1000 mm to 1200 mm.
  • the fixing seat 115 can be approximately circular, and the ratio range of the maximum dimension of the fixing seat 115 along the width direction (for example, U2 shown in FIG. 7 ) to the dimension U1 of the shaft 11 along the width direction can be 1.8-3, so that under the condition of ensuring the performance, the overall width of the fixing seat 115 and the shaft 11 can be designed to be as small as possible, so that it is convenient to control the shaft 11 to extend the floor brush 2 deeply into the bottom of the bed.
  • the ratio of the projected area of the fixing seat 115 to the projected area of the shaft 11 is in the range of 6.5-9.
  • the projected area here refers to the area surrounded by the outer edges of the cross-sectional area. Specifically, the projected area of the fixing seat 115 is 55cm 2 -80cm 2 .
  • the dirt storage tank 4 can be arranged on the rear side of the fuselage 1 (that is, the side facing the user when the user operates the cleaning device 100 ), for example, set on the dirt storage tank support. on the seat 5 (for example, a groove).
  • the dirt storage tank 4 may be arranged on the front side of the fuselage 1 . It should be noted that when this specification refers to front and rear orientations such as “front side” and “rear side”, unless otherwise specified, "front side” may refer to the direction facing away from the user when operating the cleaning device 100.
  • the “rear side” is the side that faces the user (eg, the right side in Figure 4).
  • the direction of the arrow A is “rear”
  • the direction opposite to the arrow A is "front”.
  • FIGS. 1-7 are for illustration purposes only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present application.
  • various variations and modifications can be made under the guidance of the present application. All these variations and modifications will fall within the protection scope of the present application.
  • the number of elements shown in the figure can be adjusted according to actual conditions.
  • one or more elements shown in FIGS. 1-7 may be omitted, or one or more other elements may be added or deleted.
  • a component may be replaced by another component that performs a similar function.
  • an element may be split into multiple sub-elements, or multiple elements may be combined into a single element.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • the dirt storage tank 4 in the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. 1-7 may specifically be the dirt storage tank 4 as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 .
  • the dirt storage tank 4 may include a box body 201 on which a second channel 202 communicating with the floor brush is arranged.
  • the lower end of the second channel 202 (for example, an end close to the ground) can communicate with the upper end of the first channel 6 shown in FIG. The communication between the ground brushes 2) is shown.
  • the second channel 202 is also referred to as a sewage channel.
  • a partition plate 203 may be provided inside the box body 201 , and the partition plate 203 may divide the inner space of the box body 201 into an upper space 204 and a lower space 205 .
  • the upper space 204 is close to the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3, and the lower space 205 is close to the ground brush.
  • the second channel 202 may extend from the lower space 205 upward through the partition plate 203 to the upper space 204 .
  • the partition plate 203 may be provided with a first hole group 231 and an anti-backflow structure 230, the anti-backflow structure 230 may be used to allow sewage in the upper space 204 to enter the lower space 205 from the first hole group 231, And prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from entering the upper space 204 from the first hole group 231 .
  • the sewage entering the upper space 204 of the box body 201 from the second channel 202 can at least enter the lower space 205 through the first hole group 231 and the anti-backflow structure 230 for storage, and the anti-backflow structure 230 can prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from Flow back to the upper space 204 through the anti-backflow structure 230 .
  • the second channel 202 and the box body 201 may be integrally formed, for example, integrally formed by injection molding, which is simple and convenient to manufacture.
  • the second channel 202 and the box body 201 can also be a split structure, so that when needed, the second channel 202 can be removed from the box body 201 to thoroughly clean the second channel 202 and/or the box.
  • Body 201 when the second channel 202 and the box body 201 are of a separate structure, the two can be threaded or sealed and snapped together.
  • a cleaning device 100 with a dirt storage tank 4 when the body 1 (or the dirt storage tank 4) is generally upright (for example, the body 1 is relatively When the angle on the horizontal plane is 90 degrees or greater than or equal to 60 degrees, hereinafter referred to as "upright"), the sewage will be sucked into the second channel 202, flow into the upper space 204 from the second channel 202, and then pass through the anti-backflow structure 230 from The first hole group 231 enters the lower space 205 and is stored in the lower space 205 .
  • the second channel 202 can communicate with the first channel 6 , and when the cleaning device 100 is working, the sewage sucked by the ground brush 2 can enter the second channel 202 sequentially through the first channel 6 .
  • the anti-backflow structure 230 will prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from flowing back through the anti-backflow structure 230 and enter the upper space 204, so that the sewage will not flow to the motor (motor 33 and/or motor 34), and the motor will also It will not stall, and the cleaning device 100 can still perform cleaning work normally. Therefore, the cleaning device with the dirt storage tank 4 can not only use the body 1 upright, but also can tilt the body 1 greatly, or even use it flat, which greatly facilitates the use of the user.
  • a cover 216 may be provided at the opening.
  • a gas outflow channel 218 is provided on the cover 216 .
  • the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218 may communicate with the upper space 204 .
  • a motor for example, a motor 33 or a motor 34
  • an air extraction device for example, a suction pump
  • the motor can be arranged at the outlet 221 of the gas outflow passage 218 to extract air from the casing 201, thereby bringing Sewage is sucked into the box body 201 through the second channel 202 .
  • a filter element (not shown in the figure) is provided at the outlet 221 of the gas outflow channel 218 .
  • the filter element can be used to filter out fine solid matter (that is, solid waste) contained in the gas, so as to prevent the generation of waste clogging at the motor.
  • the filter element can be Hypa to improve the filtering effect.
  • the outlet 221 of the gas outflow channel 218 can communicate with the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3, so that the gas obtained after separation in the box body 201 (for example, first-stage dust-gas separation) can pass through the outlet 221 of the gas outflow channel 218 Enter the dust cylinder assembly 31 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 for second-stage dust-gas separation, so as to obtain clean air and discharge it from the air outlet of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 .
  • the gas obtained after separation in the box body 201 for example, first-stage dust-gas separation
  • the dust cylinder assembly 31 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 for second-stage dust-gas separation
  • a cyclone separation structure 260 may be disposed within the gas outflow channel 218 .
  • the cyclone separation structure 260 will separate part of the solid waste carried by the gas (for example, first-stage separation), and the rest of the solid waste will be filtered out by the filter element.
  • the cyclone separation structure 260 can be integrally formed with the cover body 216 , and the cyclone separation structure 260 can be easily cleaned separately by removing the cover body 216 .
  • the workload of the filter element is reduced, the working life of the filter element is increased, the frequency of maintenance or replacement of the filter element is reduced, and it is convenient for the user to use the cleaning device 100 .
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a partition according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • a first hole group 231 is provided on the partition plate 203 .
  • the anti-reverse flow structure 230 includes an anti-reverse valve 232 installed on the partition plate 203 corresponding to the first hole group 231 .
  • the anti-reverse valve 232 is located in the lower space 205 and communicates with the upper space 204 through the first hole group 231 .
  • the first portion 206 of the edge of the partition 203 may be in sealing contact with the side walls of the box 201 .
  • a sealing ring may be provided between the edge of the partition plate 203 and the side wall of the box body 201 to realize the sealing contact between the two.
  • the anti-reverse valve 232 can prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from flowing through it and entering the upper space 204 .
  • the seal between the edge of the dividing plate 203 and the side wall of the box body 201 will also prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from entering the upper space 204 from the gap between the edge of the dividing plate 203 and the side wall of the box body 201 .
  • the cleaning device 100 can be used flat.
  • the first hole group 231 will filter out the solid waste in the sewage, that is, the sewage is stored in the box body 201, and the solid waste Carried on the partition plate 203, the separation of solid waste and sewage is realized.
  • the solid waste can then be poured into the waste basket separately, while the sewage can be poured into the drain such as the toilet or sink, thereby effectively preventing the drain such as the toilet or sink from clogging.
  • the partition plate 203 with the first hole group 231 and the anti-reverse valve 232 has a simple structure, simple manufacturing process and low cost, and is convenient to be used in the cleaning device 100 .
  • the first hole set 231 may include one or more first through holes.
  • the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be between 50-200.
  • the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be between 70-150. In some embodiments, the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be between 80-120.
  • the first through hole may be a through hole having a regular or irregular shape, such as a strip hole, a circular hole, or the like.
  • the first through hole is a strip hole, and the length and width ratio of the strip hole is large, which can not only ensure the efficiency of sewage passing through the first hole group 231, but also effectively prevent solid waste from passing through the first through hole, so that the partition plate 203 Has a better filtering effect.
  • the aspect ratio of the strip hole can be between Between 0.5 and 2.
  • the aspect ratio of the strip-shaped holes may be between 0.7 and 1.5.
  • the aspect ratio of the strip-shaped holes may be between 0.8 and 1.2.
  • the area of the first through holes in the first hole group 231 can be 80 mm 2 -100 mm 2 , which can not only ensure that the efficiency of sewage passing through the first hole group 231 is improved, but also better block Solid waste, play a better filtering role.
  • the area of the first through hole in the first hole group 231 may be 85mm 2 -100mm 2 .
  • the area of the first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 90mm 2 -100mm 2 .
  • the area of the first through hole in the first hole group 231 may be 98 mm 2 , which can better improve the efficiency of sewage passing through the first hole group 231 and block solid waste.
  • the area ratio of the first hole group 231 on the dividing plate 203 (that is, the total area of the first through holes in the first hole group 231 and the area ratio of the dividing plate 203 The ratio between the areas) is related to the structural strength of the partition plate 203 .
  • the area ratio of the first hole group 231 on the partition plate 203 can be between Between 0.1 and 0.5. In some embodiments, the area ratio of the first hole group 231 on the partition plate 203 may be between 0.1 ⁇ 0.4. In some embodiments, the area ratio of the first hole group 231 on the partition plate 203 may be between 0.2-0.3.
  • the partition board 203 in order to take out the partition board 203 from the box body 201 conveniently, the partition board 203 is detachably installed in the box body 201 .
  • a handle 207 is disposed on the partition plate 203 , and the handle 207 extends toward the opening of the box body 201 (ie, the end where the cover body 216 is disposed). In this way, when the dirt storage tank 4 is cleaned, the user can easily lift the partition plate 203 from the casing 201 by lifting the handle 207, and at the same time, the solid waste carried on the partition plate 203 will be removed from the casing 201. It can be taken out from inside, so as to realize the separation of solid waste and sewage.
  • the partition plate 203 may also be directly connected to the cover body 216 . In this way, when the cover body 216 is removed, the partition plate 203 will be taken out at the same time. Can prevent like this when dumping the sewage in the sewage storage tank 4, because forgetting to take off the separating plate 203 causes the situation that sewage and solid waste mix again.
  • the divider panel 203 may include an arc panel.
  • the partition plate 203 may be a curved panel protruding toward the lower space, and the first hole group 231 may deviate from the lowest point of the partition plate 203 .
  • the lowest point of the partition plate 203 may refer to the position on the upper or lower surface of the partition plate 203 with the smallest distance from the floor brush 2 .
  • the deviation of the first hole group 231 from the lowest point of the partition plate 203 may mean that there is a distance between the position of the first hole group 231 and the lowest point of the partition plate 203 in the radial direction of the partition plate 203 .
  • the solid waste can be concentrated at the lowest point of the partition plate 203, thereby reducing the probability of the first hole group 231 being blocked by solid waste, which further facilitates the use of users Cleaning device 100 .
  • a second hole group 210 is further provided on the partition plate 203 , and the second hole group 210 freely passes through the upper space 204 and the lower space 205 .
  • sewage can flow into the lower space 205 through the first hole group 231, and the air in the lower space 205 can flow to the upper space 204 through the second hole group 210 and then be sucked away by the motor (for example, the motor 34) , so that the pressure difference between the upper space 204 and the lower space 205 can be increased, so that the sewage can flow from the upper space 204 to the lower space 205 smoothly.
  • the motor for example, the motor 34
  • part of the sewage in the upper space 204 can flow into the lower space 205 from the second hole group 210 . Therefore, the second hole group 210 can also function to filter solid waste in sewage.
  • the second hole group 210 may deviate from the first hole group 231 in the circumferential direction of the partition plate 203 .
  • the deviation between the second hole group 210 and the first hole group 231 in the circumferential direction of the partition plate 203 can be understood as the existence of a gap between the second hole group 210 and the first hole group 231 in the circumferential direction of the partition plate 203 spacing.
  • the circumferential direction of the partition plate 203 may refer to the direction along the edge of the partition plate 203 .
  • the anti-reverse valve 232 is closed, and the water level of the sewage in the lower space 205 will be lower than the second hole group 210, so that the sewage in the lower space 205 will not pass through the second hole.
  • Group 210 flows to headspace 204 .
  • the first hole set 231 may be diametrically opposite the second hole set 210 .
  • the fact that the first hole group 231 is radially opposite to the second hole group 210 can be understood as the position of the first hole group 231 and the second hole group 210 in the radial direction of the partition plate 203 relative to the geometry of the partition plate 203 The center is centrosymmetric.
  • the second hole set 210 may include one or more second through holes. In order to ensure that the efficiency of sewage passing through the second hole group 210 is improved, and at the same time, it can better block solid waste and play a better filtering role.
  • the second through holes in the second hole group 210 The area can be 350mm 2 -400mm 2 . In some embodiments, the area of the second through holes in the second hole group 210 may be 360 mm 2 -390 mm 2 . In some embodiments, the area of the second through holes in the second hole group 210 may be 370 mm 2 -380 mm 2 . In some embodiments, the area of the second through holes in the second hole group 210 may be 376 mm 2 , which can better improve the efficiency of sewage passing through the second hole group 210 and block solid waste.
  • the area ratio of the second hole group 210 to the partition plate 203 (that is, the first The ratio between the total area of the second through holes in the two-hole group 210 and the area of the partition plate 203 ) may be between 0.01 ⁇ 0.2. In some embodiments, the area ratio of the second hole group 210 to the partition plate 203 may be between 0.02 ⁇ 0.1. In some embodiments, the area ratio of the second hole group 210 to the partition plate 203 may be between 0.05 ⁇ 0.08.
  • the second through holes in the second hole group 210 may have the same or different shape, number, etc. from the first through holes in the first hole group 231 .
  • only the second hole group 210 may be set on the partition plate 203 without the first hole In this case, as long as the cleaning device 100 is arranged not to be inclined toward the direction of the second hole group 210 .
  • the cleaning device 100 can be tilted to the rear side during use.
  • the partition plate 203 is configured as an arc panel, the second hole group 210 may deviate from the lowest point of the partition plate 203 . In this way, the probability of the second hole group 210 being blocked by solid waste can be reduced, thereby facilitating the user to use the cleaning device 100 .
  • a blocking wall 211 may be erected along the circumferential direction of the partition plate 203 , and the blocking wall 211 may at least extend into the upper space 204 .
  • the blocking wall 211 can prevent solid waste from falling into the box body 201 from the edge of the partition board 203 .
  • drain holes can be set on the retaining wall 211, which not only prevents solid waste from falling, but also allows the sewage remaining on the partition plate 203 to be discharged into the box body 201 through the drain holes, thereby improving Separation effect of solid waste and sewage.
  • the support 212 can be erected along the circumference of the partition plate 203, and then the filter screen 213 can be provided on the support 212.
  • the filter screen 213 can play the role of drain holes, thus forming the above-mentioned barrier with drain holes. wall 211.
  • the handle 207 can be connected to the blocking wall 211, or can be integrally formed with the blocking wall 211 (for example, the handle 207 can be extended upward by the bracket 212 part), which will not be repeated here.
  • an assembly hole 214 is also provided on the partition plate 203 .
  • the assembly holes 214 deviate from the first hole group 231 and the second hole group 210 , that is, there is a gap between the assembly holes 214 and the first hole group 231 and the second hole group 210 in the radial direction of the partition plate 203 .
  • the second channel 202 may be a pipe structure, and the second channel 202 may extend upward from the lower space 205 through the fitting hole 214 to the upper space 204 . In this way, the partition plate 203 can be assembled into the box body 201 conveniently.
  • the assembly hole 214 is in sealing contact with the second channel 202 (for example, a sealing ring can be provided between the edge of the assembly hole 214 and the second channel 202), preventing the edge of the assembly hole 214 from contacting the second channel 202. There is a gap between them to prevent sewage from flowing from the lower space 205 to the upper space 204 through the gap between the edge of the assembly hole 214 and the second channel 202 when the cleaning device 100 is laid flat.
  • the second channel 202 can also be configured such that the sewage is opened on the side wall of the box body 201 and communicates with the upper space 204 .
  • the sewage opening can be understood as an opening through which sewage enters the box body 201 (upper space 204 ) along the second channel 202 .
  • a top wall is provided on the top of the box body 201, and an opening for pouring sewage is provided on the top wall, and the cover body 216 can be covered on the opening; in this case, the first The sewage opening of the second channel 202 is opened on the top wall of the box body 201 and communicates with the upper space 204 .
  • an annular baffle 215 may be provided along a side of the mounting hole 214 , and the annular baffle 215 may extend into the upper space 204 .
  • the second channel 202 can extend through the annular space formed by the annular baffle 215 , so that the connection between the partition plate 203 and the second channel 202 is more reliable.
  • the angle between the dividing plate 203 relative to the axial direction of the second channel 202 is prevented from changing, that is, the dividing plate 203 (together with the blocking wall 211) does not move in the casing 201.
  • the anti-backflow structure 230 on the partition plate 203 remains in its original position, thereby ensuring that the sewage will not flow out from the lower space 205 through the anti-backflow structure 230 .
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic structural view of the anti-reverse valve according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • the anti-reverse valve 232 may include a joint 233 and a flexible valve body 234 .
  • the joint 233 is arranged at the inlet of the valve body 234 .
  • the dimension of the cross-section of the outlet of the valve body 234 in the second direction may be larger than its dimension in the third direction.
  • the second direction is perpendicular to the third direction. That is to say, the valve body 234 may be a flat valve body.
  • the cross section of the outlet of the valve body 234 may be rectangular, the dimension of the valve body 234 in the second direction may refer to the length of the rectangle, and the dimension of the valve body 234 in the third direction may refer to the width of the rectangle.
  • the joint 233 and the valve body 234 can be an integral structure formed by injection molding, 3D printing, etc., or can be a split structure, and then assembled by gluing, clamping, etc. to form an anti-corrosion structure.
  • the joint 233 is installed on the partition plate 203 corresponding to the first hole set 231 .
  • in order to facilitate the installation of the anti-reverse valve 232 in the dirt storage tank 4 shown in FIG.
  • the group 231 is provided with a conduit 208 , and a joint 233 can be connected to the conduit 208 to realize the connection between the anti-reverse valve 232 and the partition plate 203 .
  • the joint 233 can be elastic, so as to be conveniently sleeved on the catheter 208, and then selectively fixed with a fixing member such as a clamp.
  • the joint 233 and the conduit 208 may also be flanged together.
  • the joint 233 and the conduit 208 may also be connected together by screwing.
  • the joint 233 is provided with an internal thread
  • the outer surface of the conduit 208 is provided with an external thread adapted to the above-mentioned internal thread, and the joint 233 and the conduit 208 can be connected together by screwing.
  • the above manner of installing the anti-reverse valve 232 on the partition plate 203 is only for example, and is not intended to limit it.
  • the anti-reverse valve 232 can also be installed on the partition plate 203 by other methods (for example, adhesive bonding, clamping, etc.), which will not be repeated here.
  • the anti-backflow structure 230 may only include one anti-backflow valve 232 installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to all the first through holes in the first hole group 231 .
  • the lower surface of the partition plate 203 is provided with a conduit 208 corresponding to the first hole group 231, one end of the conduit 208 is connected with the joint 233 of the anti-reverse valve 232, and the other end of the conduit 208 is connected with the partition plate.
  • 230 is connected to the lower surface, and the other end of the conduit 208 is docked with all the first through holes in the first hole group 231, so that the sewage from the upper space 204 can enter the same anti-reversal through all the first through holes. valve.
  • the anti-backflow structure 230 may include a plurality of anti-backflow valves 232 installed on the partition plate 203 respectively corresponding to one or more first through holes in the first hole group 231 .
  • the lower surface of the partition plate 230 is provided with a plurality of conduits 208 corresponding to the first hole group 231 , and one end of the plurality of conduits 208 is respectively connected to joints 233 of a plurality of anti-reverse valves 232 .
  • the other ends of the plurality of conduits 208 are all connected to the lower surface of the partition plate 230, and the other end of each conduit 208 in the plurality of conduits 208 is docked with one or more first through holes in the first hole group 231,
  • the sewage from the upper space 204 can enter the corresponding anti-reverse valve 232 through one or more first through holes.
  • the number of anti-reverse valves 232 in the anti-reverse flow structure 230 can be set according to the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 .
  • the ratio between the number of anti-backflow valves 232 in the anti-backflow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 1:1, that is, each of the anti-backflow structure 230
  • the anti-reverse valves are respectively installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to one of the first through holes in the first hole group.
  • the ratio between the number of anti-backflow valves 232 in the anti-backflow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 1:2, that is, each of the anti-backflow structure 230 The anti-reverse valves are respectively installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to the two first through holes in the first hole group. In some embodiments, the ratio between the number of anti-backflow valves 232 in the anti-backflow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 1:4, that is, each of the anti-backflow structure 230 The anti-reverse valves are respectively installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to the four first through holes in the first hole group.
  • the ratio between the number of anti-backflow valves 232 in the anti-backflow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 1:5, that is, each of the anti-backflow structure 230 The anti-reverse valves are respectively installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to the five first through holes in the first hole group. In some embodiments, the ratio between the number of anti-backflow valves 232 in the anti-backflow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 1:10, that is, each of the anti-backflow structure 230 The anti-reverse valves are respectively installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to the ten first through holes in the first hole group. It can be understood that the ratio between the number of anti-reverse valves 232 in the anti-reverse flow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 can also be other values.
  • the joint 233 when the joint 233 is elastic, the joint 233 can also be made of the same material as the valve body 234 .
  • the outer surface of the valve body 234 can be configured as a flat surface 235 , and the flat surface 235 will make the valve body 234 close (ie, the flat mouth is closed) under the pressure of the external environment.
  • the pressure P2 of the sewage in the lower space 205 acts on the plane 235 of the valve body 234, and the valve body 234 is pressurized so that the valve body 234 is closed, thus preventing The sewage in the lower space 205 flows out from the valve body 234 .
  • the water temporarily stored in the upper space 204 is concentrated at the partition plate 203, away from the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218, and the amount of water is very small, so it will not be drawn out from the box body 201, thus greatly reducing the motor stoppage. Probability of rotation or damage.
  • the cleaning device 100 when the cleaning device 100 is used flat, if there is no or only a small amount of sewage in the lower space 205 and it is not enough to cause the anti-reverse valve 232 to close, the sucked sewage will also be temporarily stored in the upper space 204 and close to the partition.
  • the plate 203 (part of the sewage may flow into the lower space 205), will not be drawn out from the box 201, thus the motor will not stall or be damaged.
  • the anti-reverse valve 232 can also be an elastic valve plate 236 disposed on the lower surface of the partition plate 203 corresponding to the first hole group 231 .
  • the elastic valve sheet 236 can fit the partition plate 203 and cover the first hole set 231 to close the first hole set 231 so that the upper space 204 and the lower space 205 cannot communicate through the first hole set 231 .
  • the cleaning device 100 When the cleaning device 100 is used upright, under the pressure of the sewage in the upper space 204, the elastic valve plate 236 is pushed away towards the lower space 205 (as shown by the dotted line in Figure 14 is the elastic valve plate 236 after being pushed away ), the sewage can flow into the lower space 205 through the first hole group 231 for storage.
  • the cleaning device 100 When the cleaning device 100 is put down, the sewage in the lower space 205 can press the elastic valve plate 236 on the partition plate 203 and close the first hole group 231, which prevents the sewage in the lower space 205 from passing through the first hole Group 231 flows out.
  • the anti-reverse valve 232 in order to ensure that the anti-reverse valve 232 can be fully opened when the sewage passes through the anti-reverse valve 232 and the sewage is located in the upper space 204 (for example, the valve body 234 is stretched or the elastic valve plate 236 is pushed away towards the lower space 205), So that sewage can flow into the lower space 205 from the upper space 204, and after the sewage flows into the lower space 205, the anti-reverse valve 232 can be completely closed (for example, the valve body 234 is closed or the elastic valve plate 236 fits with the partition plate 203 to close the first A set of holes 231), so that the sewage in the lower space 205 will not flow back to the upper space 204, and the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 needs to have better elastic deformation ability.
  • the material used to make the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 may be rubber, silica gel and the like.
  • the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 can be made of rubber with a Shore hardness D ranging from 20 degrees to 80 degrees.
  • the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 can be made of rubber with a Shore hardness D between 40 degrees and 80 degrees.
  • the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 can be made of rubber with a Shore hardness D of 60-70 degrees.
  • valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 can be made of silicone with a Shore hardness D of 35 degrees. Silicone with a Shore hardness D of 35 degrees has better elasticity and hardness, so that the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 has better deformation ability and better rigidity.
  • silica gel has good corrosion resistance, which can prevent the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 from being corroded by sewage for a long time, resulting in reduced service life.
  • the temperature of the anti-reverse valve 232 when the temperature of the garbage inhaled by the cleaning device 100 is high, the temperature of the anti-reverse valve 232 will increase when the higher-temperature garbage passes through the anti-reverse valve 232, and the high temperature may affect the valve body 234 of the anti-reverse valve 232. Or the elasticity of the elastic valve plate 236 is affected, and the efficiency of sewage passing through the anti-reverse valve 232 is low. As an example, when the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 elastically descends, it will increase the difficulty of opening the anti-reverse valve (that is, the one-way conduction of the anti-reverse valve 232 from the upper space 204 to the lower space 205), so that sewage passes through the anti-reverse valve.
  • the heat resistance temperature of the material used to make the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 can be 25 ° C ⁇ 80°C. In some embodiments, the heat-resistant temperature of the material used to make the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 may be between 30°C and 70°C. In some embodiments, the heat-resistant temperature of the material used to make the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 may be between 40°C and 60°C.
  • the anti-reverse valve 232 can also be a duckbill valve, a membrane check valve, an electromagnetic check valve or other types of check valves. In some embodiments, other types of anti-reverse valves or one-way valves can also be used to replace the anti-reverse valve 232 shown in FIG. within the scope of protection.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic structural view of a cover according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • an adapter tube 217 may be provided in the box body 201 , and the cover 216 may abut against one end of the adapter tube 217 . Under the pressure of the cover body 216, the transfer pipe 217 can be more stable, and will not shake due to the impact of the sewage from the second channel 202, which is also the case when the sewage flow rate is fast.
  • the other end of the transfer tube 217 may be connected to one end of the second channel 202 .
  • the other end of the transfer pipe 217 is the inlet 223 of the transfer pipe 217
  • one end of the second passage 202 is the outlet 224 of the second passage 202, that is, the inlet 223 of the transfer pipe 217 can be combined with the outlet 224 of the second passage 202.
  • the transfer tube 217 has an outlet 220 , and the outlet 220 of the transfer tube 217 may deviate from the cover 216 .
  • the transfer tube 217 is closed toward the end of the cover body 216 , and the outlet 220 may be disposed on a side wall of the transfer tube 217 .
  • the outlet 220 By opening the outlet 220 on the side wall of the adapter pipe 217, the movement path of the water-air mixture in the box body 201 can be extended, and the water-gas separation effect can be improved; in addition, it can also reduce the water being drawn into the gas outflow channel 218 and then reach Risks at the motor are reduced, thereby increasing the service life of the cleaning device 100 .
  • the outlet 220 of the transfer pipe 217 deviates from the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218 in the circumferential direction, that is, the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel and the outlet 220 of the connecting pipe 217 are arranged in different directions.
  • the transfer pipe 217 is on the side wall away from the inlet 219 .
  • the outlet 220 of the transfer pipe 217 is opposite to the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218 in the radial direction of the transfer pipe 217, and the height of the outlet 220 is lower than the height of the inlet 219, which maximizes the distance between the outlet 220 and the inlet 219.
  • the transfer tube 217 and the second channel 202 are integrated, that is, the transfer tube 217 may be a part of the second channel 202 .
  • the transition pipe 217 may be a straight pipe with a diameter smaller than or equal to that of the second channel 202 so as to pass through the assembly hole 214 of the partition plate 203 conveniently.
  • the transfer tube 217 and the second channel 202 are of separate structure, that is, the transfer tube 217 can be manufactured separately and then assembled with the second channel 202 .
  • the second passage 202 can be manufactured as a straight pipe, and there is no need to consider the size relationship between the transfer pipe 217 and the assembly hole 214 , which simplifies the manufacture of the second passage 202 and the transfer pipe 217 .
  • a water level probe set 240 may be disposed on the cover 216 , and the water level probe set 240 extends toward the lower space 205 .
  • the water level probe set 240 can be used to monitor the sewage water level in the tank 201 .
  • the motor for example, the motor 33 or the motor 34
  • the water level probe set 240 may employ a bipolar water level probe.
  • the water level probe set 240 can also adopt a monopole water level probe, or other forms of water level probes.
  • the water level probe set 240 includes a first probe set 241 and a second probe set 242 extending toward the lower space 205 .
  • the extension length of the first probe set 241 may be greater than the extension length of the second probe set 242 .
  • the second probe set 242 can extend into the upper space 204 and be directly above the first hole set 231 .
  • the first probe set 241 can be used to monitor the water level in the tank 201 when the cleaning device 100 is used upright. When the water level in the tank 201 reaches the preset threshold, the motor will stop rotating and remind the user to dump the sewage in the tank 201 in time.
  • the second probe set 242 can be used to monitor the water level in the tank 201 when the cleaning device 100 is laid flat and used. When the water level detected by the second probe set 242 reaches the preset threshold, the motor will stop rotating and remind the user to dump the sewage in time. As mentioned above, when the cleaning device 100 is used flat, the anti-backflow structure 230 arranged on the partition plate 203 will prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from flowing back into the upper space 204 through it, so that the motor will not stop. , the cleaning device 100 can still perform cleaning work normally. At this time, the sewage sucked into the upper space 204 through the second channel 202 will accumulate in the upper space 204 at the partition plate 203 .
  • the sewage accumulated in the upper space 204 When the sewage accumulated in the upper space 204 is too much and flows to the cover 216 , it will first flow to the second probe set 242 .
  • the second probe 242 will generate a signal to instruct the motor to stop rotating, thereby preventing the sewage from being sucked into the motor and causing damage to the motor. Therefore, by setting the first probe set 241 and the second probe set 242, the water level in the tank 201 can be monitored in real time, so as to prevent the sewage from being sucked into the motor and causing damage to the motor. This greatly prolongs the service life of the cleaning device 100 .
  • the first probe set 241 may extend into the lower space 205 .
  • the first probe set 241 may extend through the partition plate 203 to the lower space 205 . In this way, before the sewage water level in the casing 201 (lower space 205 ) reaches the partition plate 203, the first probe set 241 will detect the threshold water level, so that the motor stops rotating. This can further prevent sewage from being sucked into the motor, prolonging the service life of the cleaning device 100 .
  • the depth to which the first probe set 241 goes deep into the lower space 205 can be adjusted according to the actual situation, for example, the first probe set 241 can be adjusted to go deep into the lower space according to the height of the partition plate 203 in the box body 201 205' in depth. In some embodiments, the higher the partition plate 203 is in the box body 201 , the deeper the first probe set 241 penetrates into the lower space 205 .
  • the first probe set 241 can also be located in the upper space 204 and close to the partition plate 203 . According to this structure, when the partition plate 203 is blocked, the water level of the sewage in the lower space 205 is low, and the sewage is accumulated in the upper space 204, the first probe group 241 can still accurately monitor the water level of the sewage to prevent the sewage from being sucked inside the motor. In some embodiments, the position of the first probe set 241 in the upper space 205 can be adjusted according to actual conditions. In some embodiments, the first probe set 241 can also be extended into the lower space 205 or the upper space 204 according to the actual situation, or the first probe set 241 can be set in both the upper space 204 and the lower space 205 .
  • the second probe set 242 may be located above the outlet 220 of the adapter tube 217 . In this way, the sewage coming out of the outlet 220 can be prevented from being directly sprayed onto the second probe set 242 , reducing the probability of misjudgment by the second probe set 242 .
  • two baffles 243 extending into the upper space 204 may also be provided on the cover 216 , and the two baffles 243 are spaced apart in the circumferential direction of the cover 216 layout. At least a partial area of the side edge 244 of each baffle 243 is separated by the side wall of the box body 201 .
  • the outlet 224 of the second channel 202 may be between the baffles 243 .
  • the baffle plate 243 can guide the sewage splashed on it to flow downwards, so as to prevent the sewage from splashing around in the box body 201 , which will cause adverse effects on the use of the cleaning device 100 .
  • the air sucked into the box body 201 from the second channel 202 needs to bypass the baffle plate 243 to reach the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218 on the cover 216, thereby making the movement path of the water-air mixture more tortuous and prolonging the water-air mixture.
  • the moving path of the mixture in the box body 201 improves the gas-water separation effect.
  • the second probe set 242 may also be located between the pair of baffles 243. This makes the structure of the cover body 216 more compact, which is beneficial to reduce the radial size of the dirt storage tank 4, making the cleaning device 100 smaller in size, simpler and more flexible, and convenient for cleaning a narrow space.
  • the upper area 245 of the side edge 244 of the baffle 243 is in contact with the side wall of the box body 201, the lower area 246 is spaced apart from the side wall of the box body 201, and the outlet 224 of the second channel 202 is set to correspond to on the upper region 245 of the side edge 244 .
  • the baffle plate 243 can not only prevent the sewage from splashing around in the box body 201, but also force the water-air mixture to deflect downward to cross the baffle plate 243, so that the movement path of the water-air mixture in the box body 201 Longer, better air-water separation.
  • a back plate 247 can also be provided on the cover body 216, and the back plate 247 can be located between the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218 and the adapter pipe 217 (outlet 220), and the back plate 247 can be connected between the two Between the baffles 243 .
  • the water-air mixture will flow down and cross the back plate 247 before reaching the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218, which also helps to extend the movement path of the water-air mixture in the box 201, and the gas-water separation effect is also improved. better.
  • the extended length of the back plate 247 may be less than the extended length of the baffles 243 .
  • the extension length of the back plate 247 and the baffle 243 may refer to the dimensions of the back plate 247 and the baffle 243 along the length direction of the fuselage 1 . This can prevent the baffle plate 243 and the back plate 247 from excessively blocking the path of the water-air mixture, so as to ensure smooth airflow and better cleaning effect when the cleaning device 100 is used.
  • the extension length of the back plate 247 may be 50mm ⁇ 100mm. In some embodiments, the extension length of the back plate 247 may be 60mm ⁇ 100mm. In some embodiments, the extension length of the back plate 247 may be 70mm-95mm.
  • the extension length of the back plate 247 may be 75mm-90mm. In order to prevent the baffle plate 243 and the back plate 247 from excessively blocking the path of the water-air mixture, in some embodiments, the difference between the extension length of the baffle plate 243 and the extension length of the back plate 247 may be 25 mm ⁇ 40 mm. In some embodiments, the difference between the extended length of the baffle 243 and the extended length of the back plate 247 may be 28mm ⁇ 37mm. In some embodiments, the difference between the extended length of the baffle 243 and the extended length of the back plate 247 may be 30mm ⁇ 35mm.
  • a water baffle (not shown in the figure) may also be provided between the outlet 220 of the transfer pipe 217 and the bottom of the second probe set 242. Shows).
  • the water baffle may be in contact with the sidewall of the box body 201 . By setting the water baffle, the water baffle can separate the second probe set 242 from the outlet 220 of the transfer pipe 217, thereby more effectively preventing sewage from being directly sprayed on the second probe set 242, and further reducing errors. probability of judgment.
  • an installation area 250 cooperating with the fuselage 1 is provided on the circumferential outer surface of the box body 201 , and the anti-backflow structure 230 is away from the installation area 250 in the radial direction of the partition plate. Viewed from the cleaning device 100 as a whole, the installation area 250 may be located at the front side of the box body 201 , while the anti-backflow structure 230 is close to the rear side of the box body 201 in the box body 201 (as shown in FIGS. 1-4 ).
  • the cleaning device 100 when the cleaning device 100 is laid flat (as shown in Figures 17 and 18), the anti-backflow structure 230 is closed and is at the lower position of the second hole group 210, so that the sewage in the lower space 205 can be prevented from flowing through it and entering In the upper space 204, the cleaning device 100 can also be used normally.
  • the dirt storage tank 4 can also be arranged in front of the fuselage 1 (as shown in FIGS. It only needs to match the installation position of the anti-backflow structure 230 , and details will not be repeated here.
  • the dirt storage tank 4 is arranged on the front side of the fuselage 1 , and the anti-backflow structure 230 is close to the installation area 250 in the radial direction of the partition plate 203 .
  • the anti-backflow structure 230 is closed and is at the low position of the second hole group 210, so that the sewage in the lower space 205 can be prevented from flowing through it and entering the upper space 204. , the cleaning device 100 can be used normally.
  • Fig. 4 shows the cleaning device 100 in the first usage scenario.
  • the first usage scenario may include a situation when a user uses the cleaning device 100 upright.
  • the motor 34 rotates, and after starting the water spray system (for example, the cleaning liquid supply assembly mentioned above), clean water is sprayed from the cleaning liquid tank to the ground.
  • the sewage on the ground is sucked by the ground brush 2 and then sucked into the upper space 204 of the box body 201 through the first channel 6 and the second channel 202 .
  • the sewage flows into the lower space 205 for storage through the first hole group 231 (and the anti-reverse valve 232 ) and/or the second hole group 210 on the partition plate 203 .
  • the solid waste in the sewage is filtered by the partition plate 203 and left in the upper space 204 .
  • the motor 34 stops rotating and reminds the user, for example, to remind the user to dump the sewage in the tank 201 in time.
  • Fig. 17 shows the cleaning device 100 in the second usage scenario.
  • the second usage scenario may include a situation where the user uses the cleaning device 100 on a flat (or tilted) basis.
  • the sewage in the lower space 205 cannot reach the upper space 204 under the action of the anti-backflow structure 230 on the partition plate 203 , but remains in the lower space 205 .
  • the motor 34 rotates, and after starting the water spray system, clean water is sprayed to the ground from the clean water tank, and sewage is sucked into the upper space 204 of the casing 201 through the second channel 202 again.
  • the sewage is temporarily stored in the upper space 204, the motor 34 rotates normally, and the cleaning device 100 is used normally.
  • the motor 34 stops rotating and reminds the user.
  • the cleaning device 100 is erected, the sewage temporarily stored in the upper space 204 will flow into the lower space 205 through the first hole group 231 (and the anti-reverse valve 232) and/or the second hole group 210.
  • Fig. 19 is a first cross-sectional schematic diagram of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Fig. 20 is a second schematic cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • the dirt storage tank 4 in the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. 1-7 may specifically be the dirt storage tank 300 shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 .
  • the dirt storage tank 300 may include a tank body 301 and a sewage pipe 302 .
  • the sewage pipe 302 may be the second passage 202 in the sewage storage tank 4 shown in FIG. 8 , or the sewage pipe 302 may at least include the second passage 202 in the sewage storage tank 4 shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the casing 301 includes a bottom surface 303, the bottom surface 303 is provided with a sewage inlet 304, the sewage pipe 302 is formed by extending upward from the sewage inlet 304, and the upper part of the sewage pipe 302 is provided with a sewage outlet 3021, and the fluid M entering from the sewage pipe 302 is discharged at the sewage outlet 3021.
  • the sewage inlet 304 can be arranged on the side of the box body 301, and the box body 301 is provided with a cyclone filter assembly 305, and the dust entering from the sewage inlet 304 can be separated by the cyclone filter assembly 305, for example, The mixed liquid a and the mixed gas c are separated.
  • the dirt storage tank 300 may further include a cover 306 and a cyclone filter assembly 305 .
  • the cyclone filter component 305 may be the cyclone separation structure 260 as shown in FIG. 8 , or a component having a structure similar to the cyclone separation structure 260 or achieving the same function.
  • the cyclone separation structure 260 shown in FIG. 8 may be a part of the cyclone filter assembly 305 .
  • the cover 306 may include a cover body 3061, the cover body 3061 may be inserted into the upper end of the box body 301, the cover body 3061 is provided with an air inlet 3062, and the cyclone filter assembly 305 may be arranged on the cover body 3061 and The air inlet 3062 is connected, and the air inlet 3062 is located above the sewage outlet 3021 .
  • the air inlet 3062 may be the inlet 219 shown in FIG. 8 , or a structure having a similar structure or the same function as the air inlet 219 .
  • the mixed gas c separated from the sewage outlet 3021 continues to move upwards to the air inlet 3062 and enters the cyclone filter assembly 305 due to its lighter quality.
  • the cyclone filter assembly 305 filters the mixed gas c, and the dust d in the mixed gas c remains In the cyclone filter assembly 305, under the action of the vacuum environment formed by the operation of the motor, the filtered clean gas e is discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 and passed through the motor in the cleaning device 100 (for example, the motor in the motor 34 or the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 33) discharge to the outside of the cleaning device 100, thereby avoiding the gas discharged from the motor from containing more dust d, ensuring the cleanliness of the external environment, and avoiding respiratory diseases caused by the operator inhaling too much dust d, To ensure the health of the operator, the second filtering method of the dirt storage tank 300 is realized: the separation of clean gas e and dust d.
  • the air inlet 3062 can be arranged adjacent to the sewage outlet 3021, but this may cause a part of the mixed liquid a sprayed from the sewage pipe 302 to be sprayed into the air inlet 3062, due to the cyclone
  • the filter assembly 305 cannot filter moisture, and the moisture entering the air inlet 3062 will enter the cyclone filter assembly 305, Hypa and the motor in turn.
  • the gas with moisture will easily reduce the air permeability of the Hypa, and the humid environment will easily make the Hypa Breed bacteria.
  • Hypa is a high-efficiency filter (filter paper) commonly used in cleaning devices, which can be used to filter 99% of fine particles in the air, so that the air passing through the cleaning device can be purified and removed to reduce secondary pollution.
  • the moisture-laden gas may be sucked into the motor, causing a short circuit in the motor, resulting in failure of the cleaning device 100 .
  • the sewage outlet 3021 and the air inlet 3062 can be located on both sides of the central axis 3012 of the box body 301, and there is a certain distance between the sewage outlet 3021 and the air inlet 3062, which can prevent the mixed liquid a from directly The problem of splashing from the sewage outlet 3021 to the air inlet 3062. After the mixed gas c is discharged from the sewage outlet 3021, it walks a long path before entering the air inlet 3062.
  • the moisture in the mixed gas c will flow along the long path Separation from the mixed gas c prevents moisture from entering the Hypa or the motor, prevents bacteria from growing in the Hypa, and prevents the motor from short-circuiting to ensure the normal operation of the cleaning device 100 .
  • the sewage outlet 3021 can be set on the side of the sewage pipe 302 away from the air inlet 3062, as shown in Fig. 22, the sewage outlet 3021 is facing the box
  • the distance between the inner walls of 301 in the horizontal direction is L4, and the mixed gas c discharged from the sewage outlet 3021 first moves along the horizontal direction to the inner wall of the box body 301 facing the sewage outlet 3021 for a length of L4 to reach the sewage outlet 3021.
  • the mixed gas c is bent after colliding with the inner wall of the box 301, and then the mixed gas c moves from the inner wall of the box 301 toward the air inlet 3062.
  • the arrangement of this embodiment prolongs the movement path of the mixed gas c from the sewage outlet 3021 to the air inlet 3062, that is, the extended length of the movement path comes from the mixing
  • the gas c moves back and forth in the horizontal direction between the water outlet 3021 and the inner wall of the box 301 facing it, that is, the extended length is 2*L4, and the mixed gas c travels from the sewage outlet 3021 to the air inlet 3062
  • the path is longer, and the moisture and dust d mixed in the mixed gas c can be better separated from the mixed gas c due to gravity, which further improves the cleanliness of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 and can further reduce the dust from the mixed gas c.
  • the humidity of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 is the humidity of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305.
  • the cover 306 further includes a baffle 3063 , which extends downward from the cover body 3061 and surrounds the outer periphery of the sewage outlet 3021 , and the baffle 3063 A channel through the mixed gas c is formed between 3063 and the bottom surface 303 , and the sewage outlet 3021 and the air inlet 3062 are located on both sides of the baffle 3063 .
  • the baffle 3063 can partially block the mixed liquid a sprayed from the sewage outlet 3021, preventing the mixed liquid a from being directly inhaled by the air inlet 3062 of the cyclone filter assembly 305 , thereby reducing the risk of short circuits in the motor.
  • the first part of the mixed gas in the mixed gas c flowing out of the sewage outlet 3021 has an upward partial velocity, and the first part of the mixed gas first has a tendency to move upward.
  • the first part of the mixed gas moves to the bottom surface of the cover body 3061 and then turns downwards, and the turned first part of the mixed gas moves through the channel and moves upward from the channel to the air inlet 3062 .
  • the walking path of the first part of the mixed gas from the sewage outlet 3021 to the air inlet 3062 is increased, and the moisture and dust d mixed in the first part of the mixed gas are better due to gravity.
  • the cleanliness of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 can be further improved and the humidity of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 can be further reduced.
  • the second part of the mixed gas in the mixed gas c flowing out of the sewage outlet 3021 has a downward partial velocity
  • the second part of the mixed gas has a downward partial velocity
  • the second part of the mixed gas has a downward partial velocity.
  • the second part of the mixture moves to the channel and from the channel upwards to the inlet 3062.
  • the walking path of the second part of the mixed gas from the sewage outlet 3021 to the air inlet 3062 is increased, and the moisture and dust mixed in the second part of the mixed gas can be realized. Because the gravity is better separated from the second part of the mixed gas, the cleanliness of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 can be further improved and the humidity of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 can be further reduced.
  • the structure of the sewage pipe 302 is described in conjunction with FIG. 19 , FIG. 20 and FIG. 22 .
  • the sewage pipe 302 may include a pipe body 3022 and a transfer pipe 3023 .
  • the pipe body 3022 is formed by extending upward from the sewage inlet 304 .
  • the transfer pipe 3023 includes a first pipe 30231 , a transition pipe 30232 and a second pipe 30233 connected in sequence.
  • the first pipeline 30231 is coaxially and detachably connected to the pipe body 3022
  • the first pipeline 30231 is perpendicular to the second pipeline 30233
  • the sewage outlet 3021 is arranged on the second pipeline 30233 .
  • the pipe body 3022 is relatively long, if the pipe body 3022 and the transfer pipe 3023 are integrally formed, the mold of the sewage pipe 302 will be very complicated, resulting in a low mold opening success rate and high mold opening costs.
  • the sewage pipe 302 in this embodiment is disassembled into two parts, the pipe body 3022 and the transfer pipe 3023, which can be disassembled. There is a success rate of mold opening, and it can also effectively reduce the cost of mold opening.
  • the inside of the transfer pipe 3023 is bent to form corners, dust or impurities will accumulate inside the transfer pipe 3023, which will affect the flow of sewage discharged from the sewage outlet 3021 and the filtration efficiency of the sewage storage tank 300 for a long time.
  • the tube body 3022 and the transfer tube 3023 are detachably connected, and the operator can clean the inside of the transfer tube 3023 better and faster by removing the transfer tube 3023 from the tube body 3022 .
  • the transfer tube 3023 may be the transfer tube 217 shown in FIG. 8 , or a structure or component having a similar structure or the same function as the transfer tube 217 .
  • the distance between the centerline of the second pipeline 30233 and the air inlet 3062 in the vertical direction is L1
  • the distance between the centerline of the second pipeline 30233 and the bottom end of the baffle 3063 The distance is L2 if the existing sewage outlet 3021 will be arranged upwards, the existing mixed gas c will travel through the path L1 before entering the cyclone filter assembly 305, and through the setting of the baffle plate 3063 in this embodiment, the mixing
  • the path that the gas c travels before entering the cyclone filter assembly 305 is at least 2*L2+L1, so that the path that the mixed gas c travels before entering the cyclone filter assembly 305 is longer.
  • the path traveled by the mixed gas c refers to the length of the path traveled by the mixed gas c.
  • the ratio of L2/L1 of the dirt storage tank 300 can be set to 0.9-3 .
  • the maximum width of the inner wall of the box body 301 is W1
  • the distance between the side of the air inlet 3062 away from the sewage outlet 3021 and the sewage outlet 3021 along the horizontal direction is W2, W2/W1 3/4 to 7/8, through the setting of this size, in the limited space of the box body 301, the distance between the air inlet 3062 and the sewage outlet 3021 can be as large as possible, so as to realize the sewage from the sewage outlet 3021
  • the distance from the outflowing mixed gas c to the air inlet 3062 along the horizontal direction is as long as possible.
  • the distance between the end surface of the second pipeline 30233 and the outer peripheral surface of the pipe body 3022 in the horizontal direction is L3, and the distance between the end surface of the second pipeline 30233 and the inner wall of the box body 301
  • the distance along the horizontal direction is L4, wherein L3/L4 is 1/2 to 1, effectively shortening the distance between the sewage outlet 3021 and the inner wall of the box body 301, so that the mixed liquid a sprayed from the sewage outlet 3021 can be compared Most of them form a hanging wall with the inner wall of the box body 301, so that more dry garbage f (or referred to as solid garbage) in the mixed liquid a is hung on the inner wall of the box body 301, realizing the dry garbage f in the mixed liquid a and Wet garbage b better separation effect.
  • the baffle 3063 is provided with an insertion slot 30631 extending in the vertical direction, and the insertion slot 30631 is formed at the bottom end of the baffle 3063 Insert the inlet 30632, the second pipeline 30233 is inserted into the insertion slot 30631 from the insertion inlet 30632 and can slide along the insertion groove 30631, the insertion groove 30631 cooperates with the second pipeline 30233 to realize the installation of the cover 306 to the box In addition, the second pipeline 30233 cooperates with the socket 30631 to make the cover 306 and the box 301 more stable, and the dirt storage tank 300 can avoid the cover 306 and the tank during use. Body 301 comes loose.
  • the transfer pipe 3023 further includes a blocking plate 30234 , and the blocking plate 30234 is arranged on the outer periphery of the second pipeline 30233 and extends in the vertical direction.
  • the blocking plate 30234 When the pipeline 30233 is plugged into the socket slot 30631, the blocking plate 30234 is arranged on one side of the baffle plate 3063, and the plugging plate 30234 blocks the socket slot 30631, and the blocking plate 30234 and the baffle plate 3063 form a complete
  • the baffle plate prevents part of the mixed gas c from directly passing through the socket slot 30631 and entering the air inlet 3062, which can ensure that the mixed gas c passes through the channel and then enters the air inlet 3062, ensuring that all the mixed gas c is relatively
  • the long path travel improves the automatic separation of moisture and dust in the mixed gas c.
  • the track length of the mixed liquid a flowing along the solid surface can be lengthened, so that more dry garbage f in the mixed liquid a can be left on the solid surface, and a certain amount of dry garbage f and wet garbage b in the mixed liquid a can be achieved. seperate effect.
  • the insertion slot 30631 includes an insertion section 30633 and a guide section 30634 connected from bottom to top, the insertion inlet 30632 is located at the lower end of the insertion section 30633 , and the insertion section 30633
  • the width gradually decreases from bottom to top, the width of the upper end of the insertion section 30633 is the same as the width of the guide section 30634, and the width of the guide section 30634 is equal to the diameter of the second pipeline 30233.
  • the insertion section 30633 it is possible to allow a certain deviation in the alignment between the insertion groove 30631 and the second pipeline 30233.
  • the second pipeline 30233 gradually slides from the insertion section 30633 into the guide section 30634, the second Precise alignment of the pipeline 30233 and the insertion section 30633 in the circumferential direction.
  • the first pipeline 30231 is provided with a first through hole 302311 and a second through hole 302312 connected from bottom to top, and the second through hole 302312 communicates with the transition pipe 30232 ,
  • the cross-sectional area of the first through hole 302311 is greater than the cross-sectional area of the second through hole 302312, the junction of the first through hole 302311 and the second through hole 302312 is formed with an abutment surface 302313, and the tube body 3022 is inserted into the first through hole.
  • the cover body 3061 is provided with a housing cavity 3064 communicating with the air inlet 3062, and the cover body 3061 is provided with a housing chamber 3061.
  • the cyclone filter assembly 305 is set in the housing chamber 3064 and connected to the cover body 3061, the mixed gas c passes through the air inlet 3062, the housing chamber 3064 and the cyclone filter assembly 305 in turn to realize cyclone dust gas separation, the clean gas e Exhausted from the cyclone filter assembly 305, the dust d in the mixed gas c flowing in the cyclone channel is left in the cover body 3061 by the action of the cyclone and its own gravity, thereby achieving a better separation effect of the clean gas e and the dust d.
  • the cover body 3061 includes an upper end 30611 of the cover body located at its upper position, and the upper end 30611 of the cover body is provided with an insertion port 30612 communicating with the accommodating cavity 3064 , and the cyclone filter assembly 305 Put it into the accommodation cavity 3064 through the socket 30612, so as to realize the detachable connection between the cyclone filter assembly 305 and the cover body 3061, so as to realize the quick disassembly and assembly of the cyclone filter assembly 305 and the cover body 306, which is convenient for the operator to filter the cyclone Impurities on the assembly 305 are cleaned to ensure that the cyclone filter assembly 305 has a better filtering effect on dust d subsequently.
  • the communication pipe passage has an upper opening and a lower opening, wherein the upper opening is an air outlet 30511, the first clamping part 3052 is arranged on the outer periphery of the communicating pipe 3051, and the outer circumference of the first clamping part 3052 is connected to the receiving chamber
  • the side walls of 3064 are in contact with each other.
  • the first clamping part 3052 includes a spiral bottom plate 30521 connected to the communication pipe 3051.
  • the spiral bottom plate 30521 is spirally arranged around the outer circumference of the communication pipe 3051.
  • the main body 3061 forms a cyclone channel together, and the air inlet 3062 is connected with the cyclone channel. After the mixed gas passes through the air inlet 3062, the cyclone channel, and the connecting pipe 3051 to realize the separation of cyclone dust and gas, the clean gas e flows from the gas outlet at the upper end of the connecting pipe 3051. 30511 discharge.
  • the first clamping part 3052 further includes a peripheral side plate 30522 , a blocking baffle 30523 and a top plate 30524 , and the peripheral side plate 30522 is ring-shaped.
  • the width of the peripheral side plate 30522 gradually increases.
  • the peripheral side plate 30522 is wound around the outer circumference of the communication pipe 3051 and is spaced apart from the outer peripheral surface of the communication pipe 3051.
  • the bottom line of the peripheral side plate 30522 is spirally wrapped around the communication pipe 3051
  • the outer periphery of the peripheral side plate 30522 with a larger width (free end) is arranged at intervals with the connecting pipe 3051, and the free end of the peripheral side plate 30522 and the outer peripheral surface of the connecting pipe 3051 are blocked and connected through the blocking baffle 30523, as shown in the figure
  • the upper end of the peripheral side plate 30522 can be connected with the outer peripheral surface of the communication pipe 3051 through the top plate 30524
  • the lower end of the peripheral side plate 30522 is connected with the outer peripheral surface of the communication pipe 3051 through the spiral bottom plate 30521
  • the spiral bottom plate 30521 surrounds the communication pipe 3051
  • the circumferential angle exceeds 360 degrees, and a part of the spiral bottom plate 30521 located at the bottom is located below and directly opposite to a part of the spiral bottom plate 30521 located at the top along the up and down direction.
  • the two parts of the spiral bottom plate 30521 facing above form a concave space.
  • the air inlet 3062 shown in FIG. 19 is connected.
  • the first engaging portion 3052 can block the insertion port 30612 .
  • the mixed gas c entering from the air inlet 3062 moves downward under the obstruction of the first clamping part 3052.
  • the mixed gas c flows on the spiral bottom plate Under the guiding action of 30521, it rotates in a spiral shape, and under the joint action of the blocking action of the first clamping part 3052 and the guiding action of the spiral bottom plate 30521, the mixed gas c can realize the spiral downward movement, thereby achieving a better cyclone separation effect .
  • the clean gas e obtained by cyclone separation enters from the lower opening of the communication pipe 3051 and moves upward to the gas outlet 30511 and is discharged out of the cyclone filter assembly 305 .
  • the top plate 30524 is provided with a top plate opening 305241 communicating with the gas outlet 30511 , and the clean gas e discharged from the gas outlet 30511 can be discharged from the top plate opening 305241 .
  • the outer contour of the cross section of the first engaging portion 3052 gradually decreases from top to bottom.
  • the accommodating cavity 3064 It includes a first chamber and a second chamber arranged and connected from top to bottom, the size and shape of the first chamber matches the first clamping part 3052, and the cross-sectional area of the second chamber is smaller than that of the first chamber.
  • the smallest cross-sectional area of the chamber can realize the effect of the first clamping portion 3052 being clamped at the position of the first chamber, and achieve a better clamping and fixing effect of the cyclone filter assembly 305 and the cover body 306 .
  • the outer profile of the cross section of the first engaging portion 3052 gradually decreases from top to bottom, it is convenient for the user to take out the cyclone filter assembly 305 from the accommodating cavity 3064 .
  • the cyclone filter assembly 305 may include a cyclone filter mechanism 3053 (for example, the cyclone separation structure 260 shown in FIG. 8 ) and soft rubber 3054, and the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 is located in the housing cavity In 3064, the soft glue 3054 is connected with the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 and at least part of the soft glue 3054 protrudes from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 along the circumferential direction, and the soft glue 3054 extending from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 abuts against the upper end 30611 of the cover body, The upper end 30611 of the cover body can achieve a better support effect on the cyclone filter assembly 305.
  • a cyclone filter mechanism 3053 for example, the cyclone separation structure 260 shown in FIG. 8
  • soft rubber 3054 soft rubber 3054
  • the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 is located in the housing cavity In 3064
  • the soft glue 3054 is connected with the cyclone filter mechanism
  • the texture of the soft rubber 3054 is relatively soft, even if the soft rubber 3054 is in contact with the upper end 30611 of the cover body for a long time, it can avoid the impact of the soft rubber 3054. Or the upper end 30611 of the cover body is damaged.
  • the soft rubber 3054 may include a connected second upper end surface 30541 and a connecting portion 30542 , the second upper end surface 30541 is located on the upper surface of the top plate 30524 , and the connecting portion 30542 is clamped on the outer periphery of the top plate 30524, and the peripheral side plate 30522 is provided with an annular clamping groove 305243 clamping groove 305243 clamping groove 305243 clamping groove 305243 near the second upper end surface 30541, and part of the connecting part 30542 is accommodated in the clamping groove 305243 Clamping groove 305243 In the clamping groove 305243, part of the connecting portion 30542 protrudes from the outer periphery of the peripheral side plate 30522, so as to realize the fixing of the soft rubber 3054 and the top plate 30524.
  • an upper opening 30544 is opened on the second upper end surface 30541 , and the clean gas e discharged from the top plate opening 305241 can be discharged from the upper opening 30544 and then enter the motor of the cleaning device 100 .
  • the soft rubber 3054 may include two lugs 30543 on both sides thereof, as shown in Figure 29, the top plate 30524 includes two lug engaging parts 305242, each Each lug 30543 is clipped and sleeved on the outer periphery of the corresponding lug engaging portion 305242 , so as to realize the fixing of the lug 30543 and the lug engaging portion 305242 .
  • the operator can remove the cyclone filter assembly 305 from the cover 306 by pulling the lug 30543 , which is convenient for the user to exert force on the cyclone filter assembly 305 .
  • the cover 306 further includes an upper cover 3065, which is fastened on the upper end of the cover body 3061, so as to realize the correction of the uneven structure and the locking structure on the cover body 3061. Covering, to achieve the aesthetic effect of the dirt storage tank 300.
  • a groove 30651 is opened on the position corresponding to the lug 30543 on the upper cover 3065. When the cyclone filter assembly 305 is installed on the cover body 306, the lug 30543 is located in the corresponding groove 30651. The setting of the groove 30651 can achieve a better avoidance effect on the lug 30543 .
  • the upper surface of the lug 30543 and the upper surface of the upper cover 3065 are in the same plane, so that the upper end of the dirt storage tank 300 is flat and more beautiful.
  • the sides of the lug 30543 and the side wall of the groove 30651 are spaced apart in the horizontal direction, and the bottom surface of the lug 30543 and the bottom surface of the groove 30651 are spaced apart in the vertical direction, so that it is convenient for the operator to extend his hand into the space above. And it can realize the action of the user holding the lug 30543 .
  • the upper cover 3065 includes a first upper end surface 30652 , the first upper end surface 30652 is set at a preset angle with the horizontal plane, and the bottom surface of the connecting portion 30542 It is set at a preset included angle with the horizontal plane, and the upper end of the cover body 3061 is set at a preset included angle with the horizontal plane.
  • the angle between the first upper end surface 30652 and the horizontal plane is the first preset angle
  • the angle between the ground of the connecting part 30542 and the horizontal plane is the second preset angle
  • the included angle between is the third preset included angle.
  • the first upper end surface 30652 and the second upper end surface 30541 are in the same plane.
  • the cyclone filter assembly 305 is turned 180 degrees in the horizontal direction and installed in the cover body 306, the first upper end surface 30652 and the second upper end surface 30541 will be arranged at an angle and not in a plane, and the operator will easily It was found that the cyclone filter assembly 305 was installed backwards.
  • the lower end of the cover body 3061 is provided with an ash discharge port 30613 located below the communication pipe 3051
  • the cover body 306 also includes The connected ash bucket 3066, the ash bucket 3066 is located below the ash outlet 30613, and the upper end of the ash bucket 3066 is provided with an ash inlet 30661.
  • the cover body 3061 When the cover body 3061 is plugged into the box body 301, the ash outlet 30613 and The ash inlet 30661 is facing, and the dust d in the accommodating chamber 3064 will pass through the ash discharge port 30613 and the ash inlet 30661 in sequence and then enter the ash bucket 3066, which can store more dust d.
  • the operator When the operator removes the cover 306 from the box body 301, the operator can hold the ash bucket 3066 to remove the ash bucket 3066 and the transfer tube 3023 from the box body 301, which is convenient for the operator to carry out subsequent operations.
  • the vertical distance between the upper surface of the ash bucket 3066 and the opening 308 is 10 mm to 20 mm, which is convenient for the user to pick up the ash bucket 3066 .
  • the ash bucket 3066 and the transfer pipe 3023 can be integrally formed by injection molding, which simplifies the installation efficiency of the ash bucket 3066 and the transfer pipe 3023 .
  • the cover body 306 further includes a filter grill 3067, the filter grill 3067 is arranged in the ash discharge port 30613, the mixed gas c in the accommodating cavity 3064 and the filter grill 3067 Contact with each other can realize the separation of more dust d from the mixed gas c, and can improve the separation effect of dust d and clean gas e.
  • the filter grill 3067 includes a middle baffle 30671 and a plurality of connecting rods 30672, the middle baffle 30671 is located in the middle of the ash outlet 30613, and each connecting rod 30672 is connected to the middle baffle 30671 respectively.
  • a plurality of connecting rods 30672 are arranged evenly and at intervals on the outer periphery of the middle baffle 30671, and the dust d shown in Figure 19 can enter into the dust accumulation through the space between two adjacent connecting rods 30672 Inside barrel 3066.
  • the cover body 3061 further includes a lower insertion end 30614 located at the lower part of the cover body 3061, the bottom end of the lower insertion end 30614 is provided with an ash outlet 30613, and The bottom of the plug-in end 30614 is plugged into the ash bucket 3066 through the ash inlet 30661, and the cooperation between the lower plug-in end 30614 and the ash inlet 30661 can realize the fast and accurate connection between the air channel of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 and the ash inlet 30661. Align the docking effect.
  • the cross-sectional area of the lower plug-in end 30614 gradually decreases from top to bottom, and the lower plug-in end 30614 has a certain gathering effect on the dust d and is collected into the ash bucket 3066, making it easier for the dust d to enter the ash bucket 3066, so as to avoid the clogging of the dust discharge port 30613 by the dust d.
  • the cover body 306 further includes a sealing structure 3068, the sealing structure 3068 is arranged at the ash inlet 30661, and the lower insertion end 30614 is plugged into the ash inlet 30661,
  • the sealing structure 3068 is set in sealing contact with the outer periphery of the lower plug-in end 30614, and the setting of the sealing structure 3068 can prevent the mixed gas c discharged from the sewage outlet 3021 from entering into the storage tank from the gap between the lower plug-in end 30614 and the ash bucket 3066.
  • the cover 306 further includes a second shielding plate 3069, the second shielding plate 3069 is connected to the cover body 3061, and the second shielding plate 3069 is vertically arranged at Between the lower end of the connecting pipe 3051 and the ash discharge port 30613, the setting of the second shielding plate 3069 can prevent the airflow in the air duct of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 from stirring the dust d in the ash bucket 3066, causing the dust d to enter the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 The dirt holding tank 300 is drained.
  • the air duct of the second baffle plate 3069 and the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 can be disassembled.
  • the connection is convenient for the user to clean up the dust d accumulated at the connection position between the second baffle plate 3069 and the middle baffle plate 30671, ensures the smooth flow of the ash discharge port 30613, and realizes the better recovery effect of the ash bucket 3066 on the dust d.
  • the second shielding plate 3069 and the middle shielding plate 30671 can be detachably connected by screws, which is convenient for users to quickly disassemble and assemble the second shielding plate 3069 and the middle shielding plate 30671 operate.
  • the screws can also be replaced by pins, buckle structures, and the like.
  • the longitudinal section of the second shielding plate 3069 is an upwardly convex arc (that is, the arc is convex upward).
  • the surface area of the second baffle plate 3069 is larger, and the second baffle plate 3069 can have a greater contact probability with the mixed gas c entering the air channel of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053, and the solid particles in the mixed gas c and the second baffle plate 3069 The more times of touching, the separation of most of the dust d in the mixed gas c and the super-clean gas e can be realized, so as to realize the separation of more dust d and prevent the dust d from being discharged from the air outlet 5111.
  • the dirt storage tank 300 also includes a filter mechanism 307 arranged in the box body 301, and the filter mechanism 307 is arranged along the vertical direction (that is, the length direction of the fuselage 1) ) is located between the sewage outlet 3021 and the bottom surface 303, the mixed liquid a flows through the filter mechanism 307, the dry garbage f in the mixed liquid a stays on the filter mechanism 307, and the wet garbage b in the mixed liquid a flows into the filter mechanism 307 and the bottom surface 303 In the space between, the filter mechanism 307 can separate the mixed liquid a from the dry garbage f and the wet garbage b, which is convenient for the user to clean the dirt storage tank 300 better, thereby realizing the third filtering method of the dirt storage tank 300 .
  • the filter mechanism 307 can separate the mixed liquid a from the dry garbage f and the wet garbage b, which is convenient for the user to clean the dirt storage tank 300 better, thereby realizing the third filtering method of the dirt storage tank 300 .
  • the filter mechanism 307 since the filter mechanism 307 is between the bottom surface 303 of the box body 301 and the cyclone filter assembly 305, the filter mechanism 307 can also have a certain degree of wet garbage b stored below it.
  • the blocking effect prevents the wet garbage b caused by the vibration of the dirt storage tank 300 from splashing to the position of the air inlet 3062, avoids water ingress in the Hypa and the motor, and avoids a short circuit in the motor.
  • a cleaning device with a dirt storage tank 300 (such as the cleaning device 100 shown in Figures 1 to 7) can realize three filtering methods at the same time. Consumers only need to buy one cleaning device 100 to clean different environments. To one machine with multiple functions, consumers do not need to switch between multiple cleaning devices with different functions or other cleaning devices, and the operation of the cleaning device with the dirt storage tank 300 is simple and convenient.
  • the sewage outlet 3021 can be arranged on the side of the sewage pipe 302 and facing the inner wall of the box body 301 , and the mixed liquid a sprayed from the sewage outlet 3021 flows along the side of the box body 301 .
  • a part of the dry garbage f will remain on the inner wall of the box body 301, thereby further improving the separation effect of the dry garbage f and the wet garbage b of the mixed liquid a.
  • the upper dry garbage f is air-dried to a certain extent, and the dry garbage f will drop from the inner side wall of the box body 301 to the filter mechanism 307 .
  • the transfer pipe 3023 is connected to the filter mechanism 307, when the operator removes the cover 306 from the box body 301, the operator can hold the ash bucket 3066
  • the effect of removing the ash bucket 3066 and the transfer pipe 3023 from the box body 301 is achieved, which is convenient for the operator to clean the ash bucket 3066, the transfer pipe 3023 and the filter mechanism 307 and has a better cleaning effect.
  • it is not necessary to set a long rod connected with the filter mechanism 307 thereby simplifying the structure of the dirt storage tank 300 .
  • the transfer tube 3023 is pivotally connected to the filter mechanism 307.
  • the operator holds the transfer tube 3023 and rotates the filter mechanism 307 relative to the transfer tube 3023 so that the axis of the transfer tube 3023 is in line with the filter mechanism 3023.
  • the axis of the filter mechanism 307 is arranged at 90 degrees, and a portion of the transfer pipe 3023 protrudes from the periphery of the filter mechanism 307 .
  • the outer periphery of the transfer pipe 3023 is relatively clean, when the operator cleans up the dry garbage f in the filter mechanism 307, the inner surface of the filter mechanism 307 faces downward, and the operator holds the transfer pipe 3023 protruding from the peripheral part of the filter mechanism 307 , Like this, the dry rubbish f in the filtering mechanism 307 falls along the vertical direction and can not dirty user's hand.
  • the structure of the filter mechanism 307 is described in conjunction with Figure 19, Figure 25 and Figure 27, as shown in Figure 19, Figure 25 and Figure 27, the filter mechanism 307 includes a connecting rod 3071 and a filter basket 3072, the connecting rod 3071 is pivotally connected to the transfer pipe 3023, and the filter basket 3072 is connected to the connecting rod 3071.
  • There are filter holes on the filter basket 3072 and the dry garbage f in the mixed liquid a entering the filter basket 3072 is stored in the filter basket 3072.
  • the filter basket 3072 has a large interior space, which can store larger volumes of dry garbage f, can reduce the cleaning frequency of the filter mechanism 307 by users, and can increase the continuous working time of the cleaning device 100 and the area of the cleaning area that can be processed.
  • the structure of the filter basket 3072 is described in conjunction with FIG. 19, FIG. 25 and FIG. 27.
  • FIG. 19 and FIG. The upper end of the 30721 is provided with a socket 30723, the surrounding side of the support frame 30721 is provided with an installation port 30724, the filter screen 30722 is provided with a plurality of first filter holes 30725, and the filter screen 30722 is blocked at the installation port 30724.
  • the operator can select the filter screen 30722 according to different scenes
  • the size of the first filter hole 4221 can be adjusted to match different scenes, and the versatility of the dirt storage tank 300 can be improved.
  • the filter 30722 can be the filter 213 shown in FIG. 10 , or a component that has a similar structure or achieves the same function as the filter 213 .
  • the filter screen 30722 can protrude outward, so that the storage space inside the filter basket 3072 is larger, so that the filter basket 3072 can store more dry garbage. Storage and recovery.
  • the filter screen 30722 can be made of metal plate or filter cloth, wherein the filter cloth can filter finer dust particles, and the metal plate has better strength and hardness, which can effectively improve the service life of the filter screen 30722 .
  • the convex filter screen 30722 installed in the installation port 30724 with the same area has a larger surface area, and the number of first filter holes 30725 on the convex filter screen 30722 is more, which can improve the mixed liquid a. Dry garbage f and wet garbage b separation efficiency.
  • the structure of the supporting frame 30721 is described in conjunction with Fig. 25 and Fig. 27.
  • the supporting frame 30721 includes a partition 30726 and an annular side peripheral plate 30727, and the partition 30726 is provided with There are a plurality of second filter holes 30728, the annular side peripheral plate 30727 is connected with the partition plate 30726 and constitutes an accommodating space with the partition plate 30726, and a plurality of mounting holes arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction are provided on the annular side peripheral plate 30727 Port 30724, filter screen 30722 are connected end to end to form a ring structure, the outer surface of part of the filter screen 30722 is in contact with the inner surface of the annular side peripheral plate 30727, and multiple installation ports 30724 can be realized by only one filter screen 30722
  • the plugging can improve the user's quick assembly of the filter basket 3072 and improve the disassembly efficiency of the filter basket 3072.
  • the partition 30726 may be the partition 203 shown in FIG. 10 , or a component that has a similar structure or performs the same function as the partition 203 .
  • the annular side peripheral plate 30727 can be the bracket 212 shown in FIG. 10 , or a component that has a similar structure or achieves the same function as the bracket 212 .
  • the combination of annular side perimeter plate 30727 and bracket 212 may be referred to as a barrier (eg, barrier 211 shown in FIG. 10 ).
  • the distance between the partition 30726 and the bottom surface 303 of the box 301 is L5
  • the height of the box 301 is H
  • L5/H is 1/3 to 1/2, that is In other words, 1/3 ⁇ 1/2 of the volume of the box body 301 can be used to store wet garbage b, which can realize the storage of more wet garbage b by the cleaning device 100 .
  • the height of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 can be 20 mm to 50 mm.
  • the annular side peripheral plate 30727 of the filter basket 3072 has a certain The height can achieve the effect of increasing the accommodating space for storing dry garbage (dry garbage f shown in FIG. 19 ), thereby realizing the effect of the filter basket 3072 storing more dry garbage.
  • the second filter holes 30728 are elongated holes, and a plurality of second filter holes 30728 are evenly arranged around the center line of the partition 30726, which can realize wet garbage (Figure 19
  • the wet garbage shown in b) evenly flows down at each position of the partition plate 30726 to avoid blockage of some of the second filter holes 30728 caused by uneven distribution of the second filter holes 30728 and improve the solid-liquid separation efficiency of the filter basket 3072.
  • a through hole 30729 is opened in the middle of the partition 30726, and the pipe body 3022 is connected to the adapter pipe 3023 through the through hole 30729, so that when the cleaning device is tilted or laid flat When 100, the filter basket 3072 will not be skewed in the casing 301.
  • the through hole 30729 may be the assembly hole 214 shown in FIG. Parts with the same function in the dirt storage tank 4 shown.
  • the through hole 30729 extends upwards to form a conduit 30730, the tube body 3022 is inserted into the conduit 30730, and the outer peripheral surface of the tube body 3022 abuts against the inner wall of the conduit 30730, which can increase the contact area between the filter basket 3072 and the tube body 3022, and can Further avoid that the filter basket 3072 is not crooked in the box body 301 .
  • the conduit 30730 may be the annular baffle 215 shown in FIG. 10 , or a component having a similar structure or performing the same function as the annular baffle 215 .
  • the outer peripheral surface of the tube body 3022 is in interference fit with the inner wall of the conduit 30730 , which can achieve a better fixing effect between the filter basket 3072 and the tube body 3022 and avoid filter basket 3072 .
  • the basket 3072 slides down to the bottom surface 303 of the casing 301 to prevent the filter basket 3072 from contacting again with the wet garbage b that has filtered out the dry garbage f, and to ensure that the dry garbage f and the wet garbage b are independently set.
  • the diameter of the tube body 3022 gradually decreases from bottom to top, and the outer diameter of the tube body 3022 at the middle position is the same as the inner hole diameter of the conduit 30730, which can ensure that the filter basket 3072 is in the same position as the tube body at the middle position of the tube body 3022. 3022 fixed.
  • the diameter of the upper end of the pipe body 3022 is smaller than the diameter of the inner hole of the conduit 30730 , which is also convenient for the operator to install the filter basket 3072 on the pipe body 3022 .
  • the baffle 30726 is inclined downward from the through hole 30729 to the edge of the baffle 30726, so that the mixed liquid a has a tendency to flow downward, thereby improving the solid-liquid separation effect of the filter basket 3072, and avoiding the liquid in the filter basket 3072. Deposition of spacer 30726.
  • the above structure can increase the overall surface area of the partition 30726, and the total area of the plurality of second filter holes 30728 is larger, which can improve the separation between dry garbage f and wet garbage b. separation efficiency.
  • the edge of the upper end of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 is in sealing contact with the inner peripheral surface of the box body 301 .
  • large particles or large-volume dry garbage f cannot pass through the gap between the edge of the upper end of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 and the inner peripheral surface of the box body 301, so that large particles or large-volume dry garbage f f stays in the filter mechanism 307 after the filter mechanism 307 is separated, so as to prevent large particles or bulky dry garbage f from entering the wet garbage b in the filter mechanism 307 .
  • the wet garbage b between the filter mechanism 307 and the bottom surface 303 will not pass through the gap between the edge of the upper end of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 and the inner peripheral surface of the box body 301, and the gap between the filter mechanism 307 and the bottom surface 303 can be completely avoided. There is a risk that the wet garbage b in between will enter the filter mechanism 307 due to vibration.
  • the edge of the upper end of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 is in sealing contact with the inner peripheral surface of the box body 301 , even if the dirt storage tank 300 vibrates, the relative displacement between the filter basket 3072 and the box body 301 can be avoided.
  • the cross-sectional area of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 gradually decreases from top to bottom, so that there is a gap between the filter screen 30722 and the inner peripheral surface of the box body 301, and the wet garbage b can enter the space between the filter mechanism 307 and the bottom surface 303 through the first filter hole 4221 on the filter screen 30722, and improve the separation efficiency of the mixed liquid a for dry garbage f and wet garbage b.
  • the fluid M when the cleaning device with the dirt storage tank 300 (for example, the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. 1 to 7 ) only performs dust suction, the fluid M only includes dust and air. Part of the dust in the fluid M discharged from the sewage outlet 3021 moves downward and falls in the filter basket 3072, and the other part of the dust is mixed with air to form a mixed gas c that enters the cyclone filter assembly 305 through the air inlet 3062, and the dust d stays in the dust accumulation In the barrel 3066, the clean gas e is discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305.
  • the cleaning device with the dirt storage tank 300 when the cleaning device with the dirt storage tank 300 (for example, the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. 1 to 7 ) only performs water absorption, the fluid M only includes water and air, The water in the fluid M discharged from the sewage outlet 3021 will move downwards and be stored at the bottom of the tank 301, thereby realizing the recovery of sewage.
  • the air mixed in the fluid M passes through the air inlet 3062 and the cyclone filter assembly 305 in turn, and then is discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 .
  • the mixed liquid a has a general downward movement trend, and the mixed liquid a separates the dry garbage f from the wet garbage b (or called liquid garbage) at the filter mechanism 307, and the dry garbage Garbage f remains in the filter mechanism 307, and wet garbage b enters the bottom of the box body 301.
  • the mixed gas c is separated from the clean gas e and the dust d in the cyclone filter assembly 305 , the dust d remains in the ash bucket 3066 , and the clean gas e exits the cyclone filter assembly 305 through the air outlet 30511 .
  • the cover 306 of the dirt storage tank 300 may not be provided with the ash bucket 3066 .
  • the cover 306 may include a first shielding plate 30615, and the first shielding plate 30615 is pivotally connected to the cover body 3061.
  • the cover body 3061 When the cover body 3061 is plugged into the box body 301, the The top end abuts against the first baffle plate, so that the first baffle plate 30615 blocks the ash outlet 30613, and dust (for example, dust d shown in FIG. 19 ) can be stored in the cover body 3061 and the first baffle plate 30615. between.
  • the first shielding plate 30615 is rotated relative to the air duct of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 by gravity, thereby realizing the opening of the ash discharge port 30613, and the dust in the ash storage space can pass through the ash discharge port 30613 automatically falls into the filter basket 3072 below, and the operator can clean the filter basket 3072 to clean up the dust and dry rubbish (for example, the dry rubbish f shown in Figure 19 ) at the same time.
  • the first shielding plate 30615 can be connected to the cover body 3061 through a pivot shaft, and a torsion spring is sleeved on the pivot shaft, and the two ends of the torsion spring are connected to the first shielding plate 30615 and the cover body respectively. 3061 are in contact with each other.
  • the elastic recovery force of the torsion spring can realize the automatic opening of the ash discharge port 30613 by the first shielding plate 30615, so that the dust can fall into the filter basket 3072 better.
  • the first shielding plate 30615 when the torsion spring is in a natural state, the first shielding plate 30615 is 60 degrees from the plane where the ash discharge port 30613 is located.
  • a baffle plate 30615 blocks the ash discharge port 30613.
  • the sewage pipe 302 is integrally formed, which can improve the processing efficiency of the sewage pipe 302 .
  • the inside of the box 301 can have a larger free space, and the baffle 3063 can be arranged in a ring shape and surround the Around the outer circumference of the sewage pipe 302 near the sewage outlet 3021, the area of the baffle 3063 at the outer circumference of the sewage pipe 302 is larger, and more of the mixed liquid (for example, the mixed liquid a shown in Figure 19) can be realized.
  • the dry garbage remains on the solid surface of the baffle 3063 to achieve a better separation effect on dry garbage and wet garbage (eg, wet garbage b shown in FIG. 19 ) in the mixed liquid.
  • the structure of the filter mechanism 307 shown in FIG. 34 may be slightly different from the filter mechanism 307 in other embodiments of this specification (for example, the filter mechanism 307 shown in FIG. 19 ), the main difference between the two is 33 and 34, the filter mechanism 307 may include a handle 3073 and a filter basket 3072, the filter basket 3072 is connected to the handle 3073, and the distance between the upper end surface of the handle 3073 and the opening 308 along the vertical direction is 10mm ⁇ 20mm, when the cover 306 is removed from the box body 301, the user can take out the filter basket 3072 from the box body 301 by holding the handle 3073.
  • the filter mechanism 307 has a simple structure and is convenient for the user to operate.
  • the handle 3073 includes a connecting rod 30731 and a handle 30732.
  • One end of the connecting rod 30731 is connected to the filter basket 3072, and the handle 30732 is connected to the other end of the connecting rod 30731.
  • the width of the hand 3073 is greater than the width of the connecting rod 30731, and the handle 30732 is arranged to facilitate the operator to hold and apply force.
  • the handle 3073 includes a connecting plate 30733, a first side plate 30734, a second side plate 30735 and a third side plate 30736, the connecting plate 30733 is connected with the other end of the connecting rod 30731, the first side plate 30734, the second The two side plates 30735 and the third side plate 30736 are perpendicular to the connecting plate 30733 and located on one side of the connecting plate 30733, the first side plate 30734 and the third side plate 30736 are connected to the two sides of the second side plate 30735, the first side The distance between the board 30734 and the third side board 30736 gradually increases from bottom to top, and the inverted trapezoidal handle 3073 is convenient for the operator to hold.
  • the filter mechanism 307 further includes a reinforcement rib 30739, which is connected between the connecting rod 30731 and the handle 3073, thereby enhancing the overall strength and hardness of the filter mechanism 307 and avoiding The deformation problem of the filter mechanism 307 during the repeated taking process improves the service life of the filter mechanism 307 .
  • the outer surfaces of the first side plate 30734, the second side plate 30735 and the third side plate 30736 Formed with anti-slip texture.
  • the first side plate 30734 , the second side plate 30735 and the third side plate 30736 are provided with a plurality of air holes 30737 arranged at intervals, and the plate-like space between the air holes 30737 Structure creates a non-slip texture.
  • the handle 30732 is located below the air inlet 3062 and is directly opposite to the air inlet 3062, and the mixed gas (for example, the mixed gas c shown in FIG. 19 ) can pass through the ventilation hole 30737 enters the air inlet 3062 and then enters the cyclone channel to perform cyclone action.
  • the mixed gas for example, the mixed gas c shown in FIG. 19
  • the handle 30732 is located below the air inlet 3062 and is directly opposite to the air inlet 3062, and the mixed gas (for example, the mixed gas c shown in FIG. 19 ) can pass through the ventilation hole 30737 enters the air inlet 3062 and then enters the cyclone channel to perform cyclone action.
  • the mixed gas Before the mixed gas enters the air inlet 3062, it collides with the first side plate 30734, the second side plate 30735 and the third side plate 30736, and the mixed gas Part of the solid particles will fall freely into the filter mechanism 307 during the collision process, so that the subsequent clean gas (for example, the
  • the partition 30726 can be provided with an anti-backflow structure 30738, so that the sewage entering the upper space of the box body 301 from the sewage pipe 302 can at least enter the lower part through the anti-backflow structure 30738 Stored in the space, the anti-backflow structure 30738 prevents the sewage in the lower space from flowing through it and enters the upper space.
  • the anti-backflow structure 30738 can be the anti-backflow structure 230 described above (eg, FIG. 8 ).
  • a cleaning device with a dirt storage tank 300 for example, the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS.
  • the angle relative to the horizontal plane is 90 degrees or greater than or equal to 60 degrees, hereinafter referred to as "upright"
  • the sewage will be sucked into the sewage pipe 302, flow into the upper space from the sewage pipe 302, and then enter the lower space through the anti-backflow structure 30738 and Stored in the lower space.
  • the fuselage 1 or the dirt storage tank 300
  • the backflow structure 30738 will prevent the sewage in the lower space from flowing back through the anti-backflow structure 30738 and enter the upper space, so that the sewage will not flow to the motor (for example, the motor 33 or the motor 34) in the cleaning device 100, and the motor will not Stop, the cleaning device 100 can still perform cleaning work normally. Therefore, the cleaning device 100 with the dirt storage tank 300 can not only use the body 1 upright, but also can tilt the body 1 greatly, or even use it flat, which greatly facilitates the use of the user.
  • Fig. 35 is a schematic perspective view of a floor brush according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • the floor brush 2 shown in FIGS. 1 to 7 may specifically be the floor brush 400 shown in FIG. 35 .
  • the floor brush in the embodiment of this specification will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • the ground brush 400 may include a working portion 410 and a connecting portion 420.
  • the ground brush 400 has opposite front and rear portions in its width direction (for example, the W direction shown in FIG. 35 ), and the connecting portion 420 It is arranged at the rear of the working part 410 , and the connecting part 420 is connected with the fuselage 1 .
  • the working part 410 and the connecting part 420 can be an integrated structure, or can be independent structures.
  • the working part 410 is composed of a ground brush main body 430 and a cleaning liquid tank 440 (ie, the cleaning liquid tank 50 described above) detachably installed on the ground brush main body 430 .
  • the floor brush main body 430 can be in direct contact with the surface to be cleaned (for example, the ground) for cleaning the garbage on the surface to be cleaned.
  • the main body 430 of the floor brush is provided with a suction port 434 for sucking in garbage.
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 stores cleaning liquids such as clean water, detergent or care agent. In the scenario where the surface to be cleaned needs to be sprayed wet, the cleaning liquid is pumped from the cleaning liquid tank 440 to the on the clean surface.
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be made of transparent material or non-transparent material, so that the user can judge the amount of cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank 440 .
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be a one-piece structure.
  • the transparent material may include but not limited to one or more of polymethyl methacrylate, polystyrene, polycarbonate, styrene acrylonitrile, ABS plastic, and the like.
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 may also be a tank structure composed of multiple elements.
  • the cleaning solution tank 440 may include a first casing and a second casing arranged in sequence from top to bottom, and the bottom of the first casing is connected to the top of the second casing to form the cleaning solution tank 440 with a chamber inside.
  • the connection manner of the first shell and the second shell may be one or more of glue joint, clip joint, welding and the like.
  • the first shell and the second shell can be welded by ultraviolet light curing glue (UV glue).
  • UV glue ultraviolet light curing glue
  • the materials of the first shell and the second shell may be the same or different.
  • the first housing can be made of polymethyl methacrylate, polystyrene, poly Carbonate, styrene acrylonitrile, ABS plastic and other materials
  • the second housing can be made of glass, ceramics, metal (for example, stainless steel) and other materials.
  • the shape of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be approximately a cuboid structure, a trapezoidal structure, or the like.
  • the projection of the center of gravity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction is located in the middle area of the cleaning liquid tank 440 .
  • the center of gravity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 moves up and down along the height direction of the cleaning liquid tank 440 with the amount of cleaning liquid.
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 is a regular structure (for example, approximately cuboid structure)
  • the amount of cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank 440 is the maximum (that is, the cleaning liquid tank 440 is filled with cleaning liquid)
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 The center of gravity of is the geometric center of the cleaning solution tank 440.
  • the center of gravity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is located below the geometric center of the cleaning liquid tank 440 .
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 has an irregular structure, for example, the cleaning liquid tank 440 has a recessed or protruding area relative to its side wall, the projection of the center of gravity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction is at the center of the cleaning liquid tank 440. 440, so that when the user extracts the cleaning liquid tank 440 filled with cleaning liquid, the center of gravity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 does not deviate excessively, so that the user can grab it.
  • the outlet of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be located at the central area of the bottom of the cleaning liquid tank 440 so that the cleaning liquid can flow out. In some embodiments, the outlet of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may also be located at other positions of the cleaning liquid tank 440 , for example, may be located at a side of the cleaning liquid tank 440 . In order to facilitate the setting of the pipeline (for example, the first pipeline). To reduce the length of the pipeline, the outlet of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be located on the side of the cleaning liquid tank 440 away from the shaft (for example, the shaft 11 shown in FIG. 6 ).
  • the cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank 440 can also be sprayed out through the cleaning liquid supply assembly (for example, nozzle 460 and pump 461 shown in FIG. 440 is pumped to the nozzle 460, and the nozzle 460 is used as the output end of the cleaning liquid supply assembly to spray the cleaning liquid onto the ground to be cleaned, thereby cleaning and/or caring the ground.
  • the cleaning liquid supply assembly for example, nozzle 460 and pump 461 shown in FIG. 440 is pumped to the nozzle 460, and the nozzle 460 is used as the output end of the cleaning liquid supply assembly to spray the cleaning liquid onto the ground to be cleaned, thereby cleaning and/or caring the ground.
  • the cleaning solution tank 440 may include a water inlet 4401 for injecting cleaning solution or aqueous solution, the water inlet 4401 may be located at the top wall of the cleaning solution tank 440, the water inlet 4401 penetrates the top wall of the cleaning solution tank 440 and It communicates with the chamber inside the cleaning liquid tank 440 .
  • a hole plug may be provided at the water inlet 4401 , and the hole plug is matched with the inlet 4401 , for example, the two are connected through threaded connection, interference fit, plug-in connection and the like.
  • cleaning fluid tank 440 may include one or more chambers therein.
  • cleaning fluid tank 440 may include a chamber therein in which the cleaning fluid is located.
  • the cleaning solution tank 440 may include a first chamber and a second chamber, wherein the first chamber may communicate with the second chamber, the first chamber is used to place the aqueous solution, and the second chamber is used to place the cleaning solution.
  • the cleaning agent is injected into the first chamber with an aqueous solution to dissolve or dilute the cleaning agent, thereby forming a cleaning solution.
  • the cleaning solution tank 440 may include a first grip 4402 for a user to hold, and the first grip 4402 is located at the top wall of the cleaning solution tank 440 .
  • the first gripping part 4402 can be a handle.
  • the first gripping portion 4402 may include a first concave portion that is concave downward relative to the top of the cleaning solution tank 440, where the first concave portion and the top wall of the cleaning solution tank 440 above form a handle-like structure , so that the user can take the cleaning solution tank 440 .
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 may further include a second gripping portion 4403 , and the second gripping portion 11204 is located on the side wall of the cleaning liquid tank 440 facing the connecting portion 420 .
  • the second gripping portion 4403 may be a recessed area of the side wall of the cleaning solution tank 440 facing the connecting portion 420 .
  • the first gripping part 4402 and/or the second gripping part 4403 may be located in the central area of the cleaning liquid tank 440 .
  • the cleaning solution tank 440 After the cleaning solution tank 440 is filled with water, since the bottom of the cleaning solution tank 440 needs other parts (for example, the first convex part 43141 of the pump 461 involved in the following) to form a recessed area, so that the cleaning solution tank
  • the center of gravity of 440 is offset relatively away from the side of the recessed area, but the center of gravity of the cleaning solution tank 440 is still within the projection of the first gripping part 4402 or the second gripping part 4403, so that the user can move the cleaning solution tank 440
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 is basically kept in balance.
  • the cleaning solution box 440 is roughly dumbbell-shaped, and the user can grasp the cleaning solution box 440 through the first gripping part 4402 or the second gripping part 11204, for example, the first gripping part 4402 is a clasp, and the second gripping part 4402
  • the portion 4403 is roughly a recessed area, and the user can hold the cleaning solution tank 440 like a dumbbell.
  • the length direction in this specification can be represented by the L direction shown in FIG. 35
  • the height direction can be represented by the H direction in FIG. 35
  • the width direction can be represented by the W direction in FIG. 35 .
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 By installing the cleaning liquid tank 440 on the floor brush main body 430, it is convenient for the user to operate the body and clean the space under the bed. At the same time, the adoption of the above structure does not require a long cleaning liquid water pipe, resulting in a faster spraying response. In addition, such setting can also increase the overall weight of the floor brush 400, thereby increasing the force of the floor brush 400 to press down on the ground and improving the cleaning effect.
  • the projection of the working part 410 along its height direction can be approximately rectangular, and the working The maximum dimension d1 of the portion 410 along its length direction (L direction shown in FIG. 35 ) is not more than 270 mm.
  • the working part 410 projected approximately in a rectangular shape has a large cleaning range and takes up little space during a single push and pull, and at the same time, the connecting part 420 and the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be conveniently arranged.
  • the maximum dimension d1 of the working part 410 along its length direction the efficiency of cleaning the corners of the working part 410 can be improved.
  • the maximum dimension d1 of the working part 410 along its length direction is too small, its cleaning efficiency in the open area is low.
  • the maximum length of the working part is preferably 250mm-270mm.
  • the working part 410 can not only be used as an upstream part for sucking garbage, but also can cooperate with the connecting part 420 to support parts such as the fuselage, the handle) in the cleaning device, and simultaneously have the effect of installing the cleaning liquid tank 440.
  • it can be realized by adjusting the length or width of the working part 410 .
  • the ratio of the maximum dimension d2 along the width direction of the working part 410 to the maximum dimension d1 along the length direction of the working part 410 ranges from 0.5 to 0.7.
  • the working part 410 serves as the frame structure of the ground brush 400 , and the size of the working part 410 may be approximately the size of the ground brush 400 .
  • the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be 0.35L-0.6L. Since the cleaning liquid tank 440 has a tank shell, its volume (the required space) must be greater than its capacity. In some embodiments, the ratio of the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 to the volume of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is not less than 0.35. By setting in this way, when the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is preset, the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be restricted from occupying too much space, and the overall compactness of the working part 410 can be improved.
  • the ratio of the volume of the cleaning liquid tank 440 to the volume of the working part 410 may range from 0.3 to 0.6. In this way, when the length and width of the working part 410 are determined, the height thereof can be constrained, so that the floor brush 400 can be conveniently inserted into the height-limited areas such as the bottom of the bed and the bottom of the sofa for cleaning.
  • the ratio of the maximum dimension d3 along the height direction of the working part 41 to the maximum dimension d1 along the length direction of the working part 41 can be in the range of 0.25-0.55, so as to satisfy the cleaning performance, convenience and aesthetics of the working part 410 at the same time .
  • the projection of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction is substantially rectangular, and the cleaning liquid tank 440 is substantially rectangular along its length direction.
  • the maximum dimension d4 of the working part 410 is basically consistent with the maximum dimension d1 of the working part 410 along its length direction. It can be understood here that, along the length direction of the ground brush 400 , the distance between the two sides of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is substantially equal to the distance between the two sides of the ground brush main body 430 .
  • the circumferential limiting function of the installation shell on the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be retained, and the upper structure of the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be expanded to be basically consistent with the maximum dimension of the working part 410 along its length direction.
  • the size of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its length direction is designed to be as large as possible, and it is also convenient to adjust the size of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction and the size along its width direction, thereby facilitating the installation of components on the design working part 410 Location.
  • the cleaning solution tank 440 in the top view may not be a regular rectangular shape. shape.
  • the substantially rectangular shape here means that both pairs of opposite sides have substantially parallel parts; in addition, it should also be understood that the projection of the aforementioned working part 410 along the height direction is substantially rectangular.
  • the rear end of the cleaning liquid tank 440 can at least constitute a part of the rear end of the working part 410 , that is, the cleaning liquid tank 440 is arranged as far back as possible to avoid components located at the front of the floor brush body 430 .
  • the ground brush body 430 may include a mounting shell 431, an upper cover 432, and a rolling brush 433; the rolling brush 433 is rotatably arranged at the front of the mounting shell 431 for rolling scrubbing.
  • the upper cover 432 can be arranged on the upper part of the roller brush 433 for covering at least part of the roller brush and as an installation carrier.
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 is disposed at the rear of the upper cover 432 . Based on the above position settings, the structure of the working part 410 can be made more compact, and its space utilization rate is high, and it is beautiful and practical.
  • the cleaning solution tank 440 and the upper cover 432 may be integrated, and the cleaning solution tank 440 together with the upper cover 432 needs to be removed when adding cleaning solution.
  • the cleaning solution tank 440 and the upper cover 432 can be arranged separately. It can be understood here that the cleaning solution tank 440 and the upper cover 432 are independent parts, so that the cleaning solution tank 440 can be easily separated. The cleaning solution is taken out and filled, thereby solving the problem of inconvenient operation for the user when the cleaning solution tank 440 and the upper cover 432 are integrated.
  • the top of the working part 410 can be an approximately flat structure, so that the top of the working part 410 should try to avoid protruding parts. That is to say, the top surface of the cleaning liquid tank 440 and the top surface of the upper cover 432 are substantially horizontal, and the above two top surfaces should be basically flat to avoid step surfaces.
  • the upper cover 432 and the cleaning liquid tank on the upper part of the working part 410 are provided with rounded corners or chamfered corners.
  • the upper cover 432 is detachably connected to the installation shell 431 , so as to facilitate cleaning and disassembly of the roller brush 433 .
  • the work is further optimized.
  • the structure of the part 410 is more in line with the usage habits of the user.
  • the width of the upper cover 432 is too small, it will be difficult to fully realize the beneficial effects of cleaning and disassembling the roller brush. Based on this, in some embodiments, the ratio of the maximum dimension d5 of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its width direction to the maximum dimension d2 of the working part 410 along its width direction may range from 0.5 to 0.7. By limiting the maximum dimension (eg, maximum width) of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its width direction, the upper cover 432 provides sufficient installation space.
  • the installation shell 431 may include a bottom shell 4311 and a top cover 4312, and a roll brush installation cavity for placing the roll brush 433 is formed between the bottom shell 4311 and the top cover 4312 450.
  • the installation shell 431 of the floor brush main body 430 is configured with a suction port 434 for sucking garbage.
  • the suction port 434 is located on the front side of the bottom case 4311 and at the rear of the roller brush 433;
  • the ground brush channel 451 that is, the first channel 6 shown in FIGS. 2 to 5 ).
  • the rubbish on the surface to be cleaned is sucked away by the suction port 434 after being rubbed by the roller brush 433, and is continuously guided by the ground brush channel 451.
  • the end of the ground brush channel 451 away from the suction port 434 can be connected with the first
  • the two passages 202 are connected to transport the garbage to the dirt storage tank 4 (shown in FIGS. 2 to 5 ).
  • the ratio of the maximum dimension d6 of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction to the maximum dimension d3 of the working part 410 along its height direction may range from 0.4 to 0.7.
  • a receiving groove 4313 is formed on the upper part of the top cover 4312 , and the cleaning liquid tank 440 is installed in the receiving groove 4313 .
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 is detachably connected to the receiving tank 4313 .
  • the maximum dimension d6 of the cleaning solution tank 440 along its height direction may be larger than that of the receiving tank 4313 along its height direction The dimension d8 (or called the depth of the receiving groove 4313).
  • both sides of the top cover 4312 are configured with convex edges 4314, and at the same time, both sides of the cleaning liquid tank 440 are configured with grooves 4315 capable of correspondingly accommodating the convex edges 4314.
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 can present a shape with a slightly longer upper part and a slightly shorter lower part. Wherein, the lower part of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is used for positioning and installation, and the slightly longer upper part is beneficial to expand the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 .
  • the slightly longer upper part of the cleaning solution tank 440 is the protrusion 4404 that protrudes toward both sides of the cleaning solution tank 440 relative to the groove 4315 in the length direction of the cleaning solution tank 440, wherein the protrusions
  • the raised portion 1126 and the groove 4315 form a stepped structure, and the stepped structure matches with the convex edge 4314 .
  • the bottom of the water inlet 4401 of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is higher than the stepped structure, that is, the water inlet 4401 of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is higher than the junction of the groove 4315 and the protrusion 4404 .
  • the raised portion 4404 in the cleaning liquid tank 440 has a chamber communicating with the cleaning liquid tank 440, that is, the raised portion 4404 is a hollow structure inside.
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 When the cleaning liquid tank 440 is filled with cleaning liquid, the cleaning liquid tank The space above the groove 4315 in the protrusion 4404 in the 440 can store cleaning liquid, thereby ensuring the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 .
  • the water inlet 4401 of the cleaning solution tank 440 is higher than the stepped structure formed by the raised portion 4404 and the groove 4315, so that the inside of the raised portion 4404 can store cleaning liquid, thereby The storage space of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is increased.
  • the maximum dimension d11 of the inner space of the protrusion 4404 along its height direction may be 10-20 mm.
  • the maximum dimension d11 of the inner space of the protrusion 4404 along its height direction may be 14mm.
  • the dimension d12 of the internal space of the raised portion 4404 may be 8-15 mm, for example, the dimension d12 of the inner space corresponding to the raised portion 4404 may be 11 mm.
  • the ratio of the dimension d10 of the groove 4315 along its height direction to the maximum dimension d6 of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction may range from 0.4 to 0.7.
  • the convex edge 4314 is thinner, its strength is poor, and it is difficult to effectively limit the cleaning liquid tank 440; if the convex edge 4314 is thicker, the groove 4315 needs to be enlarged, and a certain capacity of the cleaning liquid tank will be sacrificed. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 42 , along the length direction of the ground brush 400 , the dimension d7 of the convex edge 4314 is 7mm ⁇ 10mm.
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be connected to the installation shell 431 through a connection structure such as a lock structure, a buckle structure, etc. , the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be fixed with the installation shell 431 through a magnetic structure.
  • the bottom of the cleaning solution tank 440 can be fixed with a first iron body 441 , and a motor that can generate suction with the first iron body 441 is fixed in the roller brush installation cavity 450 .
  • the first magnet 442. By setting in this way, not only can the space occupied by the connecting structure be reduced, but also the connecting structure can be hidden, so that the structure of the working part 410 is more compact and beautiful.
  • the above-mentioned magnetic attraction structure can also be realized by exchanging the positions of the first iron body 441 and the first magnet 442 , and setting two magnets for magnetic attraction.
  • the bottom of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may also be provided with a first liquid nozzle 443 and a positioning block 444 .
  • the first liquid socket 443 can form a valve assembly with the first liquid socket 4319 located on the mounting shell 431, and when the two are plugged in, the cleaning liquid can flow out from the cleaning liquid tank 440.
  • the positioning block 444 can be inserted into the insertion hole 4318 in the installation shell 431 to play a positioning role.
  • the valve assembly can also have other structures. As shown in FIG. 40 and FIG.
  • a valve assembly 4405 may be provided at the outlet 4401 of the cleaning solution tank 440 , and at least part of the valve assembly 4405 may protrude into the inside of the cleaning solution tank 440 .
  • the valve assembly 4405 can include an assembly outlet 44051 , a rod release insert 44052 and an insert spring 44053 .
  • the component outlet 44051 may be a structure that penetrates the inside, that is, the component outlet 44051 has an internal channel. Wherein, the assembly outlet 44051 is installed to the outlet 4401 of the cleaning solution tank 440 through a threaded cap 44054 .
  • the rod release insert 44052 is mated with the assembly outlet 44051 through a gasket (for example, an O-ring), and the rod release insert 44052 can control the opening and closing state of the internal channel of the assembly outlet 44501, that is, by changing the position of the rod release insert 44052 The position can change the opening and closing state of the internal channel of the component outlet 44051 .
  • a gasket for example, an O-ring
  • the rod release insert 44052 is a cylindrical structure
  • the rod release insert 44052 may at least include a first cylindrical structure and a second cylindrical structure sequentially connected from top to bottom body, wherein the radius of the first cylindrical structure is greater than the radius of the second cylindrical structure, the radius of the first cylindrical structure is approximately the same as the inner diameter of the component outlet 44051, and the radius of the second cylindrical structure is smaller than the component outlet 44051 inner diameter.
  • Insert spring 44053 biases valve assembly 4405 inside spring housing 44056 to the closed position. Specifically, under the action of the insert spring 44053, the first cylindrical structure of the rod release insert 44052 is mated with the inside of the assembly outlet 44051.
  • the valve assembly 4405 is closed, and the cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank 112 cannot It flows out from the cleaning liquid tank 440 to the outside world.
  • the rod release insert 44052 deforms the insert spring 1138 under the action of the pipeline interface pressure, and the first cylindrical structure of the rod release insert 44052 is relative to the assembly outlet 44051.
  • the inner channel moves.
  • the second cylindrical structure is located at the inner channel of the component outlet 44051, there is a gap between the second cylindrical structure and the side wall corresponding to the inner channel of the component outlet 1132, and the valve component 4405 is in an open state. to release fluid to the fluid delivery channels (eg, first, second, and third conduits).
  • the rod release insert 44052 can be a reduced diameter rod structure, that is, the radius of the rod release insert 44052 increases from top to bottom. Regarding the principle that the rod release insert 44052 can be a different-diameter rod structure to cooperate with the assembly outlet 44051, reference can be made to the above content.
  • the valve assembly 4405 may also include a screen insert (not shown) to prevent particulate matter from entering the cleaning fluid supply assembly.
  • a screen insert may be disposed between the cleaning fluid tank outlet 4401 and the valve assembly 4405 .
  • the screen insert may also be disposed on the side of the outlet 4401 of the cleaning fluid tank 440 away from the valve assembly 4405 .
  • the area of the water outlet of the valve assembly can be greater than 3 mm 2 .
  • the water outlet area of the valve assembly is larger than 4mm 2 .
  • the water outlet area of the valve assembly is greater than 5mm 2 .
  • the water outlet area of the valve assembly is larger than 6mm 2 .
  • the inner diameter of the rod release insert 44052 or the assembly outlet 44051 can be adjusted to ensure the water output of the valve assembly. For example, by reducing the radius of the second cylindrical structure in the rod release insert 44052, the outlet area of the valve assembly is increased. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG.
  • the distance d11 may be 0.2mm-0.8mm.
  • the distance d11 may be 0.3mm-0.6mm.
  • the distance d11 may be 0.4mm-0.5mm.
  • valve assembly is not limited to the above-mentioned valve assembly composed of the first liquid nozzle 443 and the positioning block 444 and the valve assembly 4405 shown in Fig.
  • the conducting/closing components are not further limited here.
  • shape of the rod release insert 44052 can also be other shapes, for example, cuboid structure, trapezoidal structure, circular truncated structure, etc.
  • shape of the inner channel of the component outlet 44051 matches the shape of the rod release insert 44052.
  • valve assembly may be any assembly that realizes liquid conduction/blocking through a plugging action.
  • the above-mentioned maximum dimension of the cleaning solution tank 440 along its height direction, its maximum dimension along its width direction and its maximum dimension along its length direction refer to the size of the tank body of the cleaning solution tank 440 (for example , height, width and length), and does not include the protruding parts such as the first liquid nozzle 443 and the positioning block 444.
  • the cleaning liquid supply assembly further includes a nozzle 460 and a pump 461.
  • the pump 461 can be used to pump the cleaning liquid from the cleaning liquid tank 440 to the nozzle 460.
  • the nozzle 460 can be used as a cleaning liquid supply.
  • the cleaning liquid is sprayed onto the ground to be cleaned, so as to clean and/or care the ground.
  • the pump 461 can be arranged in the roller brush installation chamber 450 , which is arranged on one side of the floor brush channel 451 along the length direction of the floor brush 400 , and the nozzle 460 is arranged on the upper cover 432 .
  • the top of the pump 461 can be higher than the lowest surface in the holding tank 4313, that is, the bottom surface of the holding tank 4313 is provided with a bottom surface that can at least partially accommodate the pump 461.
  • the first convex part 43141 As shown in FIGS. 38 and 40 , correspondingly, the bottom of the cleaning solution tank 440 may be provided with a first recess (not shown) for avoiding the first protrusion 43141 .
  • the top of the ground brush passage 451 may be higher than the lowest surface in the receiving groove 4313 , that is, the bottom surface of the receiving groove 4313 may be provided with a second protrusion 4316 capable of at least partially accommodating the ground brush passage 451 .
  • the bottom of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be provided with a second concave portion (not shown in the figure) for avoiding the second convex portion 4316 . It can be understood that, in order to ensure the pumping volume of cleaning liquid and the transporting volume of garbage, the pump 461 and the ground brush channel 451 must respectively reach a certain height.
  • the bottom surface of the receiving tank 4313 is basically set as a plane, then this plane The height depends on the higher one of the top in the pump 461 and the ground brush channel 451, so, undoubtedly sacrifice some space that can be used to expand the capacity of the cleaning solution tank.
  • the cleaning liquid tank 440 and the floor brush main body 430 can be limited in terms of height, which ensures that the cleaning liquid tank 440 has sufficient capacity, and makes the structure of the working part 410 more compact and practical, which is convenient for users with limited heights such as the bottom of the bed. Use the floor brush in the space.
  • the lowest surface in the accommodating groove 4313 refers to the substantially planar inner bottom of the accommodating groove 4313 that connects with the first protruding portion 43141 and the second protruding portion 4316 .
  • the installation shell 431 may be provided with a second liquid nozzle 4317
  • the upper cover 432 may be provided with a second liquid nozzle 4321 that can form a valve assembly with the second liquid nozzle 4317
  • the pump 461 has a pump inlet and a pump outlet, the pump inlet can communicate with the first liquid socket 4319 through a first conduit, and the pump outlet can communicate with the second liquid nozzle 4317 through a second conduit, The fluid communication between the second liquid socket 4321 and the nozzle 460 is realized through the third conduit 4322 .
  • the first conduit and the second conduit are arranged in the rolling brush installation cavity 450
  • the third conduit 4322 is arranged in the upper cover 432
  • the nozzle 460 is located at the upper cover 432 above the roller brush 433 .
  • the valve assembly, the first conduit, the pump 461, the second conduit, the second liquid nozzle 4317 and the second liquid socket 4321 form the valve assembly, the third conduit 4322 and the nozzle 460 to flow out to the outside, to the surface to be cleaned in front of the roller brush 433 Perform wet treatment.
  • the number of nozzles 460 may be one or more.
  • the nozzles 460 can be distributed at intervals along the length direction of the upper cover 432 (the same direction as the length direction n of the roller brush 433 shown in FIG. wet area.
  • the roller brush 433 can rotate under the driving action of the motor 4331 .
  • the motor 4331 can be arranged in the above-mentioned rolling brush installation cavity 450, and it is arranged on the other side of the ground brush channel 451 along the length direction of the ground brush.
  • the motor 4331 can be arranged inside the roller brush 433, which can further optimize the size of the working part 410 and improve its compactness.
  • a first roller brush supporting part is fixed on one side of the bottom shell 4311 for fixing the motor 4331 .
  • the support arm 4333 can be configured as a first roller brush support portion extending forward along the width direction of the floor brush.
  • One end of the motor 4331 is fixed on the support arm 4333 through the connecting sleeve 4334, and the other end of the motor 4331 is connected with a gearbox 4332, and the gearbox 4332 can directly act on the roller brush 433 to drive the roller brush to rotate.
  • the rolling brush 433 may include a brush barrel 4335 and bristles 4336 fixed on the outer periphery of the brush barrel 4335, and a partition 4337 perpendicular to its length direction is fixed inside the brush barrel 4335.
  • a plurality of connecting grooves 43371 are uniformly arranged on the partition plate 4337, and a plurality of connecting columns 43372 that can be correspondingly inserted into the connecting grooves 43371 are arranged on the output shaft of the gearbox 4332.
  • the connecting column 43372 can apply force to the connecting groove 43371 to drive the roller brush to rotate.
  • the connecting columns 43372 extend outward along the radial direction of the output shaft of the gearbox, and the greater the number, the better the transmission stability of the rolling brushes 433 and the gearbox 4332 .
  • the number of connecting posts 43372 and connecting grooves 43371 can be set to three. It should be noted that the number of connecting posts 43372 and connecting grooves 43371 is not limited to the above three, but can also be one, two or more than three, and the specific number can be adjusted adaptively according to the actual situation.
  • the rolling brush 433 After the cleaning is over, sometimes the rolling brush 433 needs to be disassembled separately for cleaning. Since the motor 4331 and the gearbox 4332 are arranged inside the brush tube 4335, the rolling brush 433 can only be pulled out relative to the bottom shell 4311 along its length direction. However, when the roller brush 433 is installed again, there will be a problem that the connecting post 43372 and the connecting groove 43371 are not easy to align, resulting in poor user experience.
  • the connecting column 43372 can be substantially cylindrical, and at the same time, the outer edge of the connecting groove 43371 is formed with rounded corners or chamfers 43373; based on the above structure, during the process of inserting the roller brush 433
  • the substantially cylindrical connecting column 43372 can be smoothly inserted into the connecting groove 43371 along the fillet or chamfer.
  • the other side of the bottom shell 4311 away from the support arm 4333 is detachably configured with a second roller brush support portion, which is used to rotate the roller brush 433 and support the end limit.
  • the supporting assembly 470 can be used as the second roller brush supporting part.
  • the support assembly 470 may include a cover part 471 , and the cover part 471 may be fixed to the installation shell 431 through a magnetic attraction structure.
  • a second iron body 4711 is disposed on the side of the cover member 471 facing the bottom case 4311, and a side plate 43111 is disposed on the bottom case 4311, and a second magnet (not shown in the figure) is installed on the side plate 43111.
  • the connection structure of the support assembly 470 can be hidden, which is beneficial to control the maximum size of the working part 410 along its length direction.
  • the support assembly 470 can also be magnetically fixed.
  • Fixing the support assembly 470 through the magnetic structure is beneficial to control the size of the cover plate 471 and the bottom shell 4311 in the length direction, so that the length ratio of the roller brush 400 in the working part 410 is optimized.
  • the ratio of the maximum dimension d1 of the rolling brush 400 along its length direction to the maximum dimension d1 of the working part 410 along its length direction may not be less than 0.9. In this way, during a single push-pull cleaning, the roller brush can scrub the surface to be cleaned as much as possible, so that the scrubbing length (the maximum dimension of the roller brush along its length direction) is almost the same as the maximum dimension of the working part along its length direction, improving the Cleaning effect and improved cleaning efficiency.
  • part of the cover plate 471 can be embedded in the side plate 43111 .
  • a limiting groove 4712 is provided on the side of the cover member 471 facing the bottom case 4311 , and a limiting block 4713 that can be mated with the limiting groove 4712 is provided on the side plate 43111 .
  • a support sleeve 472 is fixed on the side of the cover plate 471 facing the bottom shell 4311, and a first bearing 473 is installed inside the support sleeve 472 through a snap spring 4731.
  • the first bearing 473 A connecting rod 474 is fixedly inserted in the inner ring of the connecting rod 474, and the other end of the connecting rod 474 is inserted on the rotating sleeve 475 with interference.
  • a second bearing 476 is installed on the connecting sleeve 4334 , and in use, the brush holder 4335 is sleeved on the rotating sleeve 475 and the second bearing 476 , The rotating sleeve 475 and the second bearing 476 respectively support the right side and the left side of the roller brush 433 . Under the action of the two bearings (the first bearing 473 and the second bearing 476 ), the rotation resistance of the rolling brush 433 is reduced.
  • a flange 4751 may be provided on the rotating sleeve 475, and several gaps 4750 are opened on the flange 4751 ,
  • several inserting blocks 43351 are constructed on the brush cylinder 4335 .
  • the plug 43351 can be correspondingly inserted into the notch 4750, thereby ensuring that the pace of the rolling brush 433 and the rotating sleeve 475 are fully synchronized when they rotate in the circumferential direction.
  • the length of the flange 4751 may not be smaller than the thickness of the brush tube 4335, which is equivalent to blocking one end of the brush tube 4335 by the rotating sleeve 475, which can prevent garbage from entering the brush tube 4335.
  • the rotating sleeve 475 is provided with an annular groove along its circumference, and the sealing ring 477 is disposed in the annular groove and abuts against the inner wall of the brush tube 4335, further enhancing the effect of blocking garbage.
  • a recessed portion 4714 is provided on the side of the cover member 471 facing away from the bottom case 4311 , and a pull block 4715 is installed in the recessed portion 4714 .
  • the user can pinch the pull block 4715 to disassemble and support it.
  • the pull block 4715 is all set in the recessed part 4714, so that the pull block 4715 will not protrude from the plane of the cover plate part 471 facing away from the bottom shell 4311, so as not to interfere with the working part 410 along its length direction. It has an impact on the maximum size of the car, and it is not easy to bump into obstacles.
  • the pull block 4715 and the support sleeve 472 can be connected together by bolts, screws, etc., which is designed for easy disassembly and facilitates subsequent parts cleaning and maintenance.
  • a limiting sleeve 4716 may be disposed on the cover member 471 , and the supporting sleeve 472 is inserted into the limiting sleeve 4716 with interference. Based on this structure, the installation stability of the support sleeve 472 can be improved, and the support sleeve 472 can be prevented from shaking relative to the cover plate 471 , thereby ensuring the rotational dynamic balance performance of the roller brush 433 .
  • a flared portion 4721 is provided on the side of the supporting sleeve 472 facing the rotating sleeve 475, and the flared portion 4721 surrounds the Rotating parts such as the first bearing 473 and the connecting rod 474 make the passage between the rotating part and the external environment become tortuous, thereby preventing the above-mentioned filaments from contacting these rotating parts, and the flaring part 4721 will not hinder these rotating parts rotation.
  • the minimum distance between the flaring portion 4721 and the rotating sleeve 475 is not greater than 1.5mm. In this case, such a small distance further makes it almost impossible for the filament to reach the above-mentioned rotating member.
  • the supporting sleeve 472 and the rotating sleeve 475 are basically arranged coaxially, so the above-mentioned two minimum distances are respectively the minimum distance between the outer edge of the flared portion 4721 and the inner wall of the rotating sleeve 475, and the distance between the right end of the flared portion 4721 and the rotating sleeve 475. Minimum spacing between another inner wall.
  • numbers describing the quantity of components and attributes are used. It should be understood that such numbers used in the description of the embodiments use the modifiers "about”, “approximately” or “substantially” in some examples. grooming. Unless otherwise stated, “about”, “approximately” or “substantially” indicates that the stated figure allows for a variation of ⁇ 20%. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the numerical parameters used in the specification and claims are approximations that can vary depending upon the desired characteristics of individual embodiments. In some embodiments, numerical parameters should take into account the specified significant digits and adopt the general digit reservation method. Although the numerical ranges and parameters used in some embodiments of this specification to confirm the breadth of the range are approximations, in specific embodiments, such numerical values are set as precisely as practicable.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Filters For Electric Vacuum Cleaners (AREA)
  • Electrical Discharge Machining, Electrochemical Machining, And Combined Machining (AREA)
  • Surgical Instruments (AREA)
  • Cleaning Or Drying Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Nozzles For Electric Vacuum Cleaners (AREA)

Abstract

A cleaning device (100), comprising a device body (1) and a floor brush (2). The floor brush (2) is connected to one end of the device body (1). A sewage storage box (4) is provided on the device body (1), and a box body (201) of the sewage storage box (4) is used for at least storing and/or filtering garbage suctioned by the floor brush (2). When the cleaning device (100) is used in a tilted or flat manner, the situation that sewage flows back into a motor (33) would not occur in the sewage storage box (4), thereby avoiding stopping or damaging the motor (33), and ensuring normal usage of the cleaning device (100).

Description

一种清洁装置a cleaning device
优先权信息priority information
本申请要求2021年5月27日提交的、名称为“吸尘、清洗、手持三合一干湿两用多功能手持杆式吸尘器”的中国申请号为202110586889.6的优先权,2021年7月19日提交的、名称为“用于清洁装置的污水箱和清洁装置”的中国申请号为202110813176.9的优先权,2021年8月30日提交的、名称为“一种地刷及具有其的清洁设备”的中国申请号为202111007095.6的优先权,2021年10月18日提交的、名称为“一种污水箱以及清洁装置”中国申请号为202111209222.0的优先权,全部内容通过引用并入本文。This application claims the priority of the Chinese application number 202110586889.6 filed on May 27, 2021, entitled "Dust collection, cleaning, handheld three-in-one wet and dry dual-purpose multifunctional handheld stick vacuum cleaner", filed on July 19, 2021 The priority of the Chinese application No. 202110813176.9 filed on August 30, 2021, titled "Sewage Tank and Cleaning Device for Cleaning Device", and titled "A Ground Brush and Cleaning Equipment Therefor" "The priority of the Chinese application number 202111007095.6, and the priority of the Chinese application number 202111209222.0 filed on October 18, 2021, entitled "A sewage tank and cleaning device", the entire content is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及清洁设备技术领域,特别涉及一种清洁装置。The present application relates to the technical field of cleaning equipment, in particular to a cleaning device.
背景技术Background technique
随着科技的进步,干湿两用吸尘器作为一种具有喷水洗地功能的清洁装置,在家庭生活、工业、商业等领域均有着广泛应用。干湿两用吸尘器通常具有清洁液箱和储污箱,清洁液箱用于存储洗地使用的清洁液,储污箱用于收集回收的污水。目前,干湿两用吸尘器的清洁液箱和储污箱通常设置于其机身上,这会造成吸尘器具有占地空间大、笨重以及不方便用户使用等问题。With the advancement of science and technology, wet and dry vacuum cleaners, as a cleaning device with the function of spraying water to wash the floor, are widely used in family life, industry, commerce and other fields. Wet and dry vacuum cleaners usually have a cleaning liquid tank and a dirt storage tank, the cleaning liquid tank is used to store cleaning liquid used for floor scrubbing, and the dirt storage tank is used to collect recycled sewage. At present, the cleaning liquid tank and the dirt storage tank of the wet and dry vacuum cleaner are usually arranged on the body of the vacuum cleaner, which will cause the vacuum cleaner to occupy a large space, be heavy, and be inconvenient for users to use.
因此,有必要改良吸尘器及其储污箱的结构,以使得清洁装置的使用更加方便。Therefore, it is necessary to improve the structure of the vacuum cleaner and its dirt storage tank, so that the use of the cleaning device is more convenient.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本说明书实施例提供一种清洁装置,包括机身和地刷;所述地刷与所述机身的一端连接;所述机身上设置有储污箱,所述储污箱的箱体至少用于储存和/或过滤来自所述地刷吸入的垃圾。The embodiment of this specification provides a cleaning device, including a fuselage and a ground brush; the ground brush is connected to one end of the fuselage; Used to store and/or filter waste drawn in from said floor brushes.
在一些实施例中,所述地刷可转动地连接至所述机身的一端;所述机身具有第一通道,所述储污箱与所述地刷通过所述第一通道连通。In some embodiments, the ground brush is rotatably connected to one end of the body; the body has a first channel, and the dirt storage tank communicates with the ground brush through the first channel.
在一些实施例中,所述储污箱的箱体内设置有第二通道,所述第二通道与所述第一通道连通。In some embodiments, a second channel is provided in the tank of the dirt storage tank, and the second channel communicates with the first channel.
在一些实施例中,所述箱体内设置有分隔板,所述分隔板将所述箱体的内部空间分隔为上部空间和下部空间;所述第二通道从所述下部空间向上延伸穿过所述分隔板到达所述上部空间;所述分隔板设置有第一孔组和防逆流结构,所述防逆流结构用于允许所述上部空间内的污水从所述第一孔组进入所述下部空间,而阻止所述下部空间内的污水从所述第一孔组进入所述上部空间。In some embodiments, a partition plate is provided in the box body, and the partition plate divides the inner space of the box body into an upper space and a lower space; the second channel extends upwardly through the lower space. through the partition plate to reach the upper space; the partition plate is provided with a first hole group and an anti-backflow structure, and the anti-backflow structure is used to allow the sewage in the upper space to pass through the first hole group enter the lower space, and prevent the sewage in the lower space from entering the upper space from the first hole group.
在一些实施例中,所述分隔板的边缘的至少一部分与所述箱体的侧壁密封接触。In some embodiments, at least a portion of the edge of the divider is in sealing contact with the sidewall of the box.
在一些实施例中,所述防逆流结构包括对应于所述第一孔组安装在所述分隔板上并处于所述下部空间内的防逆阀,所述防逆阀通过所述第一孔组与所述上部空间连通。In some embodiments, the anti-reverse flow structure includes an anti-reverse valve installed on the partition plate corresponding to the first hole group and located in the lower space, and the anti-reverse valve passes through the first The set of holes communicates with the upper space.
在一些实施例中,所述分隔板包括弧面板。In some embodiments, the divider panels include curved panels.
在一些实施例中,所述分隔板上还设置有装配孔,所述第二通道穿过所述装配孔。In some embodiments, an assembly hole is further provided on the partition plate, and the second channel passes through the assembly hole.
在一些实施例中,沿所述装配孔的侧边设置有环形挡板,所述环形挡板朝向所述上部空间延伸。In some embodiments, an annular baffle is provided along a side of the assembly hole, and the annular baffle extends toward the upper space.
在一些实施例中,沿所述分隔板的周向设置有挡壁,所述挡壁至少延伸到所述上部空间。In some embodiments, a blocking wall is provided along the circumference of the partition plate, and the blocking wall extends at least to the upper space.
在一些实施例中,所述分隔板上设置有提手,所述提手位于所述上部空间内。In some embodiments, a handle is provided on the partition plate, and the handle is located in the upper space.
在一些实施例中,所述箱体的一端具有开口,所述开口处设置有盖体,所述箱体内设置有转接管,所述转接管的一端与所述盖体抵靠,所述转接管的另一端与所述第二通道的一端相连,所述转接管的侧壁上设有出口。In some embodiments, one end of the box body has an opening, and a cover is provided at the opening, and an adapter tube is arranged in the box body, and one end of the adapter tube abuts against the cover body, and the transfer tube The other end of the connecting pipe is connected with one end of the second channel, and an outlet is provided on the side wall of the connecting pipe.
在一些实施例中,所述盖体上设置有气体流出通道,所述气体流出通道的入口与所述上部空间连通,所述气体流出通道的入口与所述连接管的出口朝向不同的方向布置。In some embodiments, the cover is provided with a gas outflow channel, the inlet of the gas outflow channel communicates with the upper space, and the inlet of the gas outflow channel and the outlet of the connecting pipe are arranged in different directions. .
在一些实施例中,所述气体流出通道的出口处设置有过滤件,所述过滤件用于过滤掉夹杂在气体的固体物质和/或液体物质。In some embodiments, a filter element is provided at the outlet of the gas outflow channel, and the filter element is used to filter out solid matter and/or liquid matter contained in the gas.
在一些实施例中,所述气体流出通道内设置有旋风分离结构,所述旋风分离结构用于分离出夹杂在气体中的固体物质和/或液体物质。In some embodiments, a cyclone separation structure is provided in the gas outflow channel, and the cyclone separation structure is used to separate solid substances and/or liquid substances contained in the gas.
在一些实施例中,所述箱体的底面开设有污水入口,所述盖体包括盖体本体;其中,所述污水入口向上延伸形成污水管,所述污水管的上部形成污水出口;所述盖体本体上开设有进气口,所述进气口与旋风过滤组件连通;从所述污水管进入的流体在所述污水出口进行混合气体与混合液体的分离,所述混合气体通过所述进气口进入所述旋风过滤组件进行洁净气体与灰尘的分离。In some embodiments, the bottom surface of the box is provided with a sewage inlet, and the cover includes a cover body; wherein, the sewage inlet extends upwards to form a sewage pipe, and the upper part of the sewage pipe forms a sewage outlet; the There is an air inlet on the cover body, and the air inlet communicates with the cyclone filter assembly; the fluid entering from the sewage pipe is separated from the mixed gas and mixed liquid at the sewage outlet, and the mixed gas passes through the The air inlet enters the cyclone filter assembly to separate clean gas and dust.
在一些实施例中,所述盖体本体设置有容纳腔,所述盖体本体的上端开设有与所述容纳腔相连通的插接口,所述旋风过滤组件通过所述插接口放入所述容纳腔中且与所述盖体本体可拆装连接。In some embodiments, the cover body is provided with an accommodating cavity, and the upper end of the cover body is provided with an insertion port communicating with the accommodating cavity, and the cyclone filter assembly is put into the It is in the receiving cavity and is detachably connected with the cover body.
在一些实施例中,所述盖体还包括由所述盖体本体向下延伸所形成的挡板,所述挡板围设在所述污水出口的外周;所述挡板与所述底面之间形成通过所述混合气体的通道,所述污水出口以及所述进气口位于所述挡板的两侧面。In some embodiments, the cover further includes a baffle formed by the downward extension of the cover body, and the baffle is arranged around the periphery of the sewage outlet; between the baffle and the bottom surface A passage through the mixed gas is formed between them, and the sewage outlet and the air inlet are located on both sides of the baffle.
在一些实施例中,所述污水管包括:管体,所述管体由所述污水入口向上延伸形成;以及转接管,所述转接管包括依次相连接的第一管路、过渡管以及第二管路;所述第一管路与所述管体同轴可拆装连接或同轴一体成型,所述第一管路与所述第二管路相垂直,所述污水出口设置在所述第二管路上。In some embodiments, the sewage pipe includes: a pipe body, which is formed by extending upward from the sewage inlet; Two pipelines; the first pipeline is coaxially detachably connected with the pipe body or integrally formed coaxially, the first pipeline is perpendicular to the second pipeline, and the sewage outlet is arranged at the on the second pipeline.
在一些实施例中,所述混合气体在进入所述旋风过滤组件之间至少走过的路径为2×L1+L2;其中,L1为所述第二管路的中心线与所述进气口之间沿竖直方向的距离,L2为所述第二管路的中心线与所述挡板之间沿竖直方向的距离。In some embodiments, the path that the mixed gas travels before entering the cyclone filter assembly is at least 2×L1+L2; wherein, L1 is the centerline of the second pipeline and the air inlet L2 is the vertical distance between the centerline of the second pipeline and the baffle.
在一些实施例中,所述第二管路的中心线与所述进气口之间沿竖直方向的距离L1与所述第二管路的中心线与所述挡板之间沿竖直方向的距离L2之间的比值为0.9~3。In some embodiments, the vertical distance L1 between the centerline of the second pipeline and the air inlet is the same as the vertical distance L1 between the centerline of the second pipeline and the baffle. The ratio between the distances L2 in the directions is 0.9-3.
在一些实施例中,所述旋风过滤组件包括:连通管,其上端为出气口;以及第一卡接部,所述第一卡接部设置在所述连通管的外周;所述第一卡接部的外周与所述容纳腔的侧壁相抵接;所述第一卡接部包括螺旋底板,所述螺旋底板呈螺旋状围设在所述连通管的外周;所述螺旋底板、连通管以及所述盖体本体共同形成旋风通道;所述进气口与所述旋风通道相连通,所述混合气体依次通过所述进气口、所述旋风通道以及所述连通管实现旋风尘气分离后,洁净气体从所述出气口排出。In some embodiments, the cyclone filter assembly includes: a communication pipe, the upper end of which is an air outlet; The outer periphery of the connecting portion abuts against the side wall of the accommodating cavity; the first clamping portion includes a spiral bottom plate, and the spiral bottom plate is spirally arranged around the outer periphery of the connecting pipe; the spiral bottom plate, the connecting pipe and the cover body together form a cyclone channel; the air inlet communicates with the cyclone channel, and the mixed gas sequentially passes through the air inlet, the cyclone channel and the communicating pipe to realize the separation of cyclone dust and gas Afterwards, the clean gas is discharged from the gas outlet.
在一些实施例中,所述第一卡接部的横截面的外轮廓由上至下逐渐减小,所述容纳腔包括由上至下排布且相连接的第一腔室和第二腔室,所述第一腔室的大小和形状与所述第一卡接部相匹配,所述第二腔室的横截面积小于所述第一腔室最小的横截面积。In some embodiments, the outer profile of the cross-section of the first locking part gradually decreases from top to bottom, and the accommodating cavity includes a first cavity and a second cavity arranged and connected from top to bottom chamber, the size and shape of the first chamber matches the first locking part, and the cross-sectional area of the second chamber is smaller than the smallest cross-sectional area of the first chamber.
在一些实施例中,所述旋风过滤组件包括:旋风过滤机构,所述旋风过滤机构位于所述容纳腔内;软胶,所述软胶与所述旋风过滤机构相连接且至少部分所述软胶沿周向伸出所述旋风过滤机构的外周,伸出所述旋风过滤机构的外周的所述软胶抵接在所述盖体本体的上端。In some embodiments, the cyclone filter assembly includes: a cyclone filter mechanism, the cyclone filter mechanism is located in the accommodating chamber; soft glue, the soft glue is connected with the cyclone filter mechanism and at least part of the soft glue The glue protrudes from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism in the circumferential direction, and the soft glue protruding from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism abuts against the upper end of the cover body.
在一些实施例中,所述盖体还包括上盖,所述上盖覆盖在所述盖体本体的上端,所述上盖包括第一上端面,所述第一上端面与水平面之间的夹角为第一预设夹角;所述软胶包括相连接的第二上端面以及连接部,所述第二上端面位于所述旋风过滤机构的上端,所述连接部与所述旋风过滤机构相固定且伸出所述旋风过滤机构的外周,所述连接部的底面与水平面之间的夹角为第二预设夹角;所述盖体本体的上端与水平面之间的夹角为第三预设夹角,当所述盖体本体的上端与所述连接部的底面抵接时,所述第一上端面与所述第二上端面处于同一平面内。In some embodiments, the cover further includes an upper cover, the upper cover covers the upper end of the cover body, the upper cover includes a first upper end surface, and the distance between the first upper end surface and the horizontal surface The included angle is the first preset included angle; the soft rubber includes a connected second upper end surface and a connecting part, the second upper end surface is located at the upper end of the cyclone filter mechanism, the connecting part and the cyclone filter The mechanism is fixed and protrudes from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism, the angle between the bottom surface of the connecting part and the horizontal plane is a second preset angle; the angle between the upper end of the cover body and the horizontal plane is The third predetermined included angle is that when the upper end of the cover body abuts against the bottom surface of the connecting portion, the first upper end surface and the second upper end surface are in the same plane.
在一些实施例中,所述防逆阀包括柔性的阀体,所述阀体的出口的截面在第二方向的尺寸大于其在第三方向的尺寸,所述第二方向与所述第三方向垂直。In some embodiments, the anti-reverse valve includes a flexible valve body, the dimension of the cross-section of the outlet of the valve body in the second direction is larger than its dimension in the third direction, and the second direction is different from the third direction. Direction is vertical.
在一些实施例中,所述防逆阀包括设置在所述分隔板下表面上的弹性阀片。In some embodiments, the anti-reverse valve includes an elastic valve plate disposed on the lower surface of the partition plate.
在一些实施例中,所述分隔板上还设置有第二孔组,下部空间内的气体能够经所述第二孔组流到上部空间。In some embodiments, the partition plate is further provided with a second hole group, and the gas in the lower space can flow to the upper space through the second hole group.
在一些实施例中,所述第一孔组和/或所述第二孔组偏离所述分隔板的最低点。In some embodiments, the first set of holes and/or the second set of holes is offset from the lowest point of the dividing plate.
在一些实施例中,所述盖体上设置有水位探针组,所示水位探针组用于监测所述箱体内的污水水位。In some embodiments, a water level probe set is provided on the cover, and the water level probe set is used to monitor the sewage water level in the tank.
在一些实施例中,所述水位探针组包括第一探针组和第二探针组,所述第一探针组和所述第二探针组均朝向所述下部空间延伸,所述第二探针组延伸到所述上部空间内并处于所述第一孔组的正上方,所述第一探针组的长度大于所述第二探针组的长度。In some embodiments, the water level probe set includes a first probe set and a second probe set, both of the first probe set and the second probe set extend toward the lower space, the The second probe set extends into the upper space and is directly above the first well set, and the length of the first probe set is greater than the length of the second probe set.
在一些实施例中,所述第一探针组延伸到所述下部空间内。In some embodiments, the first probe set extends into the lower space.
在一些实施例中,所述盖体上还设置有两个折流板,所述两个折流板均延伸到所述上部空间内,并且所述两个折流板在所述盖体的周向上间隔布置,每个所述折流板的侧边缘的至少部分区 域与所述箱体的侧壁间隔开,所述第二通道的出口处于两个所述折流板之间。In some embodiments, the cover is further provided with two baffles, both of which extend into the upper space, and the two baffles are arranged on the cover Arranged at intervals in the circumferential direction, at least a partial area of the side edge of each baffle is spaced from the side wall of the box, and the outlet of the second channel is located between the two baffles.
在一些实施例中,所述盖体上还设置有背板,所述背板位于所述气体流出通道的入口和所述转接管之间,且所述背板连接在两个所述折流板之间。In some embodiments, the cover is further provided with a back plate, the back plate is located between the inlet of the gas outflow channel and the transfer pipe, and the back plate is connected between the two deflectors. between the boards.
在一些实施例中,所述背板沿所述机身的长度方向的尺寸小于所述折流板沿所述机身的长度方向的尺寸。In some embodiments, the dimension of the back plate along the length direction of the fuselage is smaller than the dimension of the baffle along the length direction of the fuselage.
在一些实施例中,所述地刷上设置有可拆卸的清洁液箱。In some embodiments, the floor brush is provided with a detachable cleaning liquid tank.
在一些实施例中,所述机身上包括储污箱支撑座,所述储污箱通过所述储污箱支撑座设置在所述机身上。In some embodiments, the fuselage includes a dirt storage tank support base, and the dirt storage tank is arranged on the fuselage through the dirt storage tank support base.
在一些实施例中,所述储污箱支撑座包括凹槽,所述储污箱至少一部分被容纳在所述凹槽内。In some embodiments, the support seat of the dirt storage tank includes a groove, and at least a part of the dirt storage tank is accommodated in the groove.
在一些实施例中,所述清洁装置还包括手持吸尘器,所述手持吸尘器可拆卸地安装于所述机身的另一端;其中,所述手持吸尘器远离所述机身的一端设置有手柄,所述手柄内部容纳有电池。In some embodiments, the cleaning device further includes a hand-held vacuum cleaner, which is detachably mounted on the other end of the body; wherein, the end of the hand-held vacuum cleaner away from the body is provided with a handle, so The battery is housed inside the handle.
在一些实施例中,所述手持吸尘器远离所述机身的一端设置有手柄,所述手柄内部容纳有电池。In some embodiments, a handle is provided at an end of the handheld vacuum cleaner away from the body, and a battery is accommodated inside the handle.
在一些实施例中,所述手持吸尘器还包括尘筒组件和电机,所述尘筒组件、电机和所述手柄沿着所述手持吸尘器的第一方向依次布置,并且所述手持吸尘器上沿第一方向从所述尘筒组件到所述手柄的各个位置所对应的宽度大致相同。In some embodiments, the handheld vacuum cleaner further includes a dust cylinder assembly and a motor, the dust cylinder assembly, the motor, and the handle are sequentially arranged along a first direction of the handheld vacuum cleaner, and The width corresponding to each position from the dust cylinder assembly to the handle in one direction is approximately the same.
在一些实施例中,所述手持吸尘器包括附接构件,所述附接构件与所述手持吸尘器可拆卸连接,所述附接构件包括除螨刷、扁刷、毛刷、宠物刷以及软管中的一种或多种。In some embodiments, the handheld vacuum cleaner includes an attachment member that is detachably connected to the handheld vacuum cleaner, and the attachment member includes a mite removal brush, a flat brush, a fur brush, a pet brush, and a hose one or more of.
在一些实施例中,所述机身和所述储污箱的结合体呈柱状。In some embodiments, the combined body of the fuselage and the dirt storage tank is columnar.
在一些实施例中,所述结合体的主体部分沿所述机身的长度方向的各个位置所对应的第一截面的面积相基本相同,所述第一截面为所述结合体的主体部分垂直于所述机身的长度方向的截面。In some embodiments, the areas of the first cross-sections corresponding to the positions of the main body of the combined body along the length direction of the fuselage are substantially the same, and the first cross-section is perpendicular to the main body of the combined body. A section in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage.
在一些实施例中,所述手持吸尘器的主体部分沿所述机身的长度方向的各个位置所对应的第二截面的面积基本相同,所述第二截面为所述手持吸尘器的主体部分垂直于所述机身的长度方向的截面。In some embodiments, the area of the second section corresponding to each position of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner along the length direction of the fuselage is substantially the same, and the second section is that the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner is perpendicular to A longitudinal section of the fuselage.
在一些实施例中,所述第一截面的面积和所述第二截面的面积基本相同。In some embodiments, the area of the first cross-section is substantially the same as the area of the second cross-section.
本说明书实施例可能带来的有益效果包括但不限于:(1)本说明书实施例中的清洁装置能实现的地面吸尘、地面清洗、手持吸尘三种功能;且通过将手持吸尘器连接在机身上端、将手持吸尘器和机身的整体配置为长柱状、将清洁液箱设置在地刷上等一系列结构排布方式,大幅地减轻了使用者操作机身时的负载重量;满足了用户对使用场景多元化的需求。同时,手持吸尘器和储污箱能够独立可拆,极大程度地方便用户使用和清理污物;(2)本说明书实施例中的储污箱在箱体内设置有分隔板以将箱体分为上部空间和下部空间,在分隔板上设置有防逆流结构。在放平使用清洁装置时,防逆流结构可防止下部空间内的污水流入上部空间,污水也就不会流到电机处,电机也就不会停转,清洁装置仍然能正常进行清洁工作;(3)本说明书实施例提供的储污箱包括箱体、污水管以及旋风过滤组件,箱体的底面开设有污水入口,污水管由污水入口向上延伸形成,污水管的上部开设有污水出口,旋风过滤组件与箱体的内部相连通,旋风过滤组件包括进气口,从污水管进入的流体在污水出口进行混合气体与混合液体的分离,混合气体通过进气口进入旋风过滤组件,污水出口位于进气口的下方且与进气口位于箱体的中心轴线的两侧,能够避免混合液体直接从污水出口进入到进气口,污水出口与进气口有一定距离,混合气体从污水出口排出后走过较长的路径才进入到进气口,混合气体中的水分会在较长路径的流动从混合气体中分离出去,避免水分进入到海帕或者电机中,避免海帕发生细菌,还能避免电机发生短路,保证清洁装置的正常工作;(4)本说明书实施例提供的地刷既保留了安装壳对清洁液箱的周向限位功能,又能够使清洁液箱上部结构拓展到与工作部的最大长度基本一致。基于此,清洁液箱既能够稳定连接于安装壳,又能够通过上部结构扩容;同时,由于清洁液箱的上部结构能够遮掩安装壳的周向限位部位,提升了地刷的整体美感,使其外观更加引人注目。进一步地,本发明通过限定地刷的工作部的形状和尺寸,使地刷的结构更加紧凑实用;本说明书实施例提供的地刷小巧轻便,在空旷区域具有较高的清洁效率,且能够顺畅地对床底、旮旯处进行有效清洁。具体的,本申请通过限定工作部和清洁液箱在长度、宽度、高度方面的尺寸和比例、在滚刷安装腔中布局各零部件的位置、将电机设置在滚刷内部、采用磁吸结构安装清洁液箱和支撑组件、限定滚刷长度等一系列方式,能够在保持清洁液箱容量不变的前提下,最大化地减小了地刷的尺寸,并保证了在多种应用场景下的清洁效率。另外,本说明书实施例中通过 将清洁装置的杆身构造成细长杆状、采用固定座连接手持吸尘器和储污箱、限定杆身和固定座的尺寸和比例、采用储污箱支撑座支撑储污箱等结构布置方式,能够最大化地减轻用户操作机身时的负载重量。The possible beneficial effects of the embodiments of this specification include but are not limited to: (1) The cleaning device in the embodiments of this specification can realize three functions: floor dust collection, floor cleaning, and hand-held dust collection; and by connecting the hand-held vacuum cleaner to A series of structural arrangements, such as the upper part of the fuselage, the overall configuration of the handheld vacuum cleaner and the fuselage as a long column, and the installation of the cleaning liquid tank on the floor brush, greatly reduce the load weight of the user when operating the fuselage; Users have diverse needs for usage scenarios. At the same time, the handheld vacuum cleaner and the dirt storage box can be independently detachable, which greatly facilitates the use and cleaning of dirt by users; (2) the dirt storage box in the embodiment of this specification is provided with a partition plate in the box to divide the box For the upper space and the lower space, an anti-backflow structure is provided on the partition plate. When the cleaning device is used flat, the anti-backflow structure can prevent the sewage in the lower space from flowing into the upper space, the sewage will not flow to the motor, the motor will not stop, and the cleaning device can still perform cleaning work normally; ( 3) The sewage storage tank provided by the embodiment of this specification includes a box body, a sewage pipe and a cyclone filter assembly. The bottom surface of the box body is provided with a sewage inlet. The sewage pipe is formed by extending upward from the sewage inlet. The upper part of the sewage pipe is provided with a sewage outlet. The cyclone The filter assembly is connected with the inside of the box. The cyclone filter assembly includes an air inlet. The fluid entering from the sewage pipe is separated from the mixed gas and mixed liquid at the sewage outlet. The mixed gas enters the cyclone filter assembly through the air inlet. The sewage outlet is located at The bottom of the air inlet and the air inlet are located on both sides of the central axis of the box, which can prevent the mixed liquid from directly entering the air inlet from the sewage outlet. There is a certain distance between the sewage outlet and the air inlet, and the mixed gas is discharged from the sewage outlet. After going through a long path before entering the air inlet, the moisture in the mixed gas will be separated from the mixed gas in the long path to prevent moisture from entering the Hypa or the motor, preventing bacteria from occurring in the Hypa, and It can avoid the short circuit of the motor and ensure the normal operation of the cleaning device; (4) The floor brush provided by the embodiment of this manual not only retains the circumferential limit function of the installation shell on the cleaning liquid tank, but also can expand the upper structure of the cleaning liquid tank to It is basically consistent with the maximum length of the working part. Based on this, the cleaning liquid tank can not only be stably connected to the installation shell, but also can be expanded through the upper structure; at the same time, because the upper structure of the cleaning liquid tank can cover the circumferential limit position of the installation shell, the overall aesthetic feeling of the floor brush is improved. Its appearance is more eye-catching. Furthermore, the present invention makes the structure of the floor brush more compact and practical by limiting the shape and size of the working part of the floor brush; Effectively clean the bottom of the bed and corners. Specifically, the application defines the size and proportion of the working part and the cleaning liquid tank in terms of length, width, and height, arranges the position of each component in the roller brush installation cavity, arranges the motor inside the roller brush, and adopts a magnetic suction structure. A series of methods, such as installing the cleaning liquid tank and supporting components, and limiting the length of the roller brush, can minimize the size of the floor brush while keeping the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank unchanged, and ensure that it can be used in various application scenarios. cleaning efficiency. In addition, in the embodiment of this specification, the shaft of the cleaning device is configured as a slender rod, the handheld vacuum cleaner and the dirt storage tank are connected by a fixed seat, the size and ratio of the shaft and the fixed seat are limited, and the dirt storage tank is supported by a support base. Structural arrangements such as dirt storage tanks can minimize the load on the user when operating the fuselage.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁装置的主视图;Figure 1 is a front view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图2是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁装置的右视图;Fig. 2 is a right side view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图3是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁装置在右视图下的拆解图;Fig. 3 is a disassembled view of a cleaning device shown in a right view according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图4是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁装置的结构示意图;Fig. 4 is a schematic structural view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图5是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁装置的右视图;Fig. 5 is a right side view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图6是图5所示的清洁装置的拆解结构图;Fig. 6 is a disassembled structure diagram of the cleaning device shown in Fig. 5;
图7是图5所示的清洁装置的局部结构示意图;Fig. 7 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the cleaning device shown in Fig. 5;
图8是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的储污箱的内部结构示意图;Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图9是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的储污箱的整体结构示意图;Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图10根据本说明书一些实施例所示的分隔板的结构示意图;Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a partition according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图11是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的防逆阀的结构示意图;Fig. 11 is a schematic structural view of an anti-reverse valve according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图12是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的防逆阀处于打开状态时的示意图;Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of the anti-reverse valve in an open state according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图13是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的防逆阀处于闭合状态时的示意图;Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of the anti-reverse valve in a closed state according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图14是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的另一形式的防逆阀的工作原理图;Fig. 14 is a working principle diagram of another form of anti-reverse valve according to some embodiments of this specification;
图15是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的盖体的结构示意图;Fig. 15 is a schematic structural view of a cover according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图16是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的分隔板安装在箱体内的示意图;Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of partition boards installed in a box according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图17是图4所示的清洁装置处于放平状态下的示意图;Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of the cleaning device shown in Fig. 4 in a flat state;
图18是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁装置处于放平状态下的示意图;Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning device in a flat state according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图19是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的储污箱的剖面示意图一;Fig. 19 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图20是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的储污箱的剖面示意图二;Fig. 20 is a second schematic cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of this specification;
图21是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的储污箱的剖面示意图;Fig. 21 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图22是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的储污箱剖面示意图三;Fig. 22 is a third schematic cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of this specification;
图23是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的盖体的结构示意图;Fig. 23 is a schematic structural view of a cover according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图24是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的盖体的结构示意图;Fig. 24 is a schematic structural view of a cover according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图25是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的转接管、积灰桶以及滤篮的结构示意图;Fig. 25 is a schematic structural view of a transfer pipe, a dust bucket and a filter basket according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图26是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的转接管以及积灰桶的剖视图;Fig. 26 is a cross-sectional view of a transfer pipe and an ash bucket according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图27是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的盖体、旋风过滤组件以及过滤机构的爆炸图;Figure 27 is an exploded view of a cover, a cyclone filter assembly, and a filter mechanism according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图28是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的旋风过滤组件的结构示意图一;Fig. 28 is a first structural schematic diagram of a cyclone filter assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图29是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的旋风过滤组件的结构示意图二;Fig. 29 is a second structural schematic diagram of a cyclone filter assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图30是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的旋风过滤组件的结构示意图三;Fig. 30 is a third schematic structural view of a cyclone filter assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图31是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的旋风过滤组件与盖体相配合的结构示意图;Fig. 31 is a schematic structural view of the cooperation between the cyclone filter assembly and the cover according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图32是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的盖体的结构示意图;Fig. 32 is a schematic structural view of a cover according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图33是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的储污箱的剖视图;Fig. 33 is a cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图34是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的过滤机构的结构示意图;Fig. 34 is a schematic structural view of a filtering mechanism according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图35是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的地刷的立体图;Figure 35 is a perspective view of a floor brush according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图36是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的地刷的右视图;Figure 36 is a right side view of a floor brush according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图37是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的地刷的俯视图;Figure 37 is a top view of a ground brush according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图38是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的地刷的结构爆炸图;Fig. 38 is an exploded view of the structure of the floor brush according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图39是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁液箱的结构示意图;Fig. 39 is a schematic structural view of a cleaning solution tank according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图40是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁液箱的透视图;Figure 40 is a perspective view of a cleaning fluid tank according to some embodiments of the present description;
图41是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的阀组件的结构示意图;Fig. 41 is a schematic structural view of a valve assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图42是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的顶盖的结构示意图;Fig. 42 is a schematic structural view of a top cover according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图43是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁液箱的右视图;Figure 43 is a right side view of a cleaning fluid tank according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图44是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁液箱的俯视图;Figure 44 is a top view of a cleaning fluid tank according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图45是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的电机的固定位置示意图;Fig. 45 is a schematic diagram of a fixed position of a motor according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图46是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的滚刷的右视图;Figure 46 is a right side view of a roller brush according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图47是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的滚刷和变速箱的连接示意图;Fig. 47 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the rolling brush and the gearbox according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图48是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的支撑组件的剖视图;Figure 48 is a cross-sectional view of a support assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图49是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的支撑组件的拆解结构图。Fig. 49 is a disassembled structure diagram of a support assembly according to some embodiments of the present specification.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了更清楚地说明本说明书实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单的介绍。显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本说明书的一些示例或实施例,对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图将本说明书应用于其它类似情景。除非从语言环境中显而易见或另做说明,图中相同标号代表相同结构或操作。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present specification, the following briefly introduces the drawings that need to be used in the description of the embodiments. Apparently, the accompanying drawings in the following description are only some examples or embodiments of this specification, and those skilled in the art can also apply this specification to other similar scenarios. Unless otherwise apparent from context or otherwise indicated, like reference numerals in the figures represent like structures or operations.
干湿两用吸尘器是一种既能吸灰尘又能吸收污水的清洁装置,同时还可以兼具喷水洗地的功能。干湿两用吸尘器(以下简称为吸尘器)一般具有清洁液箱、与清洁液箱连通的喷水系统、回收系统以及与回收系统连通的储污箱。其中,回收系统可以包括设置在储污箱上方(例如,储污箱远离地面的一方)的电机。在清洁装置的使用过程中,喷水系统可以将清洁液箱内的清洁液喷向地面供洗地需要,回收系统可以将污水回收到储污箱中。当清洁装置工作时,受限于储污箱的结构,清洁装置的机身在倾斜或与地面平行时可能会导致储污箱的水进入到电机中,使电机停转甚至损坏电机。在一些实施例中,清洁液箱和储污箱均被设置清洁装置的机身上,这会造成清洁装置的机身过于笨重,不利于用户(或称为操作者或使用者)操作,而且也会导致机身难以和地面平行,不利于在高度有限的空间内(例如,床底)进行清洁作业。The wet and dry vacuum cleaner is a cleaning device that can absorb both dust and sewage, and can also have the function of spraying water to wash the floor. Wet and dry vacuum cleaners (hereinafter referred to as vacuum cleaners) generally have a cleaning liquid tank, a water spray system connected to the cleaning liquid tank, a recovery system, and a dirt storage tank connected to the recovery system. Wherein, the recovery system may include a motor arranged above the dirt storage tank (for example, the side of the dirt storage tank away from the ground). During the use of the cleaning device, the water spray system can spray the cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank to the ground for washing needs, and the recovery system can recycle the sewage into the dirt storage tank. When the cleaning device is working, limited by the structure of the dirt storage tank, when the body of the cleaning device is tilted or parallel to the ground, the water in the dirt storage tank may enter the motor, causing the motor to stop or even damage the motor. In some embodiments, both the cleaning liquid tank and the dirt storage tank are arranged on the body of the cleaning device, which will cause the body of the cleaning device to be too heavy and unfavorable for users (or called operators or users) to operate, and It will also make it difficult for the fuselage to be parallel to the ground, which is not conducive to cleaning operations in a space with limited height (for example, under the bed).
本说明书实施例提供了一种清洁装置,该清洁装置包括机身以及分别设置在机身两端的地刷和手持吸尘器。其中,机身上设置有储污箱,手持吸尘器与机身可拆卸连接。本说明书实施例提供的清洁装置能够通过地刷能够实现地面吸尘、地面清洗的功能,并且手持吸尘器可以从机身上拆卸下来以独立实现手持吸尘的功能,具有较高的功能集成化,满足更多的使用场景需求。例如,一些卫生死角(例如,沙发缝隙、衣柜顶部或内部等)的清洁工作可以通过手持吸尘来完成。The embodiment of this specification provides a cleaning device, which includes a body, floor brushes and hand-held vacuum cleaners respectively arranged at two ends of the body. Wherein, the body is provided with a dirt storage box, and the handheld vacuum cleaner is detachably connected to the body. The cleaning device provided by the embodiment of this specification can realize the functions of dust suction and floor cleaning through the floor brush, and the handheld vacuum cleaner can be disassembled from the body to independently realize the function of handheld dust collection, which has high functional integration. To meet the needs of more usage scenarios. For example, the cleaning work of some hygienic dead corners (such as the sofa gap, the top or interior of the wardrobe, etc.) can be done by hand-held vacuuming.
下面将结合附图对本说明书实施例提供的清洁装置进行详细说明。The cleaning device provided by the embodiment of this specification will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图1是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁装置的主视图。图2是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁装置的右视图。图3是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁装置在右视图下的拆解图。Fig. 1 is a front view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification. Fig. 2 is a right side view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification. Fig. 3 is a disassembled view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification in a right view.
结合图1、图2以及图3所示,本说明书实施例提供的清洁装置100可以包括机身1、地刷2、手持吸尘器3。地刷2与机身1的一端连接。机身1上设置有储污箱4(或图19中示出的储污箱300),储污箱4的箱体(例如,图8中示出的箱体201)至少可以用于储存和/或过滤来自所述地刷吸入的垃圾。As shown in FIG. 1 , FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 , the cleaning device 100 provided in this embodiment may include a body 1 , a floor brush 2 , and a handheld vacuum cleaner 3 . The ground brush 2 is connected with one end of the fuselage 1 . Fuselage 1 is provided with dirt storage tank 4 (or the dirt storage tank 300 shown in Figure 19), and the casing of dirt storage tank 4 (for example, the box body 201 shown in Figure 8) can be used for storing and and/or filter litter sucked in from the floor brushes.
在一些实施例中,地刷2可转动地连接至机身1的一端(例如,机身1靠近地面的一端或被称为机身1的下端),进一步地,机身1具有第一通道6(或被称为流体通道、机身通道),第一通道6可以用于连通地刷2和储污箱4。在一些实施例中,储污箱4的箱体内设置有第二通道,第二通道可以与第一通道6连通,从而实现地刷2与储污箱4之间的连通。例如,在图8所示的储污箱4中,储污箱4的箱体201内设置有第二通道202,第二通道202可以用作与第一通道6连通。又例如,在图19所示的储污箱300中,储污箱300的箱体301内设置有污水管302(相当于第二通道),污水管302可以用作与第一通道6连通。当清洁装置100工作时,地刷2吸入的流体(例如,气体、液体、固体的垃圾等或其组合)可以通过第一通道6和第二通道(例如,第二通道202或污水管302)进入到储污箱4的箱体(箱体201)或储污箱300的箱体301中。In some embodiments, the ground brush 2 is rotatably connected to one end of the fuselage 1 (for example, the end of the fuselage 1 close to the ground or referred to as the lower end of the fuselage 1), and further, the fuselage 1 has a first channel 6 (or referred to as fluid channel, fuselage channel), the first channel 6 can be used to communicate with the ground brush 2 and the dirt storage tank 4 . In some embodiments, a second channel is provided in the dirt storage tank 4 , and the second channel can communicate with the first channel 6 , so as to realize the communication between the ground brush 2 and the dirt storage tank 4 . For example, in the dirt storage tank 4 shown in FIG. 8 , a second channel 202 is provided in the box body 201 of the dirt storage tank 4 , and the second channel 202 can be used to communicate with the first channel 6 . For another example, in the dirt storage tank 300 shown in FIG. 19 , a sewage pipe 302 (equivalent to the second channel) is provided in the box body 301 of the dirt storage tank 300 , and the sewage pipe 302 can be used to communicate with the first channel 6 . When the cleaning device 100 works, the fluid (for example, gas, liquid, solid garbage, etc. or a combination thereof) sucked by the ground brush 2 can pass through the first passage 6 and the second passage (for example, the second passage 202 or the sewage pipe 302) Into the casing (casing 201 ) of the dirt storage tank 4 or the casing 301 of the dirt storage tank 300 .
需要说明的是,本说明书中所涉及到诸如“上端”、“下端”等上下方位的描述时,在没有特别说明的情况下,上端一般是指远离地面的一端,下端则是指靠近地面的一端。例如,在图3中,第一方向Y箭头所指的方向为“上”,与之相反的为“下”。It should be noted that when referring to the descriptions of up and down positions such as "upper end" and "lower end" in this manual, unless otherwise specified, the upper end generally refers to the end away from the ground, and the lower end refers to the end close to the ground. one end. For example, in FIG. 3 , the direction indicated by the arrow in the first direction Y is "up", and the opposite direction is "down".
关于储污箱4的更多描述可以参考关于图8所示的储污箱4或图19所示的储污箱300的相关描述,也即是说,上述实施例中的储污箱4可以是图8所示的储污箱4或图19所示的储污箱300。More descriptions about the dirt storage tank 4 can refer to the related description about the dirt storage tank 4 shown in FIG. 8 or the dirt storage tank 300 shown in FIG. It is the dirt storage tank 4 shown in FIG. 8 or the dirt storage tank 300 shown in FIG. 19 .
结合图1、图2以及图3所示,在一些实施例中,清洁装置100还可以包括手持吸尘器3。手持吸尘器3可拆卸地安装于机身1的另一端(例如,机身1远离地面的一端或被称为机身1的上端)。在一些实施例中,手持吸尘器3远离机身1的一端可以设置有手柄32,用户可以通过握持手柄32来操作清洁装置100或单独操作手持吸尘器3进行清洁工作。在一些实施例中,可以直接将 手持吸尘器3的远离机身1的一端直接构造为手柄32。仅作为示例,可以在制造手持吸尘器3的壳体时,将手持吸尘器3的壳体远离机身1的一端设计成手柄32的形状,然后通过一体成型(例如,注塑、3D打印等方式)的方式制造出手持吸尘器3的壳体。在一些实施例中,手柄32可以是相对于手持吸尘器3独立的部件,可以在组装手持吸尘器3时,将手柄32安装到手持吸尘器3远离机身1的一端。在一些实施例中,手柄32内部可以容纳有至少一个电池320,至少一个电池320可以为清洁装置100的工作或手持吸尘器3的单独工作供电。As shown in FIG. 1 , FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 , in some embodiments, the cleaning device 100 may also include a handheld vacuum cleaner 3 . The handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is detachably mounted on the other end of the body 1 (for example, the end of the body 1 away from the ground or referred to as the upper end of the body 1 ). In some embodiments, a handle 32 may be provided at the end of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 away from the main body 1 , and the user may operate the cleaning device 100 by holding the handle 32 or operate the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 alone to perform cleaning work. In some embodiments, the end of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 away from the main body 1 can be directly configured as a handle 32. As an example only, when manufacturing the housing of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3, the end of the housing of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 away from the body 1 can be designed in the shape of a handle 32, and then through integral molding (for example, injection molding, 3D printing, etc.) Manufacture the housing of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 in this way. In some embodiments, the handle 32 may be an independent component relative to the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 , and the handle 32 may be installed on the end of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 away from the main body 1 when the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is assembled. In some embodiments, at least one battery 320 can be accommodated inside the handle 32 , and the at least one battery 320 can provide power for the operation of the cleaning device 100 or the operation of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 alone.
在一些实施例中,当运行清洁装置100时,手持吸尘器3及储污箱4均安装于机身1上,手持吸尘器3可以用于向地刷2提供吸取污物的吸力,储污箱4用于贮存被吸取的污物。在一些实施例中,手持吸尘器3还可以包括尘筒组件31和电机33。在一些实施例中,当手持吸尘器3从机身1上被拆下使用时,可应用于不适用清洁装置100整体使用的场景,例如,诸如沙发表面或缝隙、柜子内部或顶部等使用空间较小、待清洁面易被污染的场景。需要说明的是,本说明书实施例中的手持吸尘器3可以是能够实现手持吸尘的无线手持吸尘器(例如,随手吸),关于手持吸尘器3的更多内容在此不在赘述。In some embodiments, when the cleaning device 100 is running, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 and the dirt storage box 4 are installed on the body 1, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 can be used to provide suction for the floor brush 2 to absorb dirt, and the dirt storage box 4 Used to store sucked dirt. In some embodiments, the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 may further include a dust cylinder assembly 31 and a motor 33 . In some embodiments, when the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is detached from the body 1 for use, it can be applied to scenarios where the overall use of the cleaning device 100 is not suitable, for example, such as sofa surfaces or gaps, inside or top of cabinets, etc. Scenes that are small and the surface to be cleaned is easily polluted. It should be noted that the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 in the embodiment of this specification may be a wireless handheld vacuum cleaner capable of performing handheld vacuuming (for example, hand vacuuming), and more details about the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,清洁装置100至少可以具有第一工作模式和第二工作模式。在一些实施例中,第一工作模式和第二工作模式之间的切换可以通过手持吸尘器3与机身1的装配或拆卸来实现。In some embodiments, the cleaning device 100 can at least have a first working mode and a second working mode. In some embodiments, switching between the first working mode and the second working mode can be realized by assembling or disassembling the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 and the main body 1 .
在一些实施例中,第一工作模式也可以被称为杆式吸尘器模式。具体地,在第一工作模式下,手持吸尘器3与机身1的上端(机身1远离地面(或待清洁面)的一端)结合连接,手持吸尘器3的进风口310可以与储污箱4连通。当用户启动手持吸尘器3时,手持吸尘器3可以产生吸力(例如,通过电机驱动叶片高速旋转在手持吸尘器的内部产生负压),在手持吸尘器3的吸力作用下,气体、灰尘和/或液体的混合流体由地刷2的吸入口(例如,图38所示的地刷400上的吸口434)依次流经地刷2、机身1内的流体通道(例如,第一通道6)进入储污箱4后,进行第一级气体、灰尘和/或液体的分离(以下简称为第一级分离),灰尘和/或液体存储在储污箱4内,经过第一级分离后的流体从储污箱4内流出,然后通过手持吸尘器3的进风口310进入到手持吸尘器3的尘筒组件31进行第二级尘气分离,经过第二级尘气分离后可以得到洁净空气,洁净空气可以从手持吸尘器3的排风口排出。In some embodiments, the first mode of operation may also be referred to as a stick cleaner mode. Specifically, in the first working mode, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is combined with the upper end of the body 1 (the end of the body 1 away from the ground (or the surface to be cleaned)), and the air inlet 310 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 can be connected with the dirt storage box 4 connected. When the user starts the handheld vacuum cleaner 3, the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 can generate suction (for example, the motor drives the blades to rotate at a high speed to generate negative pressure inside the handheld vacuum cleaner), and under the suction of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3, the gas, dust and/or liquid The mixed fluid flows through the suction port of the ground brush 2 (for example, the suction port 434 on the ground brush 400 shown in FIG. After the tank 4, the first stage of separation of gas, dust and/or liquid (hereinafter referred to as the first stage separation) is carried out. The dust and/or liquid are stored in the dirt storage tank 4, and the fluid after the first stage separation is discharged The dirt box 4 flows out, and then enters the dust cylinder assembly 31 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 through the air inlet 310 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 for second-stage dust-air separation. After the second-stage dust-air separation, clean air can be obtained, and the clean air can be obtained from The air outlet of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is discharged.
在一些实施例中,第二工作模式也可以被称为手持吸尘器模式。在第二工作模式下,可以将手持吸尘器3与机身1解锁分离,用户可以单独使用手持吸尘器进行清洁工作。具体地,在手持吸尘器3的吸力作用下,流体由手持吸尘器3的进风口310进入尘筒组件31进行尘气分离,分离后的清洁空气从手持吸尘器3的排风口排出。In some embodiments, the second working mode may also be referred to as a handheld vacuum cleaner mode. In the second working mode, the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 can be unlocked and separated from the body 1, and the user can use the handheld vacuum cleaner alone for cleaning work. Specifically, under the suction force of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 , the fluid enters the dust cylinder assembly 31 from the air inlet 310 of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 to separate dust and air, and the separated clean air is discharged from the air outlet of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 .
值得注意的是,本说明书中所涉及到的流体可以是洁净的气流,也可以是夹裹有污质的气流;该污质为灰尘、固态污质(如烟头、纸片、米粒等)、污液(如橙汁、脏水、蛋液等)中的至少一种。It is worth noting that the fluid involved in this specification can be a clean airflow or an airflow entrained with dirt; the dirt is dust, solid dirt (such as cigarette butts, paper, rice grains, etc.), At least one of dirty liquids (such as orange juice, dirty water, egg liquid, etc.).
可以理解的是,在杆式吸尘器模式下,储污箱4构成了第一分离结构;夹裹有污质的气流在流经储污箱4的过程中,其中包含的污液、固态污质及灰尘可以被截隔并贮存于储污箱4。由于灰尘和气液(气态液滴)具有体积小、重量轻等特点,其难以避免地会同气流一起被引导至尘筒组件31;如此,尘筒组件31构成了第二分离结构,如果进入尘筒组件31的气流中夹裹有污质,那么尘筒组件31可以对其尘气分离,将污质截隔并贮存于尘筒组件31,并将气流引导至手持吸尘器的排风口排出。It can be understood that, in the stick vacuum cleaner mode, the dirt storage tank 4 constitutes the first separation structure; when the airflow entrained with dirt flows through the dirt storage tank 4, the dirty liquid and solid dirt contained therein And dust can be intercepted and stored in dirt storage tank 4. Since dust and gas-liquid (gaseous liquid droplets) have the characteristics of small size and light weight, it is inevitable that they will be guided to the dust cylinder assembly 31 together with the air flow; If there is dirt trapped in the airflow of the assembly 31, the dust cylinder assembly 31 can separate the dust and gas, intercept and store the dirt in the dust cylinder assembly 31, and guide the airflow to the air outlet of the hand-held vacuum cleaner for discharge.
基于以上设置,本说明书实施例提供的清洁装置100可以具有基础的吸尘功能,即清洁干燥的固态污质及灰尘,也可以清洁潮湿的、含污液的或与干污质混合的垃圾,即具有干湿两用的功能。而且地刷2吸收的流体通过储污箱4以及手持吸尘器3的尘筒组件31进行两级尘气分离后,能够得到较为洁净的空气,可以减少清洁过程中对空气的污染。并且还可以单独取下手持吸尘器3进行使用,实现了手持吸尘的功能。清洁装置100将多种功能组合统一,使用模式多元化,不仅结构紧凑实用,还节省了多个清洁装置所需的置放空间,例如,手持吸尘器3单独使用后可以再安装到机身1上,无需单独置放。Based on the above settings, the cleaning device 100 provided in the embodiment of this specification can have a basic dust collection function, that is, clean and dry solid dirt and dust, and can also clean wet, dirty liquid or mixed with dry dirt. That is, it has the function of both wet and dry. Moreover, after the fluid absorbed by the floor brush 2 passes through the dust storage box 4 and the dust cylinder assembly 31 of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 for two-stage dust and gas separation, relatively clean air can be obtained, which can reduce air pollution during the cleaning process. Moreover, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 can also be removed for use separately, realizing the function of hand-held vacuuming. The cleaning device 100 combines multiple functions in a unified manner and has diversified usage modes. It is not only compact and practical, but also saves the space required for placing multiple cleaning devices. For example, the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 can be installed on the body 1 after being used alone , no need to be placed separately.
在一些实施例中,清洁装置100还可以包括清洁液供应组件,清洁液供应组件可以包括用于储存清洁液的清洁液箱50,清洁液箱50可拆卸地安装于地刷2上。In some embodiments, the cleaning device 100 may further include a cleaning liquid supply assembly. The cleaning liquid supply assembly may include a cleaning liquid tank 50 for storing cleaning liquid. The cleaning liquid tank 50 is detachably installed on the floor brush 2 .
在一些实施例中,清洁装置100还具有清洗地面的功能。清洗地面主要可以通过清洁液供应组件和地刷2来实现。In some embodiments, the cleaning device 100 also has the function of cleaning the floor. Cleaning the ground can be mainly realized by the cleaning liquid supply assembly and the floor brush 2 .
在一些实施例中,清洁液供应组件还可以包括喷头和泵,喷头和泵可以组成喷水系统。在一些实施例中,泵可以用于将清洁液从清洁液箱50导送至喷头,喷头可以作为清洁液供应组件的输出末端,将清洁液喷至地刷2或地面,从而起到对地面的清洁和/或护理作用。在一些实施例中,清洁液可以为清水,也可以为清洁剂、护理剂等。In some embodiments, the cleaning liquid supply assembly may further include a spray head and a pump, and the spray head and the pump may form a water spray system. In some embodiments, the pump can be used to guide the cleaning liquid from the cleaning liquid tank 50 to the spray head, and the spray head can be used as the output end of the cleaning liquid supply assembly to spray the cleaning liquid to the floor brush 2 or the ground, thereby playing a role in cleaning the ground. cleaning and/or care. In some embodiments, the cleaning solution may be clear water, or cleaning agent, care agent and the like.
通过将储污箱4设置在机身1、清洁液箱50安装在地刷2上,合理地分配了两个箱体的位置,使得机身1不会过于笨重,便于用户手持操作。在一些实施例中,通过将清洁液箱50设在地刷2上,使得清洁液箱50与地刷2之间的距离较短,清洁液箱50与地刷2之间便无需设置较长的清洁液水管,并且使得喷头喷洒清洁液相应较快。另外,清洁液箱50设置在地刷2上,增重了地刷2,从而加大了地刷2对地面的压力,从而能够提升了地刷2的清洁效果。在一些实施例中,将储污箱4设置在机身1,而不设置在地刷2上,能够避免地刷2上的附件更多而导致地刷2过大,进而影响到其清洁范围。因此,基于以上优化后的结构,能够解决机身过于笨重的问题,不仅方便了用户手持操作,还具有易于在高度受限的空间进行清洁作业等诸多改良。By arranging the dirt storage tank 4 on the fuselage 1 and the cleaning liquid tank 50 on the ground brush 2, the positions of the two tanks are reasonably allocated, so that the fuselage 1 will not be too bulky and is convenient for users to hold and operate. In some embodiments, by setting the cleaning liquid tank 50 on the ground brush 2, the distance between the cleaning liquid tank 50 and the ground brush 2 is relatively short, and there is no need to set a longer distance between the cleaning liquid tank 50 and the ground brush 2. The cleaning liquid pipe, and make the nozzle spray cleaning liquid correspondingly faster. In addition, the cleaning liquid tank 50 is arranged on the floor brush 2 , which increases the weight of the floor brush 2 , thereby increasing the pressure of the floor brush 2 on the ground, thereby improving the cleaning effect of the floor brush 2 . In some embodiments, the dirt storage tank 4 is arranged on the fuselage 1 instead of the ground brush 2, which can avoid the excessive size of the ground brush 2 due to more attachments on the ground brush 2, thereby affecting its cleaning range . Therefore, based on the above optimized structure, it can solve the problem that the fuselage is too bulky. It not only facilitates the user's hand-held operation, but also has many improvements such as easy cleaning in a height-limited space.
在一些实施例中,在清洁装置100的使用过程中,可能需要对清洁液箱50进行注水、清洁等操作,也可能对储污箱4进行清理,因此,清洁液箱50相对于地刷2以及储污箱4相对于机身1均可拆装,以便单独对清洁液箱50进行注水、清洁等操作,或者单独对储污箱4进行清理。In some embodiments, during the use of the cleaning device 100, operations such as filling and cleaning the cleaning solution tank 50 may be required, and the dirt storage tank 4 may also be cleaned. Therefore, the cleaning solution tank 50 is relatively And the dirt storage tank 4 can be disassembled with respect to the fuselage 1, so that operations such as filling and cleaning the cleaning liquid tank 50 are performed separately, or the dirt storage tank 4 is cleaned separately.
更多关于清洁液供应组件(例如,清洁液箱、泵、碰嘴等)和地刷2、以及清洁装置100是如何实现对地面的清洗的描述可以参考图35~50及其相关描述,在此不再赘述。For more descriptions about cleaning liquid supply components (such as cleaning liquid tanks, pumps, nozzles, etc.) and floor brushes 2, and how the cleaning device 100 cleans the ground, please refer to FIGS. 35-50 and their related descriptions. This will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,继续参见图3所示,尘筒组件31、电机33和手柄32可以沿手持吸尘器3的第一方向Y依次布置。其中,手持吸尘器3的第一方向Y可以是其长度方向,尘筒组件31、电机33和手柄32可以沿手持吸尘器3的长度方向从靠近机身1的一端到远离机身1的一端依次布置,即尘筒组件31、电机33和手柄32从下至上依次布置。在一些实施例中,手持吸尘器3具有从尘筒组件31到手柄32连续的宽度。在一些实施例中,手持吸尘器3具有从尘筒组件31到手柄32连续的宽度可以是手持吸尘器3沿第一方向Y从尘筒组件31到手柄32的各个位置所对应的宽度相同或基本相同。在一些实施例中,手持吸尘器3可以具有预设宽度,手持吸尘器3沿第一方向Y从尘筒组件31到手柄32的各个位置所对应的宽度基本相同可以理解为手持吸尘器3沿第一方向Y从尘筒组件31到手柄32的各个位置所对应的宽度与预设宽度的差值是预设宽度的1%、2%、3%等。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3 , the dust cylinder assembly 31 , the motor 33 and the handle 32 may be sequentially arranged along the first direction Y of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 . Wherein, the first direction Y of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 may be its longitudinal direction, and the dust cylinder assembly 31, the motor 33 and the handle 32 may be sequentially arranged along the length direction of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 from an end close to the body 1 to an end far away from the body 1 , that is, the dust cylinder assembly 31, the motor 33 and the handle 32 are arranged sequentially from bottom to top. In some embodiments, the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 has a continuous width from the dust bowl assembly 31 to the handle 32 . In some embodiments, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 has a continuous width from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32, which may be the same or substantially the same width corresponding to each position of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 along the first direction Y from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32 . In some embodiments, the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 may have a preset width, and the corresponding widths of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32 along the first direction Y are basically the same. The difference between the width corresponding to each position of Y from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32 and the preset width is 1%, 2%, 3%, etc. of the preset width.
在一些实施例中,当手持吸尘器3在工作状态下时(即第一工作模式或第二工作模式下),用户握持手柄32,电机33经电池320供电而做功以提供吸力(例如,电机33带动叶片高速转动产生负压),在吸力作用下,流体(例如,第一工作模式下吸入到储污箱4内经过第一级分离后的流体或第二工作模式下来自外界环境的流体)经进风口310进入尘筒组件31进行尘气分离,分离后的清洁空气可以从手持吸尘器3的排风口排出。通过将手持吸尘器3设置为从尘筒组件31到手柄32的宽度连续,可以保证手持吸尘器3的外表面比较平顺,且其沿第一方向Y的宽度变化较小,便于用户在吸尘作业时舒服地握住手柄32。除此之外,手持吸尘器3设置为从尘筒组件31到手柄32的宽度连续,可以使流体在手持吸尘器3内的流动(例如,从尘筒组件31流动至排风口)更加顺畅;另外,当在手持吸尘器3整体与视线平行的应用场景下,手持吸尘器3能够尽量小地对视线造成干扰,方便用户将进风口310接近待清洁物或者将手持吸尘器3安装到机身1的上端。In some embodiments, when the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is in the working state (that is, in the first working mode or the second working mode), the user holds the handle 32, and the motor 33 is powered by the battery 320 to perform work to provide suction (for example, the motor 33 drives the blades to rotate at a high speed to generate negative pressure), under the action of suction, the fluid (for example, the fluid sucked into the dirt storage tank 4 in the first working mode after the first stage separation or the fluid from the external environment in the second working mode ) enters the dust cylinder assembly 31 through the air inlet 310 to separate the dust and air, and the separated clean air can be discharged from the air outlet of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 . By arranging the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 to have a continuous width from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32, it can be ensured that the outer surface of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is relatively smooth, and its width along the first direction Y changes little, which is convenient for the user when cleaning dust. Hold the handle 32 comfortably. In addition, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is set to have a continuous width from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the handle 32, which can make the flow of fluid in the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 (for example, flow from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the air outlet) smoother; in addition , when the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is parallel to the line of sight as a whole, the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 can interfere with the line of sight as little as possible, and it is convenient for the user to approach the air inlet 310 to the object to be cleaned or install the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 on the upper end of the body 1.
在一些实施例中,当储污箱4安装到机身1上时,机身1和储污箱4的结合体呈柱状或者基本呈柱状。在一些实施例中,结合体呈柱状可以理解为结合体沿机身的长度方向的各个位置所对应的截面均为圆形截面,且半径相同。在一些实施例中,结合体的截面具有预设半径,结合体基本呈柱状则是指各个位置所对应的圆形截面的半径与预设半径的差值是预设半径的1%、2%、3%等。其中,结合体沿机身长度方向的各个位置所对应的截面为结合体垂直于机身的长度方向的截面。In some embodiments, when the dirt storage tank 4 is installed on the fuselage 1, the combination of the fuselage 1 and the dirt storage tank 4 is columnar or substantially columnar. In some embodiments, the columnar shape of the combined body can be understood as that the sections corresponding to various positions of the combined body along the length direction of the fuselage are all circular sections with the same radius. In some embodiments, the section of the combined body has a preset radius, and the combined body is substantially columnar, which means that the difference between the radius of the circular section corresponding to each position and the preset radius is 1% or 2% of the preset radius , 3%, etc. Wherein, the cross-section corresponding to each position of the combined body along the length direction of the fuselage is the cross-section of the combined body perpendicular to the length direction of the fuselage.
在一些实施例中,沿机身1的长度方向,结合体的主体部分(或被称为结合体的中间部分,其包括除去机身1上方与手持吸尘器连接的部分和下方与地刷2连接的部分后的剩余部分)的截面积基本无变化。同时,沿机身1的长度方向,手持吸尘器3的主体部分(或被称为手持吸尘器3的中间部分,其包括从尘筒组件31到电机33的部分,即除去手柄32和进风口310的剩余部分)的截面积基本无变化。在一些实施例中,沿机身1的长度方向,结合体的主体部分的截面积基本无变化以及手持吸尘器3的主体部分的截面积基本无变化可以分别理解为结合体的主体部分沿机身的长度方向的各个位置所对应的第一截面的面积相同或基本相同,手持吸尘器3的主体部分沿机身的长度方向(或第一方向Y)各个位置对应的第二截面的面积相同或基本相同。其中,第一截面为结合体的主体部分垂直于机身长度方向的截面,第二截面为手持吸尘器的主体部分垂直于机身的长度方 向的截面。在一些实施例中,结合体的主体部分的第一截面具有第一预设截面面积,结合体的主体部分沿机身的长度方向的各个位置所对应的第一截面的面积基本相同可以是指第一截面的面积与第一预设截面面积的差值是第一预设截面面积的1%、2%、3%等。同理,手持吸尘器3的主体部分的第二截面具有第二预设截面面积,手持吸尘器3的主体部分沿机身的长度方向的各个位置所对应的第二截面的面积基本相同可以是指第二截面的面积与第二预设截面面积的差值是第二预设截面面积的1%、2%、3%等。In some embodiments, along the length direction of the fuselage 1, the main part of the combined body (or referred to as the middle part of the combined body, which includes the part connected with the hand-held vacuum cleaner at the top of the fuselage 1 and the part connected with the floor brush 2 at the bottom) The cross-sectional area of the remaining part after the part) basically does not change. At the same time, along the length direction of the fuselage 1, the main body of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 (or referred to as the middle part of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3, which includes the part from the dust cylinder assembly 31 to the motor 33, that is, the handle 32 and the air inlet 310 are removed. The cross-sectional area of the remaining part) basically does not change. In some embodiments, along the length direction of the fuselage 1, the cross-sectional area of the main body of the combined body has substantially no change and the cross-sectional area of the main body of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 has substantially no change. The areas of the first cross-section corresponding to each position in the length direction of the vacuum cleaner 3 are the same or substantially the same, and the areas of the second cross-section corresponding to each position of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 along the length direction (or first direction Y) of the fuselage are the same or substantially the same. same. Wherein, the first cross-section is a cross-section of the main body of the combined body perpendicular to the length direction of the fuselage, and the second cross-section is a cross-section of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner perpendicular to the length of the fuselage. In some embodiments, the first section of the main body of the combined body has a first preset cross-sectional area, and the areas of the first cross-sections corresponding to the various positions of the main body of the combined body along the length direction of the fuselage are substantially the same. The difference between the area of the first cross-section and the first preset cross-sectional area is 1%, 2%, 3%, etc. of the first preset cross-sectional area. Similarly, the second cross-section of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 has a second preset cross-sectional area, and the areas of the second cross-section corresponding to each position of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 along the length direction of the fuselage are basically the same. The difference between the area of the second cross-section and the second preset cross-sectional area is 1%, 2%, 3%, etc. of the second preset cross-sectional area.
可以理解的是,为了便于在结合体或手持吸尘器3上安装一些必要附件,第一截面或第二截面的面积可能会有部分变化(即部分位置对应的截面的面积与其他位置对应截面的面积有所不同)。在一些实施例中,第一截面或第二截面的面积可以是指结合体或手持吸尘器3沿机身的长度方向各个位置所对应的垂直于第一方向Y(或机身的长度方向)的截面的外轮廓的面积。It can be understood that, in order to facilitate the installation of some necessary accessories on the combined body or the handheld vacuum cleaner 3, the area of the first section or the second section may be partially changed (that is, the area of the section corresponding to some positions is different from the area of the section corresponding to other positions. vary). In some embodiments, the area of the first cross-section or the second cross-section may refer to the area perpendicular to the first direction Y (or the length direction of the fuselage) corresponding to each position of the combination or the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 along the length direction of the fuselage. The area of the outer contour of the section.
在一些实施例中,第一截面的面积和第二截面的面积相同或基本相同。在一些实施例中,第一截面的面积和第二截面的面积基本相同可以是指第一截面的面积和第二截面的面积之间的差值在1%、2%或3%内。通过使第一截面的面积和第二截面的面积相同或基本相同,手持吸尘器3的截面尺寸能够合理匹配机身1(结合体)的截面尺寸,使从机身1到手持吸尘器3的截面尺寸变化不大,以保证手持吸尘器3与机身1的垂直于第一方向Y的截面的外轮廓形状一致或大致一致。进一步地,结合体呈柱状,当手持吸尘器3安装到机身1上时,手持吸尘器3、机身1以及储污箱4形成的整体便基本呈长柱状,这样可以使得在需要放平使用清洁装置100时机身1容易与地面平行,方便伸入床底等高度受限的空间;并且清洁装置100整体的美观性也得到了提升。In some embodiments, the area of the first cross-section is the same or substantially the same as the area of the second cross-section. In some embodiments, the area of the first section and the area of the second section are substantially the same may mean that the difference between the area of the first section and the area of the second section is within 1%, 2%, or 3%. By making the area of the first section and the area of the second section the same or substantially the same, the cross-sectional size of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 can reasonably match the cross-sectional size of the fuselage 1 (combined body), so that the cross-sectional size from the fuselage 1 to the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 The change is small, so as to ensure that the outer contour shape of the cross-section perpendicular to the first direction Y of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 and the fuselage 1 is consistent or substantially consistent. Further, the combined body is columnar. When the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is installed on the body 1, the whole body formed by the handheld vacuum cleaner 3, the body 1 and the dirt storage tank 4 is basically a long columnar shape, so that it can be used for cleaning when needed. When the device 100 is installed, the body 1 is easy to be parallel to the ground, and it is convenient to extend into spaces with limited height such as the bottom of the bed; and the overall aesthetics of the cleaning device 100 is also improved.
在一些实施例中,继续参见图3所示,机身内具有流体通道。在一些实施例中,流体通道可以包括配置在机身1下端内(位于储污箱4下部)的流体通道(即第一通道6),和配置在机身上端内(位于储污箱4上部)的流体通道(图中未示)。其中,机身1下端内的流体通道(即第一通道6)可以用于连通地刷2(吸入口)与储污箱4,机身1上端内的流体通道可以用于连通储污箱4和手持吸尘器3(尘筒组件31或进风口310)。在一些实施例中,机身1上端内的流体通道可以是如图3所示的通道116或如图7中所示的通孔1151。当在第一工作模式下时,储污箱4内经过第一级分离后的流体可以通过机身上端内的流体通道进入手持吸尘器3的尘筒组件31进行第二级尘气分离。In some embodiments, continuing to refer to FIG. 3 , there are fluid passages within the fuselage. In some embodiments, the fluid channel can include a fluid channel (i.e. the first channel 6) disposed in the lower end of the fuselage 1 (located at the bottom of the dirt storage tank 4), and a fluid channel (ie, the first channel 6) configured in the upper end of the fuselage (located at the upper part of the dirt storage tank 4). ) of the fluid channel (not shown). Wherein, the fluid channel (i.e. the first channel 6) in the lower end of the fuselage 1 can be used to communicate with the ground brush 2 (suction port) and the dirt storage tank 4, and the fluid channel in the upper end of the fuselage 1 can be used to communicate with the dirt storage tank 4 And hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 (dust cylinder assembly 31 or air inlet 310). In some embodiments, the fluid passage in the upper end of the fuselage 1 may be a passage 116 as shown in FIG. 3 or a through hole 1151 as shown in FIG. 7 . When in the first working mode, the fluid in the dirt storage tank 4 after the first-stage separation can enter the dust cylinder assembly 31 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 through the fluid passage in the upper end of the machine body to perform the second-stage dust-gas separation.
在一些实施例中,清洁装置100还可以包括附接构件,附接构件可以与手持吸尘器3可拆卸连接。在一些实施例中,附接构件可以包括除螨刷、扁刷、毛刷、宠物刷以及软管中的一种或多种。在一些实施例中,附件构件可以分为接管件和刷头件。在单独使用手持吸尘器3时(即第二工作模式下),接管件和刷头件可以用于与手持吸尘器3接用。在一些实施例中,接管件可以包括软管、长接管等,刷头件可以包括除螨刷、扁刷、毛刷、宠物刷等。可以理解的是,当对手持吸尘器3单独使用时,可以直接使用手持吸尘器完成手持吸尘工作,也可以连接除螨刷、扁刷、毛刷、宠物刷等刷头件,还可以在手持吸尘器3和刷头件之间转接软管、长接管等接管件,从而实现了不同场景下的清洁需求。In some embodiments, the cleaning device 100 may further include an attachment member, which may be detachably connected to the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 . In some embodiments, the attachment member may include one or more of a mite brush, a flat brush, a fur brush, a pet brush, and a hose. In some embodiments, the accessory component can be divided into a nipple piece and a brush head piece. When the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is used alone (that is, in the second working mode), the connecting piece and the brush head can be used to connect with the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 . In some embodiments, the connecting piece may include a hose, a long connecting piece, etc., and the brush head piece may include a mite removal brush, a flat brush, a fur brush, a pet brush, and the like. It can be understood that when the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is used alone, the hand-held vacuum cleaner can be used directly to complete the hand-held vacuuming work, and brush heads such as mite removal brushes, flat brushes, hair brushes, and pet brushes can also be connected. 3 Connect hoses, long connecting pipes and other connecting parts between the brush head and the brush head, so as to realize the cleaning needs in different scenarios.
图4是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的吸尘器的结构示意图。Fig. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a vacuum cleaner according to some embodiments of the present specification.
在一些实施例中,清洁装置100还可以具有如图4所示的结构形式,即在图4中,手持吸尘器3的主体部分的第二截面的面积可以与机身1与储污箱4的结合体的第一截面的面积可以不相同。例如,第二截面的面积可以小于第一截面的面积。在一些实施例中,清洁装置100也可以不包括手持吸尘器3。例如,图4中原先手持吸尘器3的部分可以是机身1向上延伸的一部分,且延伸部分垂直于机身1的长度方向的截面的面积小于第一截面的面积。在一些实施例中,参见图4所示,在机身1内且在储污箱4的上方可以设置有电机34,电机34可以为清洁装置100提供吸力以吸收地面(或待清洁面)上的流体。In some embodiments, the cleaning device 100 can also have a structure as shown in FIG. 4, that is, in FIG. The areas of the first cross-sections of the combination may be different. For example, the area of the second cross-section may be smaller than the area of the first cross-section. In some embodiments, the cleaning device 100 may also not include the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 . For example, the part of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 in FIG. 4 may be an upwardly extending part of the fuselage 1, and the area of the section of the extension part perpendicular to the length direction of the fuselage 1 is smaller than the area of the first section. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4 , a motor 34 can be provided in the fuselage 1 and above the dirt storage tank 4, and the motor 34 can provide suction for the cleaning device 100 to absorb dirt on the ground (or surface to be cleaned). of fluid.
图5是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的清洁装置的右视图。图6是图5所示的清洁装置的拆解结构图。图7是图5所示的清洁装置的局部结构示意图。Fig. 5 is a right side view of a cleaning device according to some embodiments of the present specification. Fig. 6 is a disassembled structure diagram of the cleaning device shown in Fig. 5 . FIG. 7 is a partial structural schematic diagram of the cleaning device shown in FIG. 5 .
在一些实施例中,本说明书实施例中的清洁装置100还可以具有图5~7所示的结构形式,图5~7所示的结构与图1~3或图4所示的结构区别主要在于手持吸尘器3的设置位置不同,即图1~3或图4所示的手持吸尘器3设置于机身1远离地面的一端,而图5~7所示的手持吸尘器设置于机身1上与储污箱4的同一侧(例如,机身1的前侧)。In some embodiments, the cleaning device 100 in the embodiments of this specification may also have the structural form shown in Figures 5-7, the difference between the structure shown in Figures 5-7 and the structure shown in Figures 1-3 or Figure 4 is mainly The location of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is different, that is, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 shown in FIGS. The same side of the dirt storage tank 4 (for example, the front side of the fuselage 1).
进一步地,结合图5和图6所示,清洁装置100的机身1可以包括整体呈杆式的杆身11;杆身11的下部可以设置有枢接在地刷2(例如,图35所示的地刷400的连接部420)上的地刷连 接端111,杆身11的上部设置有便于用户手持的手柄端112。Further, as shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 , the body 1 of the cleaning device 100 may include a rod-shaped shaft 11 as a whole; The ground brush connecting end 111 on the connecting portion 420 of the ground brush 400 shown, the upper part of the shaft 11 is provided with a handle end 112 which is convenient for the user to hold.
机身1的前侧单独可拆地安装有手持吸尘器3和储污箱4(例如,储污箱4或300),手持吸尘器3设置在储污箱4的上部;机身1中配置有连通地刷2和储污箱4的第一通道6。关于图5~7所示的清洁装置100的工作原理与图1~3所示的工作原理类似,其相关描述可以参考图1~3及其相关描述,在此不再赘述。The front side of the fuselage 1 is separately and detachably equipped with a hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 and a dirt storage box 4 (for example, the dirt storage box 4 or 300), and the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 is arranged on the top of the dirt storage box 4; The ground brush 2 and the first channel 6 of the dirt storage tank 4. The working principle of the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. 5-7 is similar to the working principle shown in FIGS. 1-3 , for related descriptions, please refer to FIGS. 1-3 and related descriptions, and details will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,如图7所示,机身1可以包括固定座115,固定座115可以相对于机身1的杆身11部分外凸,手持吸尘器3通过固定座115与机身1可拆卸连接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 , the fuselage 1 may include a fixing seat 115 , and the fixing seat 115 may protrude outward relative to the shaft 11 of the fuselage 1 . Disconnect the connection.
在一些实施例中,固定座115设有通孔1151,尘筒组件31中具有进风口310的一端可以与该通孔1151配合连接。这里的配合连接是指尘筒组件31中具有进风口310的一端的形状与通孔1151的形状相适配,使得尘筒组件31可以与通孔1151形成密封的通道,从而可以对来自储污箱4的流体进行处理。除此之外,用户可以直接将插接在固定座115上的手持吸尘器3取出,以便手持吸尘器3的单独使用。通过这样设置,可以兼顾手持吸尘器3与储污箱4间的流体密封性和锁装稳定性。作为示例性说明,如图6所示,手持吸尘器3与储污箱4分别能够密封地、流体相通地接位于通孔1151的顶部、底部;经第一级分离后的流体通过通孔1151进入到手持吸尘器3的进风口310中。In some embodiments, the fixing seat 115 is provided with a through hole 1151 , and the end of the dust cylinder assembly 31 having the air inlet 310 can be matedly connected with the through hole 1151 . The mating connection here means that the shape of the end with the air inlet 310 in the dust cylinder assembly 31 is adapted to the shape of the through hole 1151, so that the dust cylinder assembly 31 can form a sealed passage with the through hole 1151, so that the air from the dust storage can be protected. The fluid in Tank 4 is processed. In addition, the user can directly take out the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 plugged on the fixing seat 115 so as to use the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 alone. By setting in this way, the fluid tightness and locking stability between the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 and the dirt storage tank 4 can be taken into account. As an illustration, as shown in Figure 6, the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 and the dirt storage tank 4 can be connected to the top and bottom of the through hole 1151 in a sealed and fluid communication manner; the fluid after the first stage separation enters through the through hole 1151 into the air inlet 310 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3.
在一些实施例中,储污箱4可以位于固定座115背离手持吸尘器3的一端,储污箱4通过固定座115与机身1可拆卸连接。例如,储污箱4远离地刷2的一端与固定座115中背离手持吸尘器3的一端配合连接,以实现储污箱4与固定座115的可拆卸连接。In some embodiments, the dirt storage box 4 can be located at the end of the fixing seat 115 away from the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 , and the dirt storage box 4 is detachably connected to the main body 1 through the fixing seat 115 . For example, the end of the dirt storage box 4 away from the ground brush 2 is mated with the end of the fixing seat 115 away from the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 , so as to realize the detachable connection between the dirt storage box 4 and the fixing seat 115 .
在一些实施例中,为了提高手持吸尘器3和储污箱4与机身1之间的连接可靠性,机身1可以包括第一锁紧机构113,第一锁紧机构113用于将手持吸尘器3锁定到机身1上。在一些实施例中,机身1可以包括第二锁紧机构114,第二锁紧机构114用于将储污箱4锁定到机身1上。通过设置第一锁紧机构113和第二锁紧机构114,可以实现手持吸尘器3和储污箱4均能相对于机身1单独可拆。在一些实施例中,第一锁紧结构113、第二锁紧结构114可以是锁扣结构、卡扣结构、磁吸结构、粘接结构等中的任意一种。In some embodiments, in order to improve the connection reliability between the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 and the dirt storage tank 4 and the main body 1, the main body 1 may include a first locking mechanism 113, and the first locking mechanism 113 is used to lock the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 is locked to the body 1. In some embodiments, the body 1 may include a second locking mechanism 114 for locking the dirt storage tank 4 to the body 1 . By providing the first locking mechanism 113 and the second locking mechanism 114 , both the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 and the dirt storage tank 4 can be independently detachable relative to the main body 1 . In some embodiments, the first locking structure 113 and the second locking structure 114 may be any one of a locking structure, a buckle structure, a magnetic attraction structure, an adhesive structure, and the like.
如图3所示,为了提升储污箱4的安装稳定性,机身1上还可以包括储污箱支撑座5,储污箱支撑座5可以从储污箱4的底部或侧部对储污箱4进行支撑,从而使储污箱4能够更加稳定地连接于机身1。在一些实施例中,储污箱支撑座5可以设置在机身1的后方。其中,机身1的后方可以是指用户在操作清洁装置100时,机身1朝向用户的一方(例如,图3所示的机身1的右侧)。As shown in Figure 3, in order to improve the installation stability of the dirt storage tank 4, the fuselage 1 can also include a dirt storage tank support seat 5, and the dirt storage tank support base 5 can support the storage tank from the bottom or side of the dirt storage tank 4. The dirt tank 4 is supported, so that the dirt storage tank 4 can be more stably connected to the fuselage 1 . In some embodiments, the dirt storage tank support base 5 can be arranged at the rear of the fuselage 1 . Wherein, the rear of the body 1 may refer to the side where the body 1 faces the user when the user operates the cleaning device 100 (for example, the right side of the body 1 shown in FIG. 3 ).
在一些实施例中,储污箱支撑座5可以被设置成凹槽,其配置在机身1的后方,储污箱4至少大部分容纳在凹槽内部。在一些实施例中,储污箱4有一半以上的体积被安装在凹槽中,这样能够使安装储污箱4后的机身结构比较平顺圆滑,不容易受到磕碰或磕碰到其他物体。In some embodiments, the dirt storage tank support seat 5 can be configured as a groove, which is arranged behind the fuselage 1, and the dirt storage tank 4 is at least mostly accommodated in the groove. In some embodiments, more than half of the volume of the dirt storage tank 4 is installed in the groove, which can make the structure of the fuselage after the dirt storage tank 4 is installed relatively smooth and smooth, and is not easy to be bumped or bumped into other objects.
在一些实施例中,当第二锁紧结构114解锁储污箱4时,储污箱支撑座4的一端能够自动远离机身1,以联动储污箱4与机身1形成一定角度,从而便于用户取出储污箱4。这里的一定角度可以不大于45°。例如,一定角度可以为15°、20°、30°、45°等其他角度。需要注意的是,角度还可以大于45°,例如50°、60°等其它角度。关于角度的具体数值可以根据实际情况进行选取,能够实现用户取出储污箱7以及防止储污箱7中的液体溢出即可。In some embodiments, when the second locking structure 114 unlocks the dirt storage tank 4, one end of the dirt storage tank support seat 4 can automatically move away from the fuselage 1 to form a certain angle between the dirt storage tank 4 and the fuselage 1, thereby It is convenient for the user to take out the dirt storage box 4 . The certain angle here may not be greater than 45°. For example, a certain angle may be other angles such as 15°, 20°, 30°, 45° and the like. It should be noted that the angle may also be greater than 45°, such as 50°, 60° and other angles. The specific value of the angle can be selected according to the actual situation, so that the user can take out the dirt storage tank 7 and prevent the liquid in the dirt storage tank 7 from overflowing.
在一些实施例中,储污箱支撑座5枢接在机身1上,其远离枢接部位的一端构造有呈板块或块状的插头件,储污箱支撑座4和机身1之间设置有弹性件,该弹性件能够相对机身1弹动储污箱支撑座5,使插头件自动远离机身1。例如,在一些实施例中,结合图6和图7所示,储污箱4的一端与固定座115配合连接,储污箱4的另一端与储污箱支撑座5连接,此时,储污箱4的部分侧壁与机身1贴合,弹性件在储污箱4及插头件的作用下处于压缩状态。当用户将储污箱4与固定座115分离时,在弹性件的弹力作用下,插头件远离机身1,同时,插头件也会带动储污箱4远离机身1。在一些实施例中,弹簧件可以包括弹簧、片簧、波纹管等其中的一种或多种。储污箱4上设有能够与插头件对插的插口件41,当插头件转动时,储污箱4能够通过插口件41与插头件连动。例如,插头件在弹性件的作用下远离机身1时,储污箱4随插头件一起远离机身1,这里储污箱4远离机身1的过程可以视为储污箱4的自动摆出。在一些实施例中,也可以调换插头件和插口件位置同样能够达到储污箱4自动摆出的效果。In some embodiments, the dirt storage tank support base 5 is pivotally connected to the fuselage 1, and its end away from the pivot joint is configured with a plate or block-shaped plug, between the dirt storage tank support base 4 and the fuselage 1 An elastic piece is provided, and the elastic piece can bounce the support seat 5 of the dirt storage tank relative to the fuselage 1, so that the plug piece is automatically moved away from the fuselage 1. For example, in some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 , one end of the dirt storage tank 4 is connected with the fixed seat 115, and the other end of the dirt storage tank 4 is connected with the dirt storage tank support base 5. At this time, the dirt storage tank Part of the side wall of the dirt tank 4 is attached to the fuselage 1, and the elastic member is in a compressed state under the action of the dirt storage tank 4 and the plug. When the user separates the dirt storage tank 4 from the fixing seat 115 , under the elastic force of the elastic member, the plug is kept away from the fuselage 1 , and at the same time, the plug will also drive the dirt storage tank 4 away from the fuselage 1 . In some embodiments, the spring member may include one or more of springs, leaf springs, bellows, and the like. The dirt storage tank 4 is provided with a socket 41 that can be inserted into the plug. When the plug rotates, the dirt storage tank 4 can be linked with the plug through the socket 41 . For example, when the plug part is away from the fuselage 1 under the action of the elastic member, the dirt storage tank 4 is away from the fuselage 1 together with the plug piece, and the process that the dirt storage tank 4 is far away from the fuselage 1 can be regarded as the automatic swing of the dirt storage tank 4 out. In some embodiments, the position of the plug part and the socket part can also be exchanged to achieve the effect that the dirt storage tank 4 can be automatically swung out.
当储污箱4中存有液体时,如果自动摆出的角度过大,容易使液体溅出甚至溢出因此储污箱4相对机身1自动摆出的角度可以不大于45°,具体可通过在机身1上安装限位板来限定第二锁紧结构114的最大转动幅度。另外,为了避免自动摆出的过程过于迅速,而导致储污箱4中的液体 晃动猛烈,在一些实施例中,储污箱支撑座5的枢接部位安装有旋转阻尼器。When there is liquid in the dirt storage tank 4, if the angle of automatic swing is too large, it is easy to cause the liquid to splash or even overflow. Therefore, the angle of the dirt storage tank 4 relative to the fuselage 1 can be no more than 45°, specifically through A limiting plate is installed on the fuselage 1 to limit the maximum rotation range of the second locking structure 114 . In addition, in order to avoid the process of automatically swinging out too quickly, causing the liquid in the dirt storage tank 4 to slosh violently, in some embodiments, a rotation damper is installed at the pivot joint of the dirt storage tank support base 5 .
通过在机身1上设置相对其外凸的固定座115,手持吸尘器3的重心及大部分重量均支撑在该固定座115上而并非机身1上,此外在机身1上设置第一锁紧机构113,通过固定座115和第一锁紧结构113的配合即可对手持吸尘器3达到稳定的固定目的。另外,通过在机身1上设置储污箱支撑座5、固定座115和第二锁紧结构114也能够减小机身1与储污箱4的接触面积。By setting a fixed seat 115 protruding relative to it on the body 1, the center of gravity and most of the weight of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 are supported on the fixed seat 115 instead of the body 1. In addition, a first lock is set on the body 1. The tightening mechanism 113, through the cooperation of the fixing seat 115 and the first locking structure 113, can achieve the purpose of stably fixing the handheld vacuum cleaner 3. In addition, the contact area between the fuselage 1 and the dirt storage tank 4 can also be reduced by arranging the dirt storage tank support base 5 , the fixing base 115 and the second locking structure 114 on the fuselage 1 .
本说明书实施例中提供的吸尘器通过固定座115、锁紧结构(例如,第一锁紧结构113、第二锁紧结构114)、储污箱支撑座5等结构实现了手持吸尘器3或储污箱4的固定,可以最大化地降低了对机身1支撑面积的要求,使得杆身11可构造为细长的杆状(简称为细长杆式),从而降低了机身1的整体重量。比如,可将机身的整体重量降低70%以上,且整个机器外观更显简洁清爽。The vacuum cleaner provided in the embodiment of this specification realizes that the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 or the sewage The fixing of the box 4 can minimize the requirement on the supporting area of the fuselage 1, so that the shaft 11 can be configured as a slender rod shape (referred to as a slender rod type), thereby reducing the overall weight of the fuselage 1 . For example, the overall weight of the fuselage can be reduced by more than 70%, and the appearance of the whole machine is more concise and refreshing.
进一步地,细长杆式的杆身11沿其长度方向的横截面积基本无显著变化,可理解的是,为了便于安装锁紧结构等必要附件,其横截面积(即垂直于杆身11的长度方向的截面的面积)必然会有部分变化,此处无显著变化是指杆身11沿长度方向(图3示出的Y方向)的大部分横截面积无显著变化。杆身11的横截面积会具有最小值和最大值,即使最大横截面积也应小于固定座115的平均横截面积、手持吸尘器3的平均横截面积、储污箱4的平均横截面积中的任意一个。其中,固定座115的平均横截面积是指固定座115在杆身11的长度方向上,不同位置的横截面积的平均值。手持吸尘器3的平均横截面积是指手持吸尘器3在杆身11的长度方向上,不同位置的横截面积的平均值。优选地,杆身11的最大横截面积可以小于三者的任一横截面积的一半,以保证杆身11的轻便性。在一些实施例中,杆身11沿前后方向(图7示出的X方向或称为宽度方向)的尺寸U1与机身1沿长度方向(图7所示的Y方向)尺度V1的比值范围可以为0.02~0.06。其中,杆身11沿宽度方向的尺寸U1范围可以为43mm~49mm,杆身11沿长度方向的尺寸V1范围可以为1000mm~1200mm。通过以上设置能够使机身整体轻量化,便于用户手持使用,且能够优化清洁装置100整体尺寸及重量。Further, the cross-sectional area of the shaft 11 of the slender rod type has no significant change along its length direction. The cross-sectional area in the length direction of the shaft 11) will inevitably have some changes, and no significant change here means that most of the cross-sectional area of the shaft 11 along the length direction (Y direction shown in FIG. 3 ) has no significant change. The cross-sectional area of the shaft 11 will have a minimum value and a maximum value, and even the maximum cross-sectional area should be smaller than the average cross-sectional area of the fixing seat 115, the average cross-sectional area of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3, and the average cross-sectional area of the dirt storage tank 4 any of the . Wherein, the average cross-sectional area of the fixing seat 115 refers to an average value of the cross-sectional areas of different positions of the fixing seat 115 in the length direction of the shaft 11 . The average cross-sectional area of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 refers to the average value of cross-sectional areas at different positions of the handheld vacuum cleaner 3 in the length direction of the shaft 11 . Preferably, the maximum cross-sectional area of the shaft 11 may be less than half of any cross-sectional area of the three, so as to ensure the portability of the shaft 11 . In some embodiments, the ratio range of the dimension U1 of the shaft 11 along the front-rear direction (the X direction shown in FIG. 7 or called the width direction) to the dimension V1 of the fuselage 1 along the length direction (the Y direction shown in FIG. 7 ) It can be 0.02-0.06. Wherein, the dimension U1 of the shaft 11 along the width direction may range from 43 mm to 49 mm, and the dimension V1 of the shaft 11 along the length direction may range from 1000 mm to 1200 mm. Through the above settings, the overall weight of the body can be reduced, which is convenient for users to hold and use, and the overall size and weight of the cleaning device 100 can be optimized.
在一些实施例中,固定座115可以近似呈圆环状,固定座115沿宽度方向的最大尺寸(例如,图7中示出的U2)与杆身11沿宽度方向的尺寸U1的比值范围可以为1.8-3,这样能够在保证使用性能的情况下,将固定座115和杆身11的整体宽度设计成尽量小,方便控制杆身11将地刷2较深地伸入到床底中。沿机身1的长度方向进行投影,固定座115投影面积与杆身11投影面积的比值范围为6.5~9。这里的投影面积指的是横截面积外边缘所围成的面积。具体的,固定座115投影面积为55cm 2~80cm 2In some embodiments, the fixing seat 115 can be approximately circular, and the ratio range of the maximum dimension of the fixing seat 115 along the width direction (for example, U2 shown in FIG. 7 ) to the dimension U1 of the shaft 11 along the width direction can be 1.8-3, so that under the condition of ensuring the performance, the overall width of the fixing seat 115 and the shaft 11 can be designed to be as small as possible, so that it is convenient to control the shaft 11 to extend the floor brush 2 deeply into the bottom of the bed. Projecting along the length direction of the fuselage 1 , the ratio of the projected area of the fixing seat 115 to the projected area of the shaft 11 is in the range of 6.5-9. The projected area here refers to the area surrounded by the outer edges of the cross-sectional area. Specifically, the projected area of the fixing seat 115 is 55cm 2 -80cm 2 .
在一些实施例中,参见图1~4所示,储污箱4可以设置在机身1的后侧(即用户在操作清洁装置100时朝向用户的一侧),例如设置在储污箱支撑座5上(例如,凹槽)。在一些实施例中,参见图5~7所示,储污箱4可以设置在机身1的前侧。需要说明的是,本说明书所涉及到诸如“前侧”、“后侧”等前后方位时,在没有特殊说明的情况下,“前侧”可以是指用户在操作清洁装置100时,背离用户的一侧(例如,图4中的左侧),而“后侧”则是面对用户的一侧(例如,图4中的右侧)。例如,如图4所示,箭头A的方向为“后”,与箭头A相反的方向为“前”。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 1 to 4 , the dirt storage tank 4 can be arranged on the rear side of the fuselage 1 (that is, the side facing the user when the user operates the cleaning device 100 ), for example, set on the dirt storage tank support. on the seat 5 (for example, a groove). In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 5-7 , the dirt storage tank 4 may be arranged on the front side of the fuselage 1 . It should be noted that when this specification refers to front and rear orientations such as "front side" and "rear side", unless otherwise specified, "front side" may refer to the direction facing away from the user when operating the cleaning device 100. side (eg, the left side in Figure 4), while the "rear side" is the side that faces the user (eg, the right side in Figure 4). For example, as shown in FIG. 4, the direction of the arrow A is "rear", and the direction opposite to the arrow A is "front".
应当理解的是,图1-图7所提供的清洁装置结构图仅是出于说明目的,并无意限制本申请的范围。对于领域内的技术人员而言,在本申请的指导下可以进行各种变形和修改。而这些变形和修改都将落入本申请的保护范围内。在一些实施例中,图中所示元件的数量、可以根据实际情况进行调整。在一些实施例中,图1-图7中所示的一个或多个元件可以被省略,或者一个或多个其他元件可以被添加或删除。在一些实施例中,一个元件可以被其他能实现类似功能的原件替代。在一些实施例中,一个元件可以拆分成多个子元件,或者多个元件可以合并为单个元件。It should be understood that the structural diagrams of the cleaning device provided in FIGS. 1-7 are for illustration purposes only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present application. For those skilled in the art, various variations and modifications can be made under the guidance of the present application. All these variations and modifications will fall within the protection scope of the present application. In some embodiments, the number of elements shown in the figure can be adjusted according to actual conditions. In some embodiments, one or more elements shown in FIGS. 1-7 may be omitted, or one or more other elements may be added or deleted. In some embodiments, a component may be replaced by another component that performs a similar function. In some embodiments, an element may be split into multiple sub-elements, or multiple elements may be combined into a single element.
下面将结合附图对本说明书实施例中的储污箱进行详细说明。The dirt storage tank in the embodiment of this specification will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图8是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的储污箱的内部结构示意图。图9是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的储污箱的整体结构示意图。Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification. Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification.
在一些实施例中,图1~7所示的清洁装置100中的储污箱4具体可以是如图8和图9所示的储污箱4。In some embodiments, the dirt storage tank 4 in the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. 1-7 may specifically be the dirt storage tank 4 as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 .
结合图8和图9所示的储污箱,储污箱4可以包括箱体201,在箱体201上设置有与地刷连通的第二通道202。作为示例性说明,第二通道202的下端(例如,靠近地面的一端)可以与图2中示出的第一通道6的上端连通,从而实现第二通道202与地刷(例如,图2中示出的地刷2)间的连通。在一些实施例中,第二通道202也被称为污水通道。在一些实施例中,箱体201内可以设置有分隔板203,分隔板203可以将箱体201的内部空间分隔为上部空间204和下部空间205。其 中,上部空间204靠近手持吸尘器3,下部空间205靠近地刷。第二通道202可以从下部空间205向上延伸穿过分隔板203到达上部空间204。在一些实施例中,分隔板203上可以设置有第一孔组231和防逆流结构230,防逆流结构230可以用于允许上部空间204内的污水从第一孔组231进入下部空间205,而阻止下部空间205内的污水从第一孔组231进入上部空间204。进一步地,由第二通道202进入箱体201的上部空间204的污水可至少经由第一孔组231和防逆流结构230进入下部空间205内存储,防逆流结构230可以阻止下部空间205内的污水流过防逆流结构230回流到上部空间204。With reference to the dirt storage tank shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 , the dirt storage tank 4 may include a box body 201 on which a second channel 202 communicating with the floor brush is arranged. As an illustration, the lower end of the second channel 202 (for example, an end close to the ground) can communicate with the upper end of the first channel 6 shown in FIG. The communication between the ground brushes 2) is shown. In some embodiments, the second channel 202 is also referred to as a sewage channel. In some embodiments, a partition plate 203 may be provided inside the box body 201 , and the partition plate 203 may divide the inner space of the box body 201 into an upper space 204 and a lower space 205 . Wherein, the upper space 204 is close to the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3, and the lower space 205 is close to the ground brush. The second channel 202 may extend from the lower space 205 upward through the partition plate 203 to the upper space 204 . In some embodiments, the partition plate 203 may be provided with a first hole group 231 and an anti-backflow structure 230, the anti-backflow structure 230 may be used to allow sewage in the upper space 204 to enter the lower space 205 from the first hole group 231, And prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from entering the upper space 204 from the first hole group 231 . Further, the sewage entering the upper space 204 of the box body 201 from the second channel 202 can at least enter the lower space 205 through the first hole group 231 and the anti-backflow structure 230 for storage, and the anti-backflow structure 230 can prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from Flow back to the upper space 204 through the anti-backflow structure 230 .
在一些实施例中,如图8所示,第二通道202与箱体201可以为一体式结构,例如,可通过注塑一体形成,制造简单方便。在一些实施例中,第二通道202与箱体201也可以为分体式结构,这样在需要时,可将第二通道202从箱体201上拆下来,彻底清洁第二通道202和/或箱体201。在一些实施例中,在第二通道202与箱体201为分体式结构的情况下,两者可以螺纹连接或密封卡接在一起。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8 , the second channel 202 and the box body 201 may be integrally formed, for example, integrally formed by injection molding, which is simple and convenient to manufacture. In some embodiments, the second channel 202 and the box body 201 can also be a split structure, so that when needed, the second channel 202 can be removed from the box body 201 to thoroughly clean the second channel 202 and/or the box. Body 201. In some embodiments, when the second channel 202 and the box body 201 are of a separate structure, the two can be threaded or sealed and snapped together.
在一些实施例中,结合图1~7和图8所示,对于具有储污箱4的清洁装置100,在将机身1(或储污箱4)大体直立时(例如,机身1相对于水平面的角度为90度大于或等于60度时,以下简称为“直立”),污水会被吸入到第二通道202,从第二通道202流入上部空间204,然后经防逆流结构230而从第一孔组231进入下部空间205并存储在下部空间205内。在一些实施例中,第二通道202可以与第一通道6连通,当清洁装置100工作时,地刷2吸入的污水可以依次第一通道6进入到第二通道202内。在一些实施例中,在将机身1(或储污箱4)大幅倾斜时(例如,相对于水平面的角度小于或等于30度,甚至相对于水平面的角度在2度左右,以下简称为“放平”),防逆流结构230会阻止下部空间205内的污水反流经过防逆流结构230而进入上部空间204,从而污水不会流到电机(电机33和/或电机34)处,电机也就不会停转,清洁装置100仍然能正常进行清洁工作。由此,带有储污箱4的清洁装置不但能够将机身1直立使用,而且能够将机身1大幅倾斜,甚至放平使用,这极大地方便了使用者的使用。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 1 to 7 and 8, for a cleaning device 100 with a dirt storage tank 4, when the body 1 (or the dirt storage tank 4) is generally upright (for example, the body 1 is relatively When the angle on the horizontal plane is 90 degrees or greater than or equal to 60 degrees, hereinafter referred to as "upright"), the sewage will be sucked into the second channel 202, flow into the upper space 204 from the second channel 202, and then pass through the anti-backflow structure 230 from The first hole group 231 enters the lower space 205 and is stored in the lower space 205 . In some embodiments, the second channel 202 can communicate with the first channel 6 , and when the cleaning device 100 is working, the sewage sucked by the ground brush 2 can enter the second channel 202 sequentially through the first channel 6 . In some embodiments, when the fuselage 1 (or the sewage storage tank 4) is greatly tilted (for example, the angle relative to the horizontal plane is less than or equal to 30 degrees, or even the angle relative to the horizontal plane is about 2 degrees, hereinafter referred to as " put flat"), the anti-backflow structure 230 will prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from flowing back through the anti-backflow structure 230 and enter the upper space 204, so that the sewage will not flow to the motor (motor 33 and/or motor 34), and the motor will also It will not stall, and the cleaning device 100 can still perform cleaning work normally. Therefore, the cleaning device with the dirt storage tank 4 can not only use the body 1 upright, but also can tilt the body 1 greatly, or even use it flat, which greatly facilitates the use of the user.
在一些实施例中,在图8和9所示的储污箱4中,在箱体201的一端(即靠近手持吸尘器3的一端)具有倾倒污水的开口,该开口处可以设置有盖体216,在盖体216上设置有气体流出通道218。气体流出通道218的入口219可以与上部空间204连通。电机(例如,电机33或电机34)或与电机连接的抽气装置(例如,吸气泵)可以设置在与气体流出通道218的出口221处,以从箱体201内抽气,由此将污水经第二通道202吸入到箱体201内。在一些实施例中,在气体流出通道218的出口221处设置有过滤件(图中未示出)。过滤件可以用于过滤掉夹杂在气体中细小的固体物质(即固体垃圾),防止在电机处产生垃圾堵塞。在一些实施例中,过滤件可以为海帕,以提高过滤效果。在一些实施例中,气体流出通道218的出口221可以与手持吸尘器3连通,使得在箱体201内分离(例如,第一级尘气分离)得到后的气体可以通过气体流出通道218的出口221进入手持吸尘器3的尘筒组件31内进行第二级尘气分离,以得到洁净气体从手持吸尘器3的排风口排出。In some embodiments, in the dirt storage tank 4 shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 , there is an opening for dumping sewage at one end of the tank body 201 (that is, the end close to the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 ), and a cover 216 may be provided at the opening. , a gas outflow channel 218 is provided on the cover 216 . The inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218 may communicate with the upper space 204 . A motor (for example, a motor 33 or a motor 34) or an air extraction device (for example, a suction pump) connected to the motor can be arranged at the outlet 221 of the gas outflow passage 218 to extract air from the casing 201, thereby bringing Sewage is sucked into the box body 201 through the second channel 202 . In some embodiments, a filter element (not shown in the figure) is provided at the outlet 221 of the gas outflow channel 218 . The filter element can be used to filter out fine solid matter (that is, solid waste) contained in the gas, so as to prevent the generation of waste clogging at the motor. In some embodiments, the filter element can be Hypa to improve the filtering effect. In some embodiments, the outlet 221 of the gas outflow channel 218 can communicate with the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3, so that the gas obtained after separation in the box body 201 (for example, first-stage dust-gas separation) can pass through the outlet 221 of the gas outflow channel 218 Enter the dust cylinder assembly 31 of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 for second-stage dust-gas separation, so as to obtain clean air and discharge it from the air outlet of the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 .
在一些实施例中,在气体流出通道218内可以设置有旋风分离结构260。当气体流过旋风分离结构260时,旋风分离结构260会将气体携带的部分固体垃圾分离(例如,第一级分离),其余的固体垃圾再由过滤件过滤掉。在一些实施例中,旋风分离结构260可与盖体216一体形成,通过拆卸盖体216,可以方便对旋风分离结构260单独进行清洁。另外,通过设置旋风分离结构260,减轻了过滤件的工作负担,提高了过滤件的工作寿命,降低了过滤件的维护或更换的频率,方便了用户使用清洁装置100。In some embodiments, a cyclone separation structure 260 may be disposed within the gas outflow channel 218 . When the gas flows through the cyclone separation structure 260, the cyclone separation structure 260 will separate part of the solid waste carried by the gas (for example, first-stage separation), and the rest of the solid waste will be filtered out by the filter element. In some embodiments, the cyclone separation structure 260 can be integrally formed with the cover body 216 , and the cyclone separation structure 260 can be easily cleaned separately by removing the cover body 216 . In addition, by setting the cyclone separation structure 260 , the workload of the filter element is reduced, the working life of the filter element is increased, the frequency of maintenance or replacement of the filter element is reduced, and it is convenient for the user to use the cleaning device 100 .
图10是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的分隔板的结构示意图。如图10所示,在分隔板203上设置有第一孔组231。防逆流结构230包括对应于第一孔组231安装在分隔板203上的防逆阀232。防逆阀232处于下部空间205内并通过第一孔组231与上部空间204连通。另外,分隔板203的边缘的第一部分206可以与箱体201的侧壁密封接触。在一些实施例中,可以在分隔板203的边缘和箱体201的侧壁之间设置密封圈来实现两者的密封接触。通过这种结构,在将机身1放平时,防逆阀232可以阻止下部空间205内的污水流过其而进入上部空间204。另外,分隔板203的边缘和箱体201的侧壁之间的密封也会避免下部空间205内的污水从分隔板203的边缘和箱体201的侧壁之间的缝隙进入上部空间204。通过这样设置,也就可防止污水回到上部空间204而被吸入电机内,清洁装置100也就可以放平使用。此外,在清理储污箱4时,可以将分隔板203从箱体201取出时,第一孔组231会将污水中的固体垃圾过滤出来,即污水存储在箱体201内,而固体垃圾承载在分隔板203上,由此实现固体垃圾与污水分离。之后可将固体垃圾单独倒入垃圾篮中,而将污水 倒入马桶或水槽等排放装置中,从而有效防止马桶或水槽等排放装置堵塞。另外,带有第一孔组231和防逆阀232的分隔板203的结构简单,制造工艺简单且成本较低,便于在清洁装置100中使用。Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a partition according to some embodiments of the present specification. As shown in FIG. 10 , a first hole group 231 is provided on the partition plate 203 . The anti-reverse flow structure 230 includes an anti-reverse valve 232 installed on the partition plate 203 corresponding to the first hole group 231 . The anti-reverse valve 232 is located in the lower space 205 and communicates with the upper space 204 through the first hole group 231 . In addition, the first portion 206 of the edge of the partition 203 may be in sealing contact with the side walls of the box 201 . In some embodiments, a sealing ring may be provided between the edge of the partition plate 203 and the side wall of the box body 201 to realize the sealing contact between the two. Through this structure, when the fuselage 1 is laid flat, the anti-reverse valve 232 can prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from flowing through it and entering the upper space 204 . In addition, the seal between the edge of the dividing plate 203 and the side wall of the box body 201 will also prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from entering the upper space 204 from the gap between the edge of the dividing plate 203 and the side wall of the box body 201 . By setting in this way, it is also possible to prevent the sewage from returning to the upper space 204 and being sucked into the motor, and the cleaning device 100 can be used flat. In addition, when cleaning the dirt storage tank 4, when the partition plate 203 can be taken out from the box body 201, the first hole group 231 will filter out the solid waste in the sewage, that is, the sewage is stored in the box body 201, and the solid waste Carried on the partition plate 203, the separation of solid waste and sewage is realized. The solid waste can then be poured into the waste basket separately, while the sewage can be poured into the drain such as the toilet or sink, thereby effectively preventing the drain such as the toilet or sink from clogging. In addition, the partition plate 203 with the first hole group 231 and the anti-reverse valve 232 has a simple structure, simple manufacturing process and low cost, and is convenient to be used in the cleaning device 100 .
在一些实施例中,第一孔组231可以包括一个或多个第一通孔。在一些实施例中,为了提高污水从上部空间204流入下部空间205的效率,第一孔组231中第一通孔的数量可以在50~200之间。在一些实施例中,为了保证分隔板203的结构强度,第一孔组231中第一通孔的数量可以在70~150之间。在一些实施例中,第一孔组231中第一通孔的数量可以在80~120个之间。In some embodiments, the first hole set 231 may include one or more first through holes. In some embodiments, in order to improve the efficiency of sewage flowing from the upper space 204 into the lower space 205 , the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be between 50-200. In some embodiments, in order to ensure the structural strength of the partition plate 203 , the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be between 70-150. In some embodiments, the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be between 80-120.
在一些实施例中,第一通孔可以为条形孔、圆形孔等具有规则或不规则形状的通孔。优选地,第一通孔为条形孔,条形孔长宽比较大,既能够保证污水通过第一孔组231的效率,又能够有效地防止固体垃圾穿过第一通孔,使分隔板203具有较好的过滤作用。在一些实施例中,当第一通孔为条形孔时,为了保证分隔板203具有较好的过滤作用,固体垃圾不能够通过第一孔组231,条形孔的长宽比可以在0.5~2之间。在一些实施例中,条形孔的长宽比可以在0.7~1.5之间。在一些实施例中,条形孔的长宽比可以在0.8~1.2之间。In some embodiments, the first through hole may be a through hole having a regular or irregular shape, such as a strip hole, a circular hole, or the like. Preferably, the first through hole is a strip hole, and the length and width ratio of the strip hole is large, which can not only ensure the efficiency of sewage passing through the first hole group 231, but also effectively prevent solid waste from passing through the first through hole, so that the partition plate 203 Has a better filtering effect. In some embodiments, when the first through hole is a strip hole, in order to ensure that the partition plate 203 has a better filtering effect, solid waste cannot pass through the first hole group 231, and the aspect ratio of the strip hole can be between Between 0.5 and 2. In some embodiments, the aspect ratio of the strip-shaped holes may be between 0.7 and 1.5. In some embodiments, the aspect ratio of the strip-shaped holes may be between 0.8 and 1.2.
在一些实施例中,第一孔组231中的第一通孔的面积可以为80mm 2~100mm 2,这样既能保证污水通过第一孔组231的效率有所提升,又能较好地阻挡固体垃圾,起到较好的过滤作用。在一些实施例中,第一孔组231中的第一通孔的面积可以为85mm 2~100mm 2。第一孔组231中的第一通孔的面积可以为90mm 2~100mm 2。在一些实施例中,第一孔组231中的第一通孔的面积可以为98mm 2,这样能够更好地提升污水通过第一孔组231的效率并阻挡固体垃圾。 In some embodiments, the area of the first through holes in the first hole group 231 can be 80 mm 2 -100 mm 2 , which can not only ensure that the efficiency of sewage passing through the first hole group 231 is improved, but also better block Solid waste, play a better filtering role. In some embodiments, the area of the first through hole in the first hole group 231 may be 85mm 2 -100mm 2 . The area of the first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 90mm 2 -100mm 2 . In some embodiments, the area of the first through hole in the first hole group 231 may be 98 mm 2 , which can better improve the efficiency of sewage passing through the first hole group 231 and block solid waste.
由于第一孔组231设置于分隔板203上,第一孔组231在分隔板203上的面积占比(即第一孔组231中第一通孔的总面积与分隔板203的面积之间的比值)与分隔板203的结构强度相关。为了保证分隔板203具有较好的结构强度,且污水通过第一孔组231具有较高的效率,在一些实施例中,第一孔组231在分隔板203上的面积占比可以在0.1~0.5之间。在一些实施例中,第一孔组231在分隔板203上的面积占比可以在0.1~0.4之间。在一些实施例中,第一孔组231在分隔板203上的面积占比可以在0.2~0.3之间。Since the first hole group 231 is arranged on the dividing plate 203, the area ratio of the first hole group 231 on the dividing plate 203 (that is, the total area of the first through holes in the first hole group 231 and the area ratio of the dividing plate 203 The ratio between the areas) is related to the structural strength of the partition plate 203 . In order to ensure that the partition plate 203 has a better structural strength and that the sewage passes through the first hole group 231 with a higher efficiency, in some embodiments, the area ratio of the first hole group 231 on the partition plate 203 can be between Between 0.1 and 0.5. In some embodiments, the area ratio of the first hole group 231 on the partition plate 203 may be between 0.1˜0.4. In some embodiments, the area ratio of the first hole group 231 on the partition plate 203 may be between 0.2-0.3.
在一些实施例中,为了能够方便地将分隔板203从箱体201中取出,分隔板203可拆卸地安装在箱体201内。在一些实施例中,如图10所示,在分隔板203上设置有提手207,提手207朝向箱体201的开口(即设置有盖体216的一端)延伸。这样可以在清理储污箱4时,用户可以通过上提提手207方便地将分隔板203从箱体201内提出,同时也会将承载在分隔板203上的固体垃圾从箱体201内取出,从而实现了固体垃圾与污水的分离。在一些实施例中,分隔板203也可以与盖体216直接相连。这样在取下盖体216时,同时会取出分隔板203。这样可以防止在倾倒储污箱4内的污水时,因忘记取下分隔板203而造成污水与固体垃圾再次混合的状况。In some embodiments, in order to take out the partition board 203 from the box body 201 conveniently, the partition board 203 is detachably installed in the box body 201 . In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 10 , a handle 207 is disposed on the partition plate 203 , and the handle 207 extends toward the opening of the box body 201 (ie, the end where the cover body 216 is disposed). In this way, when the dirt storage tank 4 is cleaned, the user can easily lift the partition plate 203 from the casing 201 by lifting the handle 207, and at the same time, the solid waste carried on the partition plate 203 will be removed from the casing 201. It can be taken out from inside, so as to realize the separation of solid waste and sewage. In some embodiments, the partition plate 203 may also be directly connected to the cover body 216 . In this way, when the cover body 216 is removed, the partition plate 203 will be taken out at the same time. Can prevent like this when dumping the sewage in the sewage storage tank 4, because forgetting to take off the separating plate 203 causes the situation that sewage and solid waste mix again.
在一些实施例中,分隔板203可以包括弧面板。在一些实施例中,分隔板203可以是朝向下部空间凸出的弧面板,第一孔组231可以偏离分隔板203的最低点。其中,分隔板203的最低点可以是指分隔板203的上表面或下表面上与地刷2距离最小的位置。第一孔组231偏离分隔板203的最低点可以理解为第一孔组231的位置与分隔板203的最低点在分隔板203的径向上存在有间距。通过将分隔板203设置成凸出的弧面板,可以使得固体垃圾会集中在分隔板203的最低点,从而减小第一孔组231被固体垃圾堵塞的几率,这进一步方便了用户使用清洁装置100。In some embodiments, the divider panel 203 may include an arc panel. In some embodiments, the partition plate 203 may be a curved panel protruding toward the lower space, and the first hole group 231 may deviate from the lowest point of the partition plate 203 . Wherein, the lowest point of the partition plate 203 may refer to the position on the upper or lower surface of the partition plate 203 with the smallest distance from the floor brush 2 . The deviation of the first hole group 231 from the lowest point of the partition plate 203 may mean that there is a distance between the position of the first hole group 231 and the lowest point of the partition plate 203 in the radial direction of the partition plate 203 . By setting the partition plate 203 as a protruding arc panel, the solid waste can be concentrated at the lowest point of the partition plate 203, thereby reducing the probability of the first hole group 231 being blocked by solid waste, which further facilitates the use of users Cleaning device 100 .
在一些实施例中,继续参见图10所示,在分隔板203上还设置有第二孔组210,第二孔组210将上部空间204和下部空间205自由贯通。在使用过程中,污水可以经第一孔组231流入下部空间205中,而且下部空间205内的空气可以经第二孔组210流到上部空间204并进而被电机(例如,电机34)抽走,从而可以增大上部空间204和下部空间205之间的压差,使得污水可顺畅地从上部空间204流到下部空间205内。在一些实施例中,上部空间204内的部分污水可以从第二孔组210流入下部空间205。因此,第二孔组210也能起到过滤污水中的固体垃圾的作用。在一些实施例中,第二孔组210可以与第一孔组231在分隔板203的周向上偏离。在一些实施例中,第二孔组210与第一孔组231在分隔板203的周向上偏离可以理解为第二孔组210与第一孔组231在分隔板203的周向上存在有间距。其中,分隔板203的周向可以是指沿分隔板203的边缘方向。通过这样设置,可以在放平使用清洁装置100时,防逆阀232关闭,下部空间205内的污水水位会低于第二孔组210,使得下部空间205内的污水也不会经第二孔组210流到上部空间204。在一些实施例中,第一孔组231可以与第二孔组210径向相对。在一些实施例中,第一孔组231与第二孔组210径向相对可以理解为第一孔组231和第二孔组210在分隔板203径向上的位置关于分隔板203的几何中心成中心对称。这样可以保证第一孔组231和第二孔组210在分隔板203周向上的间距较大,即使下部 空间205内有较多的污水的情况下,污水的水位也不会高于第二孔组210,确保下部空间205内的污水也不会经第二孔组210流入上部空间204。这进一步方便了用户使用清洁装置100。在一些实施例中,第二孔组210可以包括一个或多个第二通孔。为了保证污水通过第二孔组210的效率有所提升,同时又能较好地阻挡固体垃圾,起到较好的过滤作用,在一些实施例中,第二孔组210中的第二通孔的面积可以为350mm 2~400mm 2。在一些实施例中,第二孔组210中的第二通孔的面积可以为360mm 2~390mm 2。在一些实施例中,第二孔组210中的第二通孔的面积可以为370mm 2~380mm 2。在一些实施例中,第二孔组210中的第二通孔的面积可以为376mm 2,这样能够更好地提升污水通过第二孔组210的效率并阻挡固体垃圾。 In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 10 , a second hole group 210 is further provided on the partition plate 203 , and the second hole group 210 freely passes through the upper space 204 and the lower space 205 . During use, sewage can flow into the lower space 205 through the first hole group 231, and the air in the lower space 205 can flow to the upper space 204 through the second hole group 210 and then be sucked away by the motor (for example, the motor 34) , so that the pressure difference between the upper space 204 and the lower space 205 can be increased, so that the sewage can flow from the upper space 204 to the lower space 205 smoothly. In some embodiments, part of the sewage in the upper space 204 can flow into the lower space 205 from the second hole group 210 . Therefore, the second hole group 210 can also function to filter solid waste in sewage. In some embodiments, the second hole group 210 may deviate from the first hole group 231 in the circumferential direction of the partition plate 203 . In some embodiments, the deviation between the second hole group 210 and the first hole group 231 in the circumferential direction of the partition plate 203 can be understood as the existence of a gap between the second hole group 210 and the first hole group 231 in the circumferential direction of the partition plate 203 spacing. Wherein, the circumferential direction of the partition plate 203 may refer to the direction along the edge of the partition plate 203 . By setting in this way, when the cleaning device 100 is used in a flat position, the anti-reverse valve 232 is closed, and the water level of the sewage in the lower space 205 will be lower than the second hole group 210, so that the sewage in the lower space 205 will not pass through the second hole. Group 210 flows to headspace 204 . In some embodiments, the first hole set 231 may be diametrically opposite the second hole set 210 . In some embodiments, the fact that the first hole group 231 is radially opposite to the second hole group 210 can be understood as the position of the first hole group 231 and the second hole group 210 in the radial direction of the partition plate 203 relative to the geometry of the partition plate 203 The center is centrosymmetric. This can ensure that the distance between the first hole group 231 and the second hole group 210 in the circumferential direction of the partition plate 203 is relatively large, even if there is more sewage in the lower space 205, the water level of the sewage will not be higher than that of the second hole group. The hole group 210 ensures that the sewage in the lower space 205 will not flow into the upper space 204 through the second hole group 210 . This further facilitates the user to use the cleaning device 100 . In some embodiments, the second hole set 210 may include one or more second through holes. In order to ensure that the efficiency of sewage passing through the second hole group 210 is improved, and at the same time, it can better block solid waste and play a better filtering role. In some embodiments, the second through holes in the second hole group 210 The area can be 350mm 2 -400mm 2 . In some embodiments, the area of the second through holes in the second hole group 210 may be 360 mm 2 -390 mm 2 . In some embodiments, the area of the second through holes in the second hole group 210 may be 370 mm 2 -380 mm 2 . In some embodiments, the area of the second through holes in the second hole group 210 may be 376 mm 2 , which can better improve the efficiency of sewage passing through the second hole group 210 and block solid waste.
为了保证分隔板203具有较好的结构强度,且污水通过第二孔组210具有较高的效率,在一些实施例中,第二孔组210在分隔板203的面积占比(即第二孔组210中第二通孔的总面积与分隔板203的面积之间的比值)可以在0.01~0.2之间。在一些实施例中,第二孔组210在分隔板203的面积占比可以在0.02~0.1之间。在一些实施例中,第二孔组210在分隔板203的面积占比可以在0.05~0.08之间。In order to ensure that the partition plate 203 has a better structural strength and that sewage has a higher efficiency through the second hole group 210, in some embodiments, the area ratio of the second hole group 210 to the partition plate 203 (that is, the first The ratio between the total area of the second through holes in the two-hole group 210 and the area of the partition plate 203 ) may be between 0.01˜0.2. In some embodiments, the area ratio of the second hole group 210 to the partition plate 203 may be between 0.02˜0.1. In some embodiments, the area ratio of the second hole group 210 to the partition plate 203 may be between 0.05˜0.08.
在一些实施例中,第二孔组210中的第二通孔可以与第一孔组231中的第一通孔具有相同或不同的形状、数量等。在一些实施例中,关于对第二孔组210中的第二通孔的数量、形状的更多描述可以参考对第一孔组231中的第一通孔的数量、形状的相关描述,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the second through holes in the second hole group 210 may have the same or different shape, number, etc. from the first through holes in the first hole group 231 . In some embodiments, for more descriptions about the number and shape of the second through holes in the second hole group 210, reference may be made to the relevant description about the number and shape of the first through holes in the first hole group 231, in This will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,为了在倾斜或放平使用清洁装置100时,防止污水从下部空间205中流到上部空间204,也可以分隔板203上仅设置第二孔组210而不设置第一孔组,在这种情况下,只要将清洁装置100设置为不朝向第二孔组210的方向倾斜即可。例如,当第二孔组210设置在分隔板203上靠近箱体201前侧时,清洁装置100在使用时便可向后侧倾斜。在一些实施例中,在分隔板203被设置成弧面板的情况下,第二孔组210也可以偏离分隔板203的最低点。这样可以减小第二孔组210被固体垃圾堵塞的几率,从而方便用户使用清洁装置100。In some embodiments, in order to prevent sewage from flowing from the lower space 205 to the upper space 204 when the cleaning device 100 is used tilted or flat, only the second hole group 210 may be set on the partition plate 203 without the first hole In this case, as long as the cleaning device 100 is arranged not to be inclined toward the direction of the second hole group 210 . For example, when the second hole group 210 is disposed on the partition plate 203 near the front side of the box body 201 , the cleaning device 100 can be tilted to the rear side during use. In some embodiments, when the partition plate 203 is configured as an arc panel, the second hole group 210 may deviate from the lowest point of the partition plate 203 . In this way, the probability of the second hole group 210 being blocked by solid waste can be reduced, thereby facilitating the user to use the cleaning device 100 .
在一些实施例中,继续参见图10所示,沿分隔板203的周向直立可以设置有挡壁211,挡壁211至少可以延伸到上部空间204内。在将分隔板203从箱体201提出时,挡壁211可以防止固体垃圾从分隔板203的边缘掉落到箱体201内。在一些实施例中,挡壁211上可以设置沥水孔,这样不但可以防止固体垃圾掉落,还可以使得残留在分隔板203上的污水也可以通过沥水孔排出到箱体201内,从而提高固体垃圾与污水的分离效果。在一些实施例中,可沿分隔板203的周向直立设置支架212,然后在支架212设置滤网213,过滤网213可以起到沥水孔的作用,由此形成上述带有沥水孔的挡壁211。在一些实施例中,在分隔板203设置有挡壁211的情况下,提手207可以与挡壁211相连,也可以与挡壁211一体成型(例如,提手207可以是支架212向上延伸的一部分),这里不再赘述。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 10 , a blocking wall 211 may be erected along the circumferential direction of the partition plate 203 , and the blocking wall 211 may at least extend into the upper space 204 . When the partition board 203 is lifted out of the box body 201 , the blocking wall 211 can prevent solid waste from falling into the box body 201 from the edge of the partition board 203 . In some embodiments, drain holes can be set on the retaining wall 211, which not only prevents solid waste from falling, but also allows the sewage remaining on the partition plate 203 to be discharged into the box body 201 through the drain holes, thereby improving Separation effect of solid waste and sewage. In some embodiments, the support 212 can be erected along the circumference of the partition plate 203, and then the filter screen 213 can be provided on the support 212. The filter screen 213 can play the role of drain holes, thus forming the above-mentioned barrier with drain holes. wall 211. In some embodiments, when the partition plate 203 is provided with a blocking wall 211, the handle 207 can be connected to the blocking wall 211, or can be integrally formed with the blocking wall 211 (for example, the handle 207 can be extended upward by the bracket 212 part), which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,继续参见图9和10所示,在分隔板203上还设置有装配孔214。装配孔214偏离第一孔组231和第二孔组210,即装配孔214与第一孔组231和第二孔组210之间在分隔板203的径向上存在间距。第二通道202可以是管道结构,第二通道202可以从下部空间205向上延伸穿过装配孔214到达上部空间204。这样可方便地将分隔板203装配到箱体201内。在一些实施例中,装配孔214与第二通道202为密封接触(例如,可在装配孔214的边缘和第二通道202之间设置密封圈),防止装配孔214的边缘与第二通道202之间存在间隙,以避免在放平清洁装置100时,防止污水从下部空间205通过装配孔214的边缘与第二通道202之间的间隙流到上部空间204。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 9 and 10 , an assembly hole 214 is also provided on the partition plate 203 . The assembly holes 214 deviate from the first hole group 231 and the second hole group 210 , that is, there is a gap between the assembly holes 214 and the first hole group 231 and the second hole group 210 in the radial direction of the partition plate 203 . The second channel 202 may be a pipe structure, and the second channel 202 may extend upward from the lower space 205 through the fitting hole 214 to the upper space 204 . In this way, the partition plate 203 can be assembled into the box body 201 conveniently. In some embodiments, the assembly hole 214 is in sealing contact with the second channel 202 (for example, a sealing ring can be provided between the edge of the assembly hole 214 and the second channel 202), preventing the edge of the assembly hole 214 from contacting the second channel 202. There is a gap between them to prevent sewage from flowing from the lower space 205 to the upper space 204 through the gap between the edge of the assembly hole 214 and the second channel 202 when the cleaning device 100 is laid flat.
在一些实施例中,第二通道202也可以被设置为其污水开口在箱体201的侧壁上并且与上部空间204连通。其中,污水开口可以理解为污水沿第二通道202进入箱体201(上部空间204)的开口。在一个未示出的实施例中,在箱体201的顶部设置有顶壁,在顶壁上开设有用于倾倒污水的开口,盖体216可以盖在该开口上;在这种情况下,第二通道202的污水开口则开设在箱体201的顶壁上并且与上部空间204连通。In some embodiments, the second channel 202 can also be configured such that the sewage is opened on the side wall of the box body 201 and communicates with the upper space 204 . Wherein, the sewage opening can be understood as an opening through which sewage enters the box body 201 (upper space 204 ) along the second channel 202 . In an embodiment not shown, a top wall is provided on the top of the box body 201, and an opening for pouring sewage is provided on the top wall, and the cover body 216 can be covered on the opening; in this case, the first The sewage opening of the second channel 202 is opened on the top wall of the box body 201 and communicates with the upper space 204 .
在一些实施例中,参见图10所示,沿装配孔214的侧边可以设置有环形挡板215,环形挡板215可以延伸到上部空间204内。通过这种结构,第二通道202可以延伸穿过环形挡板215所形成的环形空间,使得分隔板203与第二通道202之间的连接更加可靠。这样可以在倾斜或放平清洁装置100时,防止分隔板203相对于第二通道202的轴线方向之间的角度发生变化,即使得分隔板203(连同挡壁211)在箱体201内不会发生歪斜,分隔板203上的防逆流结构230也就仍保持在其原位置,由此可保证污水不会经由防逆流结构230从下部空间205流出。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 10 , an annular baffle 215 may be provided along a side of the mounting hole 214 , and the annular baffle 215 may extend into the upper space 204 . With this structure, the second channel 202 can extend through the annular space formed by the annular baffle 215 , so that the connection between the partition plate 203 and the second channel 202 is more reliable. In this way, when the cleaning device 100 is tilted or laid flat, the angle between the dividing plate 203 relative to the axial direction of the second channel 202 is prevented from changing, that is, the dividing plate 203 (together with the blocking wall 211) does not move in the casing 201. In case of skewing, the anti-backflow structure 230 on the partition plate 203 remains in its original position, thereby ensuring that the sewage will not flow out from the lower space 205 through the anti-backflow structure 230 .
图11是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的防逆阀的结构示意图。在一些实施例中,如图11 所示,防逆阀232可以包括接头233和柔性的阀体234。其中,接头233设置在阀体234的入口处。在一些实施例中,阀体234的出口的截面在第二方向的尺寸可以大于其在第三方向的尺寸。其中,第二方向与第三方向垂直。也就是说,阀体234可以为扁口阀体。仅作为示例,阀体234的出口的截面可以为矩形,阀体234在第二方向的尺寸可以是指矩形的长度,阀体234在第三方向的尺寸可以是指该矩形的宽度。在一些实施例中,接头233和阀体234可以是通过注塑、3D打印等一体成型方式形成的一体式结构,也可以是分体式结构,然后通过胶接、卡接等连接方式装配形成的防逆阀232。在一些实施例中,接头233对应于第一孔组231安装在分隔板203上。在一些实施例中,为了便于防逆阀232的安装,在图8所示的储污箱4中,可以在分隔板203的下表面(靠近地刷2的表面)上对应于第一孔组231设置导管208,接头233可以连接在导管208上,以实现防逆阀232与分隔板203的连接。在一些实施例中,接头233可以具有弹性,以方便地套接在导管208上,再选择性地用卡箍等固定件固定。在一些实施例中,接头233与导管208也可以通过法兰连接在一起。在一些实施例中,接头233与导管208也可以通过螺纹连接的方式连接在一起。例如,接头233内设置有内螺纹,导管208的外表面上设置有与上述内螺纹适配的外螺纹,通过螺纹拧紧的方式便可将接头233与导管208连接在一起。需要说明的是,上述将防逆阀232安装到分隔板203上的方式仅用于示例,并无意于对其进行限制。也可使用其他方法(例如,胶接、卡接等)将防逆阀232安装在分隔板203上,这里不再赘述。Fig. 11 is a schematic structural view of the anti-reverse valve according to some embodiments of the present specification. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11 , the anti-reverse valve 232 may include a joint 233 and a flexible valve body 234 . Wherein, the joint 233 is arranged at the inlet of the valve body 234 . In some embodiments, the dimension of the cross-section of the outlet of the valve body 234 in the second direction may be larger than its dimension in the third direction. Wherein, the second direction is perpendicular to the third direction. That is to say, the valve body 234 may be a flat valve body. As an example only, the cross section of the outlet of the valve body 234 may be rectangular, the dimension of the valve body 234 in the second direction may refer to the length of the rectangle, and the dimension of the valve body 234 in the third direction may refer to the width of the rectangle. In some embodiments, the joint 233 and the valve body 234 can be an integral structure formed by injection molding, 3D printing, etc., or can be a split structure, and then assembled by gluing, clamping, etc. to form an anti-corrosion structure. Inverse valve 232 . In some embodiments, the joint 233 is installed on the partition plate 203 corresponding to the first hole set 231 . In some embodiments, in order to facilitate the installation of the anti-reverse valve 232, in the dirt storage tank 4 shown in FIG. The group 231 is provided with a conduit 208 , and a joint 233 can be connected to the conduit 208 to realize the connection between the anti-reverse valve 232 and the partition plate 203 . In some embodiments, the joint 233 can be elastic, so as to be conveniently sleeved on the catheter 208, and then selectively fixed with a fixing member such as a clamp. In some embodiments, the joint 233 and the conduit 208 may also be flanged together. In some embodiments, the joint 233 and the conduit 208 may also be connected together by screwing. For example, the joint 233 is provided with an internal thread, and the outer surface of the conduit 208 is provided with an external thread adapted to the above-mentioned internal thread, and the joint 233 and the conduit 208 can be connected together by screwing. It should be noted that, the above manner of installing the anti-reverse valve 232 on the partition plate 203 is only for example, and is not intended to limit it. The anti-reverse valve 232 can also be installed on the partition plate 203 by other methods (for example, adhesive bonding, clamping, etc.), which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,防逆流结构230可以仅包括对应于第一孔组231中的所有第一通孔安装于分隔板230上的一个防逆阀232。作为示例性说明,分隔板203的下表面对应于第一孔组231设置有一个导管208,该导管208的一端与防逆阀232的接头233连接,该导管208的另一端与分隔板230的下表面连接,且该导管208的另一端与第一孔组231中的所有第一通孔对接,使得来自于上部空间204的污水从所有第一通孔后能够进入到同一个防逆阀。在一些实施例中,防逆流结构230可以包括分别对应于第一孔组231中的一个或以上第一通孔安装于分隔板203上的多个防逆阀232。作为示例性说明,分隔板230的下表面对应于第一孔组231设置有多个导管208,多个导管208的一端分别与多个防逆阀232的接头233连接。其中,多个导管208的另一端均与分隔板230的下表面连接,且多个导管208中每个导管208的另一端与第一孔组231中的一个或以上第一通孔对接,使得来自于上部空间204的污水从一个或以上第一通孔后能够进入对应的防逆阀232内。In some embodiments, the anti-backflow structure 230 may only include one anti-backflow valve 232 installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to all the first through holes in the first hole group 231 . As an illustration, the lower surface of the partition plate 203 is provided with a conduit 208 corresponding to the first hole group 231, one end of the conduit 208 is connected with the joint 233 of the anti-reverse valve 232, and the other end of the conduit 208 is connected with the partition plate. 230 is connected to the lower surface, and the other end of the conduit 208 is docked with all the first through holes in the first hole group 231, so that the sewage from the upper space 204 can enter the same anti-reversal through all the first through holes. valve. In some embodiments, the anti-backflow structure 230 may include a plurality of anti-backflow valves 232 installed on the partition plate 203 respectively corresponding to one or more first through holes in the first hole group 231 . As an example, the lower surface of the partition plate 230 is provided with a plurality of conduits 208 corresponding to the first hole group 231 , and one end of the plurality of conduits 208 is respectively connected to joints 233 of a plurality of anti-reverse valves 232 . Wherein, the other ends of the plurality of conduits 208 are all connected to the lower surface of the partition plate 230, and the other end of each conduit 208 in the plurality of conduits 208 is docked with one or more first through holes in the first hole group 231, The sewage from the upper space 204 can enter the corresponding anti-reverse valve 232 through one or more first through holes.
在一些实施例中,防逆流结构230中的防逆阀232的数量可以根据第一孔组231中的第一通孔数量来设置。在一些实施例中,防逆流结构230中的防逆阀232的数量和第一孔组231中的第一通孔的数量间的比值可以为1:1,即防逆流结构230中的每个防逆阀分别对应第一孔组中的一个第一通孔安装于分隔板230上。在一些实施例中,防逆流结构230中的防逆阀232的数量和第一孔组231中的第一通孔的数量间的比值可以为1:2,即防逆流结构230中的每个防逆阀分别对应第一孔组中的两个第一通孔安装于分隔板230上。在一些实施例中,防逆流结构230中的防逆阀232的数量和第一孔组231中的第一通孔的数量间的比值可以为1:4,即防逆流结构230中的每个防逆阀分别对应第一孔组中的四个第一通孔安装于分隔板230上。在一些实施例中,防逆流结构230中的防逆阀232的数量和第一孔组231中的第一通孔的数量间的比值可以为1:5,即防逆流结构230中的每个防逆阀分别对应第一孔组中的五个第一通孔安装于分隔板230上。在一些实施例中,防逆流结构230中的防逆阀232的数量和第一孔组231中的第一通孔的数量间的比值可以为1:10,即防逆流结构230中的每个防逆阀分别对应第一孔组中的十个第一通孔安装于分隔板230上。可以理解地,防逆流结构230中的防逆阀232的数量和第一孔组231中的第一通孔的数量间的比值也可以为其他数值。In some embodiments, the number of anti-reverse valves 232 in the anti-reverse flow structure 230 can be set according to the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 . In some embodiments, the ratio between the number of anti-backflow valves 232 in the anti-backflow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 1:1, that is, each of the anti-backflow structure 230 The anti-reverse valves are respectively installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to one of the first through holes in the first hole group. In some embodiments, the ratio between the number of anti-backflow valves 232 in the anti-backflow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 1:2, that is, each of the anti-backflow structure 230 The anti-reverse valves are respectively installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to the two first through holes in the first hole group. In some embodiments, the ratio between the number of anti-backflow valves 232 in the anti-backflow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 1:4, that is, each of the anti-backflow structure 230 The anti-reverse valves are respectively installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to the four first through holes in the first hole group. In some embodiments, the ratio between the number of anti-backflow valves 232 in the anti-backflow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 1:5, that is, each of the anti-backflow structure 230 The anti-reverse valves are respectively installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to the five first through holes in the first hole group. In some embodiments, the ratio between the number of anti-backflow valves 232 in the anti-backflow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 may be 1:10, that is, each of the anti-backflow structure 230 The anti-reverse valves are respectively installed on the partition plate 230 corresponding to the ten first through holes in the first hole group. It can be understood that the ratio between the number of anti-reverse valves 232 in the anti-reverse flow structure 230 and the number of first through holes in the first hole group 231 can also be other values.
在一些实施例中,当接头233为弹性的情况下时,接头233也可以由与阀体234相同的材料制成。在一些实施例中,阀体234的外表面可以被设置成平面235,平面235会在外界环境的压力下而使阀体234关闭(即扁口闭合)。在直立使用清洁装置100时,如图12所示,来自于上部空间204的污水通过第一孔组231、导管208进入阀体234内,污水的压力P1作用在阀体234上,并将阀体234撑开(即扁口张开),污水则可以流入下部空间205内存储。在放平使用清洁装置100时,如图13所示,下部空间205内的污水的压力P2作用在阀体234的平面235上,阀体234受压,使得阀体234关闭,这样就可以阻止下部空间205内的污水从阀体234流出。此时,暂存在上部空间204中水集中在分隔板203处,远离气体流出通道218的入口219,而且水量很少,不会被从箱体201中抽出,由此极大地降低了电机停转或损坏的概率。在一些实施例中,在放平使用清洁装置100时,如果下部空间205内没有或仅有少量污水而不足以致使防逆阀232关闭,吸入的污水也会 暂存在上部空间204并靠近分隔板203(部分污水可能会流入下部空间205),不会被从箱体201中抽出,由此电机不会停转或损坏。In some embodiments, when the joint 233 is elastic, the joint 233 can also be made of the same material as the valve body 234 . In some embodiments, the outer surface of the valve body 234 can be configured as a flat surface 235 , and the flat surface 235 will make the valve body 234 close (ie, the flat mouth is closed) under the pressure of the external environment. When the cleaning device 100 is used upright, as shown in Figure 12, the sewage from the upper space 204 enters the valve body 234 through the first hole group 231 and the conduit 208, and the pressure P1 of the sewage acts on the valve body 234, and the valve The body 234 is stretched (that is, the flat mouth is opened), and the sewage can flow into the lower space 205 for storage. When the cleaning device 100 is used in a flat position, as shown in Figure 13, the pressure P2 of the sewage in the lower space 205 acts on the plane 235 of the valve body 234, and the valve body 234 is pressurized so that the valve body 234 is closed, thus preventing The sewage in the lower space 205 flows out from the valve body 234 . At this time, the water temporarily stored in the upper space 204 is concentrated at the partition plate 203, away from the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218, and the amount of water is very small, so it will not be drawn out from the box body 201, thus greatly reducing the motor stoppage. Probability of rotation or damage. In some embodiments, when the cleaning device 100 is used flat, if there is no or only a small amount of sewage in the lower space 205 and it is not enough to cause the anti-reverse valve 232 to close, the sucked sewage will also be temporarily stored in the upper space 204 and close to the partition. The plate 203 (part of the sewage may flow into the lower space 205), will not be drawn out from the box 201, thus the motor will not stall or be damaged.
在一些实施例中,如图14所示,防逆阀232还可以是对应于第一孔组231设置在分隔板203下表面上的弹性阀片236。其中,弹性阀片236可以与分隔板203贴合并覆盖在在第一孔组231上,以封闭第一孔组231,使得上部空间204和下部空间205不能通过第一孔组231连通。当直立使用清洁装置100时,在上部空间204的污水的压力的作用下,弹性阀片236朝向下部空间205推开(如图14中的虚线所表示的是被推开后的弹性阀片236),污水可以通过第一孔组231流入下部空间205内存储。在将清洁装置100放平时,下部空间205内的污水可以将弹性阀片236压紧在分隔板203上并将第一孔组231封闭,这就阻止下部空间205内的污水经第一孔组231流出。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 14 , the anti-reverse valve 232 can also be an elastic valve plate 236 disposed on the lower surface of the partition plate 203 corresponding to the first hole group 231 . Wherein, the elastic valve sheet 236 can fit the partition plate 203 and cover the first hole set 231 to close the first hole set 231 so that the upper space 204 and the lower space 205 cannot communicate through the first hole set 231 . When the cleaning device 100 is used upright, under the pressure of the sewage in the upper space 204, the elastic valve plate 236 is pushed away towards the lower space 205 (as shown by the dotted line in Figure 14 is the elastic valve plate 236 after being pushed away ), the sewage can flow into the lower space 205 through the first hole group 231 for storage. When the cleaning device 100 is put down, the sewage in the lower space 205 can press the elastic valve plate 236 on the partition plate 203 and close the first hole group 231, which prevents the sewage in the lower space 205 from passing through the first hole Group 231 flows out.
由上述可知,为了保证污水在通过防逆阀232而污水位于上部空间204内时,防逆阀232能够充分打开(例如,阀体234撑开或弹性阀片236朝向下部空间205推开),使得污水能够从上部空间204流入下部空间205,而在污水流入下部空间205后,防逆阀232能够完全关闭(例如,阀体234关闭或弹性阀片236与分隔板203贴合以封闭第一孔组231),使得下部空间205内的污水不会回流至上部空间204,阀体234或弹性阀片236需要具有较好的弹性变形的能力。为了保证阀体234或弹性阀片236具有较好的弹性变形的能力,在一些实施例中,用于制作阀体234或弹性阀片236的材料可以是橡胶、硅胶等。在一些实施例中,阀体234或弹性阀片236可以采用邵氏硬度D在20度~80度之间的橡胶制成。在一些实施例中,阀体234或弹性阀片236可以采用邵氏硬度D在40度~80度之间的橡胶制成。在一些实施例中,阀体234或弹性阀片236可以采用邵氏硬度D在60度~70度之间的橡胶制成。在一些实施例中,阀体234或弹性阀片236可以采用邵氏硬度D为35度的硅胶制成。邵氏硬度D为35度的硅胶具有较好的弹性和硬度,这样既能使阀体234或弹性阀片236具有较好的变形能力,又能使它们具有较好的刚度。除此之外,硅胶具有较好的耐腐蚀性,这样可以避免阀体234或弹性阀片236长时间被污水腐蚀,而导致使用寿命降低。As can be seen from the above, in order to ensure that the anti-reverse valve 232 can be fully opened when the sewage passes through the anti-reverse valve 232 and the sewage is located in the upper space 204 (for example, the valve body 234 is stretched or the elastic valve plate 236 is pushed away towards the lower space 205), So that sewage can flow into the lower space 205 from the upper space 204, and after the sewage flows into the lower space 205, the anti-reverse valve 232 can be completely closed (for example, the valve body 234 is closed or the elastic valve plate 236 fits with the partition plate 203 to close the first A set of holes 231), so that the sewage in the lower space 205 will not flow back to the upper space 204, and the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 needs to have better elastic deformation ability. In order to ensure that the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 has good elastic deformation ability, in some embodiments, the material used to make the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 may be rubber, silica gel and the like. In some embodiments, the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 can be made of rubber with a Shore hardness D ranging from 20 degrees to 80 degrees. In some embodiments, the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 can be made of rubber with a Shore hardness D between 40 degrees and 80 degrees. In some embodiments, the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 can be made of rubber with a Shore hardness D of 60-70 degrees. In some embodiments, the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 can be made of silicone with a Shore hardness D of 35 degrees. Silicone with a Shore hardness D of 35 degrees has better elasticity and hardness, so that the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 has better deformation ability and better rigidity. In addition, silica gel has good corrosion resistance, which can prevent the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 from being corroded by sewage for a long time, resulting in reduced service life.
在一些使用场景中,当清洁装置100吸入的垃圾温度较高时,较高温度的垃圾经过防逆阀232会使得防逆阀232温度升高,高温可能会对防逆阀232的阀体234或弹性阀片236的弹性有所影响,而造成污水通过防逆阀232的效率较低。作为示例性说明,当阀体234或弹性阀片236弹性下降时,会增加防逆阀打开(即防逆阀232从上部空间204到下部空间205的单向导通)的难度,这样污水通过防逆阀232的效率就会降低。除此之外,温度过高甚至会导致阀体234或弹性阀片236出现烧蚀的情况,而降低防逆阀232的寿命。为了使防逆阀具有较好的耐热性能,使得其在高温下也能正常工作,在一些实施例中,用于制作阀体234或弹性阀片236的材料的耐热温度可以在25℃~80℃之间。在一些实施例中,用于制作阀体234或弹性阀片236的材料的耐热温度可以在30℃~70℃之间。在一些实施例中,用于制作阀体234或弹性阀片236的材料的耐热温度可以在40℃~60℃之间。In some usage scenarios, when the temperature of the garbage inhaled by the cleaning device 100 is high, the temperature of the anti-reverse valve 232 will increase when the higher-temperature garbage passes through the anti-reverse valve 232, and the high temperature may affect the valve body 234 of the anti-reverse valve 232. Or the elasticity of the elastic valve plate 236 is affected, and the efficiency of sewage passing through the anti-reverse valve 232 is low. As an example, when the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 elastically descends, it will increase the difficulty of opening the anti-reverse valve (that is, the one-way conduction of the anti-reverse valve 232 from the upper space 204 to the lower space 205), so that sewage passes through the anti-reverse valve. The efficiency of the reverse valve 232 is reduced. In addition, excessive temperature may even cause ablation of the valve body 234 or the elastic valve plate 236 , thereby reducing the life of the anti-reverse valve 232 . In order to make the anti-reverse valve have better heat resistance, so that it can work normally at high temperature, in some embodiments, the heat resistance temperature of the material used to make the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 can be 25 ° C ~80°C. In some embodiments, the heat-resistant temperature of the material used to make the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 may be between 30°C and 70°C. In some embodiments, the heat-resistant temperature of the material used to make the valve body 234 or the elastic valve piece 236 may be between 40°C and 60°C.
在一些实施例中,防逆阀232还可以是鸭嘴阀、薄膜单向阀、电磁单向阀或者其他类型的单向阀。在一些实施例中,也可将其他类型的防逆阀或单向阀来替换图11中所示的防逆阀232,只要其能实现与防逆阀232相同的作用,均应在本说明书的保护范围之内。In some embodiments, the anti-reverse valve 232 can also be a duckbill valve, a membrane check valve, an electromagnetic check valve or other types of check valves. In some embodiments, other types of anti-reverse valves or one-way valves can also be used to replace the anti-reverse valve 232 shown in FIG. within the scope of protection.
图15是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的盖体的结构示意图。Fig. 15 is a schematic structural view of a cover according to some embodiments of the present specification.
在一些实施例中,结合图8和图15所示,在箱体201内可以设置有转接管217,盖体216可以与转接管217的一端抵靠。在盖体216的抵压下,转接管217可以更加稳定,不会因来自第二通道202的污水的冲击而发生晃动,在污水流速较快的情况下也是如此。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 15 , an adapter tube 217 may be provided in the box body 201 , and the cover 216 may abut against one end of the adapter tube 217 . Under the pressure of the cover body 216, the transfer pipe 217 can be more stable, and will not shake due to the impact of the sewage from the second channel 202, which is also the case when the sewage flow rate is fast.
在一些实施例中,参见图8所示,转接管217的另一端可以与第二通道202的一端相连。其中,转接管217的另一端为转接管217的入口223,第二通道202的一端为第二通道202的出口224,即转接管217的入口223可以与第二通道202的出口224对合在一起。在一些实施例中,转接管217具有出口220,转接管217的出口220可以偏离盖体216。例如,转接管217朝向盖体216的端部封闭,出口220可以设置在转接管217的侧壁上。通过将在转接管217的侧壁上开设出口220,可以延长水气混合物在箱体201内的运动路径,提高水气分离效果;此外,还可以减小水被抽入气体流出通道218进而到达电机处的风险,从而提高清洁装置100的使用寿命。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8 , the other end of the transfer tube 217 may be connected to one end of the second channel 202 . Wherein, the other end of the transfer pipe 217 is the inlet 223 of the transfer pipe 217, and one end of the second passage 202 is the outlet 224 of the second passage 202, that is, the inlet 223 of the transfer pipe 217 can be combined with the outlet 224 of the second passage 202. Together. In some embodiments, the transfer tube 217 has an outlet 220 , and the outlet 220 of the transfer tube 217 may deviate from the cover 216 . For example, the transfer tube 217 is closed toward the end of the cover body 216 , and the outlet 220 may be disposed on a side wall of the transfer tube 217 . By opening the outlet 220 on the side wall of the adapter pipe 217, the movement path of the water-air mixture in the box body 201 can be extended, and the water-gas separation effect can be improved; in addition, it can also reduce the water being drawn into the gas outflow channel 218 and then reach Risks at the motor are reduced, thereby increasing the service life of the cleaning device 100 .
在一些实施例中,转接管217的出口220在周向上偏离气体流出通道218的入口219,即气体流出通道的入口219与连接管217的出口220朝向不同的方向布置,例如,出口220开设在转接管217远离入口219的侧壁上。例如,转接管217的出口220与气体流出通道218的入口219在转接管217的径向上相对,并且出口220的高度低于入口219的高度,这最大程度地增大了出口220 与入口219之间的距离,延长了水气混合物在箱体201内的运动路径,提高了气水分离效果。其中,出口220与入口219在转接管217的径向上相对可以理解为出口220与入口219之间的连线与转接管217的轴线相交。In some embodiments, the outlet 220 of the transfer pipe 217 deviates from the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218 in the circumferential direction, that is, the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel and the outlet 220 of the connecting pipe 217 are arranged in different directions. The transfer pipe 217 is on the side wall away from the inlet 219 . For example, the outlet 220 of the transfer pipe 217 is opposite to the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218 in the radial direction of the transfer pipe 217, and the height of the outlet 220 is lower than the height of the inlet 219, which maximizes the distance between the outlet 220 and the inlet 219. The distance between them prolongs the movement path of the water-air mixture in the box 201 and improves the effect of gas-water separation. Where the outlet 220 and the inlet 219 are opposite in the radial direction of the transfer pipe 217 , it can be understood that the line between the outlet 220 and the inlet 219 intersects the axis of the transfer pipe 217 .
在一些实施例中,转接管217与第二通道202为一体式结构,即转接管217可以是第二通道202的一部分。在这种情况下,转接管217可以为直管并且其直径小于或等于第二通道202的直径,以方便穿过分隔板203的装配孔214。In some embodiments, the transfer tube 217 and the second channel 202 are integrated, that is, the transfer tube 217 may be a part of the second channel 202 . In this case, the transition pipe 217 may be a straight pipe with a diameter smaller than or equal to that of the second channel 202 so as to pass through the assembly hole 214 of the partition plate 203 conveniently.
在一些实施例中,转接管217与第二通道202为分体式结构,即可单独制造转接管217,然后再与第二通道202装配在一起。这样,第二通道202可制造成直管即可,并且无需考虑转接管217与装配孔214的尺寸关系,简化了第二通道202和转接管217制造。In some embodiments, the transfer tube 217 and the second channel 202 are of separate structure, that is, the transfer tube 217 can be manufactured separately and then assembled with the second channel 202 . In this way, the second passage 202 can be manufactured as a straight pipe, and there is no need to consider the size relationship between the transfer pipe 217 and the assembly hole 214 , which simplifies the manufacture of the second passage 202 and the transfer pipe 217 .
在一些实施例中,参见图15所示,在盖体216上可以设置有水位探针组240,水位探针组240朝向下部空间205延伸。水位探针组240可以用于监测箱体201内的污水水位。当箱体201内的水位到达预设的阈值时,清洁装置100内的电机(例如,电机33或电机34)将停止转动,并提醒用户及时倾倒箱体201内的污水。在一些实施例中,水位探针组240可以采用双极水位探针。在一些实施例中,水位探针组240还可以采用单极水位探针,或其他形式的水位探针。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 15 , a water level probe set 240 may be disposed on the cover 216 , and the water level probe set 240 extends toward the lower space 205 . The water level probe set 240 can be used to monitor the sewage water level in the tank 201 . When the water level in the box body 201 reaches the preset threshold, the motor (for example, the motor 33 or the motor 34 ) in the cleaning device 100 will stop rotating, and remind the user to dump the sewage in the box body 201 in time. In some embodiments, the water level probe set 240 may employ a bipolar water level probe. In some embodiments, the water level probe set 240 can also adopt a monopole water level probe, or other forms of water level probes.
在一些实施例中,继续参见图15所示,水位探针组240包括朝向下部空间205延伸的第一探针组241和第二探针组242。在一些实施例中,第一探针组241的延伸长度可以大于第二探针组242的延伸长度。在一些实施例中,第二探针组242可以延伸到上部空间204内并且处于第一孔组231的正上方。第一探针组241可以用于在直立使用清洁装置100时,监测箱体201内的水位。当箱体201内的水位到达预设的阈值时,电机将停止转动,并提醒用户及时倾倒箱体201内的污水。第二探针组242可以用于在放平使用清洁装置100时,监测箱体201内的水位。当第二探针组242检测到的水位到达预设的阈值时,电机将停止转动,并提醒用户及时倾倒污水。如前文所述,在放平使用清洁装置100时,设置在分隔板203上的防逆流结构230会阻止下部空间205内的污水通过其逆流到上部空间204内,而使得电机不会停转,清洁装置100仍然能正常进行清洁工作。此时,通过第二通道202被吸入到上部空间204内的污水会积存在上部空间204内处于在分隔板203处。当积存在上部空间204内的污水过多而流向盖体216时,会首先流到第二探针组242处。第二探针242会产生信号,指令电机停止转动,从而防止污水被吸到电机处而导致电机损坏。由此,通过设置第一探针组241和第二探针组242可实时监测箱体201内的水位,以防止污水被吸入电机内,导致电机损坏。这极大地延长了清洁装置100的使用寿命。In some embodiments, continue referring to FIG. 15 , the water level probe set 240 includes a first probe set 241 and a second probe set 242 extending toward the lower space 205 . In some embodiments, the extension length of the first probe set 241 may be greater than the extension length of the second probe set 242 . In some embodiments, the second probe set 242 can extend into the upper space 204 and be directly above the first hole set 231 . The first probe set 241 can be used to monitor the water level in the tank 201 when the cleaning device 100 is used upright. When the water level in the tank 201 reaches the preset threshold, the motor will stop rotating and remind the user to dump the sewage in the tank 201 in time. The second probe set 242 can be used to monitor the water level in the tank 201 when the cleaning device 100 is laid flat and used. When the water level detected by the second probe set 242 reaches the preset threshold, the motor will stop rotating and remind the user to dump the sewage in time. As mentioned above, when the cleaning device 100 is used flat, the anti-backflow structure 230 arranged on the partition plate 203 will prevent the sewage in the lower space 205 from flowing back into the upper space 204 through it, so that the motor will not stop. , the cleaning device 100 can still perform cleaning work normally. At this time, the sewage sucked into the upper space 204 through the second channel 202 will accumulate in the upper space 204 at the partition plate 203 . When the sewage accumulated in the upper space 204 is too much and flows to the cover 216 , it will first flow to the second probe set 242 . The second probe 242 will generate a signal to instruct the motor to stop rotating, thereby preventing the sewage from being sucked into the motor and causing damage to the motor. Therefore, by setting the first probe set 241 and the second probe set 242, the water level in the tank 201 can be monitored in real time, so as to prevent the sewage from being sucked into the motor and causing damage to the motor. This greatly prolongs the service life of the cleaning device 100 .
在一些实施例中,第一探针组241可以延伸到下部空间205内。换句话说,第一探针组241可以延伸穿过分隔板203到达下部空间205。这样在箱体201(下部空间205)内的污水水位到达分隔板203之前,第一探针组241就会检测到阈值水位,使得电机停止转动。这样可进一步防止污水被吸入电机内,延长了清洁装置100的使用寿命。在一些实施例中,可以根据实际情况调整第一探针组241深入下部空间205的深度,例如,可以根据分隔板203的在箱体201内的高度调整第一探针组241深入下部空间205的深度。在一些实施例中,分隔板203的在箱体201内越高,第一探针组241深入下部空间205的深度就越深。In some embodiments, the first probe set 241 may extend into the lower space 205 . In other words, the first probe set 241 may extend through the partition plate 203 to the lower space 205 . In this way, before the sewage water level in the casing 201 (lower space 205 ) reaches the partition plate 203, the first probe set 241 will detect the threshold water level, so that the motor stops rotating. This can further prevent sewage from being sucked into the motor, prolonging the service life of the cleaning device 100 . In some embodiments, the depth to which the first probe set 241 goes deep into the lower space 205 can be adjusted according to the actual situation, for example, the first probe set 241 can be adjusted to go deep into the lower space according to the height of the partition plate 203 in the box body 201 205' in depth. In some embodiments, the higher the partition plate 203 is in the box body 201 , the deeper the first probe set 241 penetrates into the lower space 205 .
在一些实施例中,第一探针组241也可处于上部空间204内,并靠近分隔板203。根据这种结构,当分隔板203发生堵塞,下部空间205内的污水水位较低,而污水积存在上部空间204内时,第一探针组241仍然能够准确地监测污水水位,防止污水被吸入电机内。在一些实施例中,可以根据实际情况调整第一探针组241在上部空间205的位置。在一些实施例中,也可以根据实际情况将第一探针组241延伸到下部空间205内,或上部空间204内,或在上部空间204和下部空间205均设置第一探针组241。In some embodiments, the first probe set 241 can also be located in the upper space 204 and close to the partition plate 203 . According to this structure, when the partition plate 203 is blocked, the water level of the sewage in the lower space 205 is low, and the sewage is accumulated in the upper space 204, the first probe group 241 can still accurately monitor the water level of the sewage to prevent the sewage from being sucked inside the motor. In some embodiments, the position of the first probe set 241 in the upper space 205 can be adjusted according to actual conditions. In some embodiments, the first probe set 241 can also be extended into the lower space 205 or the upper space 204 according to the actual situation, or the first probe set 241 can be set in both the upper space 204 and the lower space 205 .
在一些实施例中,第二探针组242可以处于转接管217的出口220的上方。这样可防止从出口220出来的污水直接喷射到第二探针组242上,减小第二探针组242误判的几率。In some embodiments, the second probe set 242 may be located above the outlet 220 of the adapter tube 217 . In this way, the sewage coming out of the outlet 220 can be prevented from being directly sprayed onto the second probe set 242 , reducing the probability of misjudgment by the second probe set 242 .
在一些实施例中,继续参见图15所示,盖体216上还可以设置有延伸到上部空间204内的两个折流板243,并且两个折流板243在盖体216的周向上间隔布置。每个折流板243的侧边缘244的至少部分区域被箱体201的侧壁间隔开。第二通道202的出口224可以处于折流板243之间。折流板243可引导飞溅到其上的污水向下流动,避免污水在箱体201内四处飞溅,对清洁装置100的使用造成不良影响。另外,从第二通道202吸入箱体201内空气需绕过折流板243才能到达盖体216上的气体流出通道218的入口219,从而使得水气混合物的运动路径更加曲折,延长了水气混合物在箱体201内的运动路径,提高了气水分离效果。还如图15所示,第二探针组242也可以处于 对折流板243之间。这使得盖体216的结构更加紧凑,有利于减小储污箱4的径向尺寸,使得清洁装置100的体积较小,更加简洁、灵活,便于对狭小的空间进行清洁。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 15 , two baffles 243 extending into the upper space 204 may also be provided on the cover 216 , and the two baffles 243 are spaced apart in the circumferential direction of the cover 216 layout. At least a partial area of the side edge 244 of each baffle 243 is separated by the side wall of the box body 201 . The outlet 224 of the second channel 202 may be between the baffles 243 . The baffle plate 243 can guide the sewage splashed on it to flow downwards, so as to prevent the sewage from splashing around in the box body 201 , which will cause adverse effects on the use of the cleaning device 100 . In addition, the air sucked into the box body 201 from the second channel 202 needs to bypass the baffle plate 243 to reach the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218 on the cover 216, thereby making the movement path of the water-air mixture more tortuous and prolonging the water-air mixture. The moving path of the mixture in the box body 201 improves the gas-water separation effect. As also shown in FIG. 15 , the second probe set 242 may also be located between the pair of baffles 243. This makes the structure of the cover body 216 more compact, which is beneficial to reduce the radial size of the dirt storage tank 4, making the cleaning device 100 smaller in size, simpler and more flexible, and convenient for cleaning a narrow space.
在一些实施例中,折流板243的侧边缘244的上部区域245与箱体201的侧壁接触,下部区域246与箱体201的侧壁间隔开,第二通道202的出口224设置为对应于侧边缘244的上部区域245。通过这种结构,折流板243不但能够避免污水在箱体201内四处飞溅,而且迫使水气混合物向下折流才能越过折流板243,使得水气混合物的在箱体201内的运动路径更长,气水分离效果更好。In some embodiments, the upper area 245 of the side edge 244 of the baffle 243 is in contact with the side wall of the box body 201, the lower area 246 is spaced apart from the side wall of the box body 201, and the outlet 224 of the second channel 202 is set to correspond to on the upper region 245 of the side edge 244 . Through this structure, the baffle plate 243 can not only prevent the sewage from splashing around in the box body 201, but also force the water-air mixture to deflect downward to cross the baffle plate 243, so that the movement path of the water-air mixture in the box body 201 Longer, better air-water separation.
在一些实施例中,盖体216上还可以设置有背板247,背板247可以位于气体流出通道218的入口219与转接管217(出口220)之间,并且背板247可以连接在两个折流板243之间。通过这种结构,水气混合物会向下流动越过背板247后才能到达气体流出通道218的入口219,这也有助于延长水气混合物的在箱体201内的运动路径,气水分离效果也更好。在一些实施例中,背板247的延伸长度可以小于折流板243的延伸长度。其中,背板247和折流板243的延伸长度可以是指背板247和折流板243分别沿机身1的长度方向的尺寸。这样可以避免折流板243和背板247过度阻挡水气混合物的路径,保证在使用清洁装置100时,气流顺畅,具有较好的清洁效果。为了能够有效延长水气混合物在箱体201内的运动路径,在一些实施例中,背板247的延伸长度可以为50mm~100mm。在一些实施例中,背板247的延伸长度可以为60mm~100mm。在一些实施例中,背板247的延伸长度可以为70mm~95mm。在一些实施例中,背板247的延伸长度可以为75mm~90mm。为了避免折流板243和背板247过度阻挡水气混合物的路径,在一些实施例中,折流板243的延伸长度和背板247的延伸长度之间的差值可以为25mm~40mm。在一些实施例中,折流板243的延伸长度和背板247的延伸长度之间的差值可以为28mm~37mm。在一些实施例中,折流板243的延伸长度和背板247的延伸长度之间的差值可以为30mm~35mm。In some embodiments, a back plate 247 can also be provided on the cover body 216, and the back plate 247 can be located between the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218 and the adapter pipe 217 (outlet 220), and the back plate 247 can be connected between the two Between the baffles 243 . Through this structure, the water-air mixture will flow down and cross the back plate 247 before reaching the inlet 219 of the gas outflow channel 218, which also helps to extend the movement path of the water-air mixture in the box 201, and the gas-water separation effect is also improved. better. In some embodiments, the extended length of the back plate 247 may be less than the extended length of the baffles 243 . Wherein, the extension length of the back plate 247 and the baffle 243 may refer to the dimensions of the back plate 247 and the baffle 243 along the length direction of the fuselage 1 . This can prevent the baffle plate 243 and the back plate 247 from excessively blocking the path of the water-air mixture, so as to ensure smooth airflow and better cleaning effect when the cleaning device 100 is used. In order to effectively extend the moving path of the water-air mixture in the box body 201 , in some embodiments, the extension length of the back plate 247 may be 50mm˜100mm. In some embodiments, the extension length of the back plate 247 may be 60mm˜100mm. In some embodiments, the extension length of the back plate 247 may be 70mm-95mm. In some embodiments, the extension length of the back plate 247 may be 75mm-90mm. In order to prevent the baffle plate 243 and the back plate 247 from excessively blocking the path of the water-air mixture, in some embodiments, the difference between the extension length of the baffle plate 243 and the extension length of the back plate 247 may be 25 mm˜40 mm. In some embodiments, the difference between the extended length of the baffle 243 and the extended length of the back plate 247 may be 28mm˜37mm. In some embodiments, the difference between the extended length of the baffle 243 and the extended length of the back plate 247 may be 30mm˜35mm.
在一些实施例中,在转接管217与第二通道202为分体的情况下,在转接管217的出口220上方且第二探针组242下方之间也可以设置挡水板(图中未示出)。挡水板可以与箱体201的侧壁接触。通过设置挡水板,挡水板能够将第二探针组242和转接管217的出口220间隔开来,从而更有效地防止污水直接喷射到第二探针组242上,并进一步减小误判的几率。In some embodiments, when the transfer pipe 217 is separated from the second channel 202, a water baffle (not shown in the figure) may also be provided between the outlet 220 of the transfer pipe 217 and the bottom of the second probe set 242. Shows). The water baffle may be in contact with the sidewall of the box body 201 . By setting the water baffle, the water baffle can separate the second probe set 242 from the outlet 220 of the transfer pipe 217, thereby more effectively preventing sewage from being directly sprayed on the second probe set 242, and further reducing errors. probability of judgment.
在一些实施例中,如图16所示,在箱体201的周向外表面上设置有与机身1配合的安装区250,防逆流结构230在分隔板的径向上远离安装区250。从清洁装置100的整体看,安装区250可以位于箱体201的前侧,而防逆流结构230在箱体201内靠近箱体201的后侧(如图1~4所示)。通过上述设置,可以在放平清洁装置100时(如图17和18所示),防逆流结构230关闭且处于第二孔组210低位,因此能够阻止下部空间205内的污水流过其而进入上部空间204,清洁装置100也就能正常使用。在一些实施例中,在其他类型的清洁装置中,储污箱4也可以设置在机身1的前方(如图5~7以及图18所示),只要将清洁装置的放平使用方式与防逆流结构230的设置位置相适配即可,这里不再赘述。另外,应注意的是,如图18所示,储污箱4设置在机身1的前侧,防逆流结构230在分隔板203的径向上靠近安装区250。由此,在放平清洁装置100时(如图18所示),防逆流结构230关闭且处于第二孔组210的低位,因此能够阻止下部空间205内的污水流过其而进入上部空间204,清洁装置100也就能正常使用。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 16 , an installation area 250 cooperating with the fuselage 1 is provided on the circumferential outer surface of the box body 201 , and the anti-backflow structure 230 is away from the installation area 250 in the radial direction of the partition plate. Viewed from the cleaning device 100 as a whole, the installation area 250 may be located at the front side of the box body 201 , while the anti-backflow structure 230 is close to the rear side of the box body 201 in the box body 201 (as shown in FIGS. 1-4 ). Through the above settings, when the cleaning device 100 is laid flat (as shown in Figures 17 and 18), the anti-backflow structure 230 is closed and is at the lower position of the second hole group 210, so that the sewage in the lower space 205 can be prevented from flowing through it and entering In the upper space 204, the cleaning device 100 can also be used normally. In some embodiments, in other types of cleaning devices, the dirt storage tank 4 can also be arranged in front of the fuselage 1 (as shown in FIGS. It only needs to match the installation position of the anti-backflow structure 230 , and details will not be repeated here. In addition, it should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 18 , the dirt storage tank 4 is arranged on the front side of the fuselage 1 , and the anti-backflow structure 230 is close to the installation area 250 in the radial direction of the partition plate 203 . Thus, when the cleaning device 100 is laid flat (as shown in FIG. 18 ), the anti-backflow structure 230 is closed and is at the low position of the second hole group 210, so that the sewage in the lower space 205 can be prevented from flowing through it and entering the upper space 204. , the cleaning device 100 can be used normally.
下面将结合图4和图17来分别描述清洁装置100的不同的使用场景。参见图4所示,图4示出了在第一使用场景下的清洁装置100。第一使用场景可以包括用户直立使用清洁装置100时的情况。当用户直立使用清洁装置100时,电机34转动,在启动喷水系统(例如,前文所述的清洁液供应组件)后,清水从清洁液箱喷到地面。地面上的污水经地刷2吸入然后通过第一通道6、第二通道202被吸入到箱体201的上部空间204内。污水经分隔板203上的第一孔组231(以及防逆阀232)和/或第二孔组210流入下部空间205存储。污水中的固体垃圾被分隔板203过滤而留在上部空间204内。当第一探针组241检测到箱体201内的污水水位到达阈值后,电机34停止转动,并对用户进行提醒,例如,提醒用户及时倾倒箱体201内的污水。Different use scenarios of the cleaning device 100 will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 4 and FIG. 17 . Referring to Fig. 4, Fig. 4 shows the cleaning device 100 in the first usage scenario. The first usage scenario may include a situation when a user uses the cleaning device 100 upright. When the user uses the cleaning device 100 upright, the motor 34 rotates, and after starting the water spray system (for example, the cleaning liquid supply assembly mentioned above), clean water is sprayed from the cleaning liquid tank to the ground. The sewage on the ground is sucked by the ground brush 2 and then sucked into the upper space 204 of the box body 201 through the first channel 6 and the second channel 202 . The sewage flows into the lower space 205 for storage through the first hole group 231 (and the anti-reverse valve 232 ) and/or the second hole group 210 on the partition plate 203 . The solid waste in the sewage is filtered by the partition plate 203 and left in the upper space 204 . When the first probe set 241 detects that the sewage water level in the tank 201 reaches the threshold, the motor 34 stops rotating and reminds the user, for example, to remind the user to dump the sewage in the tank 201 in time.
参见图17所示,图17示出了第二使用场景下的清洁装置100。第二使用场景可以包括用户放平(或倾斜)使用清洁装置100的情况。当用户放平使用清洁装置100时,在分隔板203上的防逆流结构230的作用下,下部空间205内的污水无法到达上部空间204,而仍被保持在下部空间205。电机34转动,在启动喷水系统后,清水从清水箱喷到地面,又有污水经第二通道202被吸入到箱体201的上部空间204内。此时,污水暂存在上部空间204内,电机34正常转动,清洁装置100正常使用。当第二探针组242检测到上部空间204内暂存的污水水位到达阈值后,电机34停止转动,并对用户进行提醒。当将清洁装置100直立起来后,暂存在上部空间204内的污水会经第一 孔组231(以及防逆阀232)和/或第二孔组210流入下部空间205内。Referring to Fig. 17, Fig. 17 shows the cleaning device 100 in the second usage scenario. The second usage scenario may include a situation where the user uses the cleaning device 100 on a flat (or tilted) basis. When the user lays the cleaning device 100 flat, the sewage in the lower space 205 cannot reach the upper space 204 under the action of the anti-backflow structure 230 on the partition plate 203 , but remains in the lower space 205 . The motor 34 rotates, and after starting the water spray system, clean water is sprayed to the ground from the clean water tank, and sewage is sucked into the upper space 204 of the casing 201 through the second channel 202 again. At this time, the sewage is temporarily stored in the upper space 204, the motor 34 rotates normally, and the cleaning device 100 is used normally. When the second probe set 242 detects that the temporarily stored sewage water level in the upper space 204 reaches the threshold, the motor 34 stops rotating and reminds the user. When the cleaning device 100 is erected, the sewage temporarily stored in the upper space 204 will flow into the lower space 205 through the first hole group 231 (and the anti-reverse valve 232) and/or the second hole group 210.
图19是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的储污箱的剖面示意图一。图20是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的储污箱的剖面示意图二。在一些实施例中,图1~7所示的清洁装置100中的储污箱4具体可以是图19和图20所示的储污箱300。Fig. 19 is a first cross-sectional schematic diagram of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification. Fig. 20 is a second schematic cross-sectional view of a dirt storage tank according to some embodiments of the present specification. In some embodiments, the dirt storage tank 4 in the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. 1-7 may specifically be the dirt storage tank 300 shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 .
如图19和图20所示,储污箱300可以包括箱体301和污水管302。其中,污水管302可以是图8所示的储污箱4中的第二通道202,或者说污水管302至少可以包括图8所示的储污箱4中的第二通道202。箱体301包括底面303,底面303开设有污水入口304,污水管302由污水入口304向上延伸形成,污水管302的上部开设有污水出口3021,从污水管302进入的流体M在污水出口3021进行混合液体a与混合气体c的分离,从污水出口3021分离出的混合液体a由于自身重力向下流动并贮存在箱体301的底部位置,从而实现储污箱300的第一种过滤方式:混合液体a与混合气体c的分离。在一些实施例中,污水入口304可以设置在箱体301的侧面,箱体301内设置有旋风过滤组件305,从污水入口304进入的灰尘通过旋风过滤组件305可以进行旋风尘气分离,例如,将混合液体a与混合气体c进行分离。As shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 , the dirt storage tank 300 may include a tank body 301 and a sewage pipe 302 . Wherein, the sewage pipe 302 may be the second passage 202 in the sewage storage tank 4 shown in FIG. 8 , or the sewage pipe 302 may at least include the second passage 202 in the sewage storage tank 4 shown in FIG. 8 . The casing 301 includes a bottom surface 303, the bottom surface 303 is provided with a sewage inlet 304, the sewage pipe 302 is formed by extending upward from the sewage inlet 304, and the upper part of the sewage pipe 302 is provided with a sewage outlet 3021, and the fluid M entering from the sewage pipe 302 is discharged at the sewage outlet 3021. The separation of mixed liquid a and mixed gas c, the mixed liquid a separated from the sewage outlet 3021 flows downward due to its own gravity and is stored at the bottom of the tank 301, thereby realizing the first filtering method of the sewage storage tank 300: mixing Separation of liquid a from mixed gas c. In some embodiments, the sewage inlet 304 can be arranged on the side of the box body 301, and the box body 301 is provided with a cyclone filter assembly 305, and the dust entering from the sewage inlet 304 can be separated by the cyclone filter assembly 305, for example, The mixed liquid a and the mixed gas c are separated.
在一些实施例中,继续参见图19和图20所示,储污箱300还可以包括盖体306以及旋风过滤组件305。在一些实施例中,旋风过滤组件305可以是如图8所示的旋风分离结构260,也可以是与旋风分离结构260具有相似结构或实现相同功能的组件。或者说图8所示的旋风分离结构260可以是旋风过滤组件305的一部分。盖体306可以包括盖体本体3061,盖体本体3061可以插接在箱体301的上端,盖体本体3061上开设有进气口3062,旋风过滤组件305可以设置在盖体本体3061上且与进气口3062相连通,进气口3062位于污水出口3021的上方。在一些实施例中,进气口3062可以是图8中示出的入口219,或者是与进气口219具有类似结构或相同功能的结构。从污水出口3021分离出的混合气体c由于质量较轻继续向上运动到进气口3062并进入到旋风过滤组件305,旋风过滤组件305对混合气体c进行过滤作用,混合气体c内的灰尘d留在旋风过滤组件305中,在电机工作形成的真空环境的作用下,过滤后的洁净气体e从旋风过滤组件305排出并通过清洁装置100中的电机(例如,电机34或手持吸尘器3内的电机33)排到清洁装置100的外侧,从而避免从电机排出的气体内含有较多灰尘d,能够保证外界环境的清洁程度,还能避免操作者吸入过多的灰尘d而导致的呼吸道疾病问题,保证操作者的身体健康,从而实现储污箱300的第二种过滤方式:洁净气体e与灰尘d的分离。In some embodiments, continue referring to FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 , the dirt storage tank 300 may further include a cover 306 and a cyclone filter assembly 305 . In some embodiments, the cyclone filter component 305 may be the cyclone separation structure 260 as shown in FIG. 8 , or a component having a structure similar to the cyclone separation structure 260 or achieving the same function. Alternatively, the cyclone separation structure 260 shown in FIG. 8 may be a part of the cyclone filter assembly 305 . The cover 306 may include a cover body 3061, the cover body 3061 may be inserted into the upper end of the box body 301, the cover body 3061 is provided with an air inlet 3062, and the cyclone filter assembly 305 may be arranged on the cover body 3061 and The air inlet 3062 is connected, and the air inlet 3062 is located above the sewage outlet 3021 . In some embodiments, the air inlet 3062 may be the inlet 219 shown in FIG. 8 , or a structure having a similar structure or the same function as the air inlet 219 . The mixed gas c separated from the sewage outlet 3021 continues to move upwards to the air inlet 3062 and enters the cyclone filter assembly 305 due to its lighter quality. The cyclone filter assembly 305 filters the mixed gas c, and the dust d in the mixed gas c remains In the cyclone filter assembly 305, under the action of the vacuum environment formed by the operation of the motor, the filtered clean gas e is discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 and passed through the motor in the cleaning device 100 (for example, the motor in the motor 34 or the hand-held vacuum cleaner 3 33) discharge to the outside of the cleaning device 100, thereby avoiding the gas discharged from the motor from containing more dust d, ensuring the cleanliness of the external environment, and avoiding respiratory diseases caused by the operator inhaling too much dust d, To ensure the health of the operator, the second filtering method of the dirt storage tank 300 is realized: the separation of clean gas e and dust d.
在一些实施例中,如图21所示,进气口3062可以与污水出口3021紧邻布置,但这可能会导致污水管302中喷出的一部分混合液体a会喷入进气口3062,由于旋风过滤组件305无法实现对于水分的过滤,进入进气口3062的水分会依次进入旋风过滤组件305、海帕以及电机,带有水分的气体容易使海帕透气性下降,潮湿的环境容易使海帕滋生细菌。其中,海帕是常用于清洁装置的一种高效过滤器(过滤纸)可以用于过滤空气中99%的细微颗粒,让通过清洁装置的空气净化后排除,减小二次污染。此外,带有水分的气体还会吸入到电机中,导致电机发生短路,导致清洁装置100发生故障。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 21, the air inlet 3062 can be arranged adjacent to the sewage outlet 3021, but this may cause a part of the mixed liquid a sprayed from the sewage pipe 302 to be sprayed into the air inlet 3062, due to the cyclone The filter assembly 305 cannot filter moisture, and the moisture entering the air inlet 3062 will enter the cyclone filter assembly 305, Hypa and the motor in turn. The gas with moisture will easily reduce the air permeability of the Hypa, and the humid environment will easily make the Hypa Breed bacteria. Among them, Hypa is a high-efficiency filter (filter paper) commonly used in cleaning devices, which can be used to filter 99% of fine particles in the air, so that the air passing through the cleaning device can be purified and removed to reduce secondary pollution. In addition, the moisture-laden gas may be sucked into the motor, causing a short circuit in the motor, resulting in failure of the cleaning device 100 .
为了解决上述问题,如图19所示,污水出口3021与进气口3062可以位于箱体301的中心轴线3012的两侧,污水出口3021与进气口3062有一定距离,能够避免混合液体a直接从污水出口3021喷溅到进气口3062的问题,混合气体c从污水出口3021排出后走过较长的路径才进入到进气口3062,混合气体c中的水分会在较长路径的流动从混合气体c中分离出去,避免水分进入到海帕或者电机中,避免海帕发生细菌滋生,还能避免电机发生短路,保证清洁装置100的正常工作。In order to solve the above problems, as shown in Figure 19, the sewage outlet 3021 and the air inlet 3062 can be located on both sides of the central axis 3012 of the box body 301, and there is a certain distance between the sewage outlet 3021 and the air inlet 3062, which can prevent the mixed liquid a from directly The problem of splashing from the sewage outlet 3021 to the air inlet 3062. After the mixed gas c is discharged from the sewage outlet 3021, it walks a long path before entering the air inlet 3062. The moisture in the mixed gas c will flow along the long path Separation from the mixed gas c prevents moisture from entering the Hypa or the motor, prevents bacteria from growing in the Hypa, and prevents the motor from short-circuiting to ensure the normal operation of the cleaning device 100 .
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图20以及图22所示,污水出口3021可以设置在污水管302背离进气口3062的侧面,如图22所示,污水出口3021与其正对的箱体301的内壁在水平方向之间的距离为L4,从污水出口3021排出的混合气体c先沿水平方向朝向与污水出口3021正对的箱体301的内壁运动L4的长度,以到达污水出口3021正对的箱体301的内壁,混合气体c与箱体301的内壁碰撞后发生弯折,混合气体c再从箱体301的内壁朝向进气口3062的方向运动,相较于混合气体c从污水出口3021出来直接朝向进气口3062的方案相比,通过本实施例的这种设置方式,延长了混合气体c从污水出口3021到进气口3062的运动路径,即运动路径的延长长度来自混合气体c在水出口3021与其正对的箱体301的内壁之间沿水平方向的往返运动,即所延长的长度为为2*L4,混合气体c从污水出口3021到进气口3062之间行走的路径更长,能够实现混合气体c内混合的水分以及灰尘d由于重力更好的从混合气体c中分离出来,进一步提高从旋风过滤组件305排出的洁 净气体e的洁净度并能进一步降低从旋风过滤组件305排出的洁净气体e的湿度。In some embodiments, as shown in Fig. 19, Fig. 20 and Fig. 22, the sewage outlet 3021 can be set on the side of the sewage pipe 302 away from the air inlet 3062, as shown in Fig. 22, the sewage outlet 3021 is facing the box The distance between the inner walls of 301 in the horizontal direction is L4, and the mixed gas c discharged from the sewage outlet 3021 first moves along the horizontal direction to the inner wall of the box body 301 facing the sewage outlet 3021 for a length of L4 to reach the sewage outlet 3021. For the inner wall of the box 301, the mixed gas c is bent after colliding with the inner wall of the box 301, and then the mixed gas c moves from the inner wall of the box 301 toward the air inlet 3062. Compared with the scheme where the outlet 3021 comes out directly to the air inlet 3062, the arrangement of this embodiment prolongs the movement path of the mixed gas c from the sewage outlet 3021 to the air inlet 3062, that is, the extended length of the movement path comes from the mixing The gas c moves back and forth in the horizontal direction between the water outlet 3021 and the inner wall of the box 301 facing it, that is, the extended length is 2*L4, and the mixed gas c travels from the sewage outlet 3021 to the air inlet 3062 The path is longer, and the moisture and dust d mixed in the mixed gas c can be better separated from the mixed gas c due to gravity, which further improves the cleanliness of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 and can further reduce the dust from the mixed gas c. The humidity of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305.
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图20以及图22所示,盖体306还包括挡板3063,挡板3063由盖体本体3061向下延伸且围设在污水出口3021的外周,挡板3063与底面303之间形成通过混合气体c的通道,污水出口3021以及进气口3062位于挡板3063的两侧面。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , FIG. 20 and FIG. 22 , the cover 306 further includes a baffle 3063 , which extends downward from the cover body 3061 and surrounds the outer periphery of the sewage outlet 3021 , and the baffle 3063 A channel through the mixed gas c is formed between 3063 and the bottom surface 303 , and the sewage outlet 3021 and the air inlet 3062 are located on both sides of the baffle 3063 .
在一些实施例中,针对挡板3063的作用,首先,挡板3063能够对污水出口3021喷出的混合液体a能够进行部分阻挡,避免混合液体a被旋风过滤组件305的进气口3062直接吸入,从而降低电机发生短路的风险。In some embodiments, regarding the function of the baffle 3063, first, the baffle 3063 can partially block the mixed liquid a sprayed from the sewage outlet 3021, preventing the mixed liquid a from being directly inhaled by the air inlet 3062 of the cyclone filter assembly 305 , thereby reducing the risk of short circuits in the motor.
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图20以及图22所示,从污水出口3021流出的混合气体c中的第一部分混合气体会有向上的分速度,第一部分混合气体先有向上运动的趋势,第一部分混合气体运动至盖体本体3061的底面后反折向下运动,反折后的第一部分混合气体运动穿过通道并从通道向上运动至进气口3062。通过第一部分混合气体在竖直方向多次弯折流动,增加了第一部分混合气体从污水出口3021到进气口3062的行走路径,第一部分混合气体内混合的水分以及灰尘d由于重力更好的从第一部分混合气体中分离出来,进一步提高从旋风过滤组件305排出的洁净气体e的洁净度并能进一步降低从旋风过滤组件305排出的洁净气体e的湿度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , FIG. 20 and FIG. 22 , the first part of the mixed gas in the mixed gas c flowing out of the sewage outlet 3021 has an upward partial velocity, and the first part of the mixed gas first has a tendency to move upward. , the first part of the mixed gas moves to the bottom surface of the cover body 3061 and then turns downwards, and the turned first part of the mixed gas moves through the channel and moves upward from the channel to the air inlet 3062 . By bending and flowing the first part of the mixed gas in the vertical direction multiple times, the walking path of the first part of the mixed gas from the sewage outlet 3021 to the air inlet 3062 is increased, and the moisture and dust d mixed in the first part of the mixed gas are better due to gravity. Separated from the first part of the mixed gas, the cleanliness of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 can be further improved and the humidity of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 can be further reduced.
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图20以及图22所示,从污水出口3021流出的混合气体c中的第二部分混合气体会有向下的分速度,第二部分混合气体有向下运动的趋势,第二部分混合气体运动至通道并从通道向上运动至进气口3062。通过第二部分混合气体在竖直方向多次弯折流动,增加了第二部分混合气体从污水出口3021到进气口3062的行走路径,能够实现第二部分混合气体内混合的水分以及灰尘d由于重力更好的从第二部分混合气体中分离出来,进一步提高从旋风过滤组件305排出的洁净气体e的洁净度并能进一步降低从旋风过滤组件305排出的洁净气体e的湿度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , FIG. 20 and FIG. 22 , the second part of the mixed gas in the mixed gas c flowing out of the sewage outlet 3021 has a downward partial velocity, and the second part of the mixed gas has a downward partial velocity. As a result of the movement, the second part of the mixture moves to the channel and from the channel upwards to the inlet 3062. By bending and flowing the second part of the mixed gas in the vertical direction multiple times, the walking path of the second part of the mixed gas from the sewage outlet 3021 to the air inlet 3062 is increased, and the moisture and dust mixed in the second part of the mixed gas can be realized. Because the gravity is better separated from the second part of the mixed gas, the cleanliness of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 can be further improved and the humidity of the clean gas e discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 can be further reduced.
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图20以及图22对污水管302的结构进行说明,污水管302可以包括管体3022和转接管3023,管体3022由污水入口304向上延伸形成,转接管3023包括依次相连接的第一管路30231、过渡管30232以及第二管路30233。第一管路30231与管体3022同轴可拆装连接,第一管路30231与第二管路30233相垂直,污水出口3021设置在第二管路30233上。由于管体3022较长,若管体3022与转接管3023一体成型将会导致污水管302的模具非常复杂,导致模具开模成功率低且开模成本高。本实施例中的污水管302拆解成管体3022和转接管3023可拆装的两部分,管体3022和转接管3023分别对应的模具的结构简单,便于每部分独自的制作,有效提高模具有开模成功率,还能有效降低开模成本。此外,由于转接管3023内部会有弯折形成拐角,转接管3023内部会出现灰尘或者杂质的堆积,长时间下,将会影响污水出口3021排出污水的流量,影响储污箱300的过滤效率。本实施例中的管体3022和转接管3023可拆装连接,操作者将转接管3023从管体3022上取下便能对转接管3023的内部进行较好且较快速地清洁。在一些实施例中,转接管3023可以是图8中示出的转接管217,或者是与转接管217具有类似结构或相同功能的结构或部件。In some embodiments, the structure of the sewage pipe 302 is described in conjunction with FIG. 19 , FIG. 20 and FIG. 22 . The sewage pipe 302 may include a pipe body 3022 and a transfer pipe 3023 . The pipe body 3022 is formed by extending upward from the sewage inlet 304 . The transfer pipe 3023 includes a first pipe 30231 , a transition pipe 30232 and a second pipe 30233 connected in sequence. The first pipeline 30231 is coaxially and detachably connected to the pipe body 3022 , the first pipeline 30231 is perpendicular to the second pipeline 30233 , and the sewage outlet 3021 is arranged on the second pipeline 30233 . Since the pipe body 3022 is relatively long, if the pipe body 3022 and the transfer pipe 3023 are integrally formed, the mold of the sewage pipe 302 will be very complicated, resulting in a low mold opening success rate and high mold opening costs. The sewage pipe 302 in this embodiment is disassembled into two parts, the pipe body 3022 and the transfer pipe 3023, which can be disassembled. There is a success rate of mold opening, and it can also effectively reduce the cost of mold opening. In addition, since the inside of the transfer pipe 3023 is bent to form corners, dust or impurities will accumulate inside the transfer pipe 3023, which will affect the flow of sewage discharged from the sewage outlet 3021 and the filtration efficiency of the sewage storage tank 300 for a long time. In this embodiment, the tube body 3022 and the transfer tube 3023 are detachably connected, and the operator can clean the inside of the transfer tube 3023 better and faster by removing the transfer tube 3023 from the tube body 3022 . In some embodiments, the transfer tube 3023 may be the transfer tube 217 shown in FIG. 8 , or a structure or component having a similar structure or the same function as the transfer tube 217 .
在一些实施例中,如图22所示,第二管路30233的中心线与进气口3062沿竖直方向的距离为L1,第二管路30233中心线与挡板3063的底端之间的距离为L2,若现有的污水出口3021会设置组成朝上设置,现有的混合气体c在进入旋风过滤组件305之前走过路径为L1,而通过本实施例挡板3063的设置,混合气体c在进入旋风过滤组件305之前至少走过的路径为2*L2+L1,使得混合气体c进入旋风过滤组件305之前走过的路径更长。可以理解地,混合气体c走过的路径是指混合气体c走过的路径的长度。在一些实施例中,为了保证储污箱300沿竖直方向的长度适中,避免储污箱300沿竖直方向尺寸过长,储污箱300可以将L2/L1的比例设定为0.9~3。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 22 , the distance between the centerline of the second pipeline 30233 and the air inlet 3062 in the vertical direction is L1, and the distance between the centerline of the second pipeline 30233 and the bottom end of the baffle 3063 The distance is L2, if the existing sewage outlet 3021 will be arranged upwards, the existing mixed gas c will travel through the path L1 before entering the cyclone filter assembly 305, and through the setting of the baffle plate 3063 in this embodiment, the mixing The path that the gas c travels before entering the cyclone filter assembly 305 is at least 2*L2+L1, so that the path that the mixed gas c travels before entering the cyclone filter assembly 305 is longer. Understandably, the path traveled by the mixed gas c refers to the length of the path traveled by the mixed gas c. In some embodiments, in order to ensure that the length of the dirt storage tank 300 in the vertical direction is moderate and avoid the size of the dirt storage tank 300 being too long in the vertical direction, the ratio of L2/L1 of the dirt storage tank 300 can be set to 0.9-3 .
在一些实施例中,如图22所示,箱体301的内壁最大的宽度为W1,进气口3062的远离污水出口3021的一侧与污水出口3021沿水平方向的距离为W2,W2/W1为3/4~7/8,通过该种尺寸的设置,在有限的箱体301的空间中,能让进气口3062与污水出口3021之间的距离尽可能大,从而实现从污水出口3021流出的混合气体c到进气口3062沿水平方向走过的距离尽可能长。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 22 , the maximum width of the inner wall of the box body 301 is W1, and the distance between the side of the air inlet 3062 away from the sewage outlet 3021 and the sewage outlet 3021 along the horizontal direction is W2, W2/W1 3/4 to 7/8, through the setting of this size, in the limited space of the box body 301, the distance between the air inlet 3062 and the sewage outlet 3021 can be as large as possible, so as to realize the sewage from the sewage outlet 3021 The distance from the outflowing mixed gas c to the air inlet 3062 along the horizontal direction is as long as possible.
在一些实施例中,结合图19和图22所示,第二管路30233的端面与管体3022的外周面沿水平方向的距离为L3,第二管路30233的端面与箱体301的内壁沿水平方向的距离为L4,其中,L3/L4为1/2~1,有效缩短污水出口3021到箱体301的内壁之间的距离,能够使得从污水出口3021喷出的混合液体a能较多的与箱体301的内壁形成挂壁,从而使得混合液体a中较多的干垃圾f(或称为固体垃圾)被挂在箱体301的内壁上,实现混合液体a中干垃圾f与湿垃圾b较好的分离效果。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 and FIG. 22 , the distance between the end surface of the second pipeline 30233 and the outer peripheral surface of the pipe body 3022 in the horizontal direction is L3, and the distance between the end surface of the second pipeline 30233 and the inner wall of the box body 301 The distance along the horizontal direction is L4, wherein L3/L4 is 1/2 to 1, effectively shortening the distance between the sewage outlet 3021 and the inner wall of the box body 301, so that the mixed liquid a sprayed from the sewage outlet 3021 can be compared Most of them form a hanging wall with the inner wall of the box body 301, so that more dry garbage f (or referred to as solid garbage) in the mixed liquid a is hung on the inner wall of the box body 301, realizing the dry garbage f in the mixed liquid a and Wet garbage b better separation effect.
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图20、图23和图24所示,挡板3063开设有沿竖直方向延伸的插接槽30631,插接槽30631在挡板3063的底端形成有插接入口30632,第二管路30233由插接入口30632插入插接槽30631且能沿插接槽30631滑动,插接槽30631与第二管路30233相配合能够实现对盖体306安装到箱体301的导向作用,此外,第二管路30233与插接槽30631相配合能够使得盖体306与箱体301较稳固的配合,储污箱300在使用的过程中能够避免盖体306与箱体301发生松脱。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , FIG. 20 , FIG. 23 and FIG. 24 , the baffle 3063 is provided with an insertion slot 30631 extending in the vertical direction, and the insertion slot 30631 is formed at the bottom end of the baffle 3063 Insert the inlet 30632, the second pipeline 30233 is inserted into the insertion slot 30631 from the insertion inlet 30632 and can slide along the insertion groove 30631, the insertion groove 30631 cooperates with the second pipeline 30233 to realize the installation of the cover 306 to the box In addition, the second pipeline 30233 cooperates with the socket 30631 to make the cover 306 and the box 301 more stable, and the dirt storage tank 300 can avoid the cover 306 and the tank during use. Body 301 comes loose.
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图24和图25所示,转接管3023还包括封堵板30234,封堵板30234设置在第二管路30233的外周且沿上下方向延伸,当第二管路30233插接在插接槽30631中时,封堵板30234设置在挡板3063的一侧,封堵板30234将插接槽30631封堵住,封堵板30234与挡板3063形成一个完整的遮挡板,避免部分混合气体c直接从插接槽30631透过而进入到进气口3062,能够保证混合气体c均从通道通过后再进入到进气口3062,保证所有的混合气体c较长路径的行进,提高混合气体c中水分以及灰尘的自动分离。此外,还能加长混合液体a沿实体表面流动的轨迹长度,能够实现将混合液体a中较多的干垃圾f残留在实体表面上,实现对混合液体a中干垃圾f以及湿垃圾b一定的分离效果。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , FIG. 24 and FIG. 25 , the transfer pipe 3023 further includes a blocking plate 30234 , and the blocking plate 30234 is arranged on the outer periphery of the second pipeline 30233 and extends in the vertical direction. When the pipeline 30233 is plugged into the socket slot 30631, the blocking plate 30234 is arranged on one side of the baffle plate 3063, and the plugging plate 30234 blocks the socket slot 30631, and the blocking plate 30234 and the baffle plate 3063 form a complete The baffle plate prevents part of the mixed gas c from directly passing through the socket slot 30631 and entering the air inlet 3062, which can ensure that the mixed gas c passes through the channel and then enters the air inlet 3062, ensuring that all the mixed gas c is relatively The long path travel improves the automatic separation of moisture and dust in the mixed gas c. In addition, the track length of the mixed liquid a flowing along the solid surface can be lengthened, so that more dry garbage f in the mixed liquid a can be left on the solid surface, and a certain amount of dry garbage f and wet garbage b in the mixed liquid a can be achieved. seperate effect.
在一些实施例中,结合图23和图24所示,插接槽30631包括由下至上且相连通的插入段30633以及导向段30634,插接入口30632位于插入段30633的下端,插入段30633的宽度由下至上逐渐减小,插入段30633的上端宽度与导向段30634的宽度相同,导向段30634的宽度等于第二管路30233的直径。通过插入段30633的设置,能够允许插接槽30631与第二管路30233的对位有一定偏差,随着第二管路30233逐渐从插入段30633滑入导向段30634的过程中,实现第二管路30233与插入段30633在周向方向上的精准对位。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 23 and FIG. 24 , the insertion slot 30631 includes an insertion section 30633 and a guide section 30634 connected from bottom to top, the insertion inlet 30632 is located at the lower end of the insertion section 30633 , and the insertion section 30633 The width gradually decreases from bottom to top, the width of the upper end of the insertion section 30633 is the same as the width of the guide section 30634, and the width of the guide section 30634 is equal to the diameter of the second pipeline 30233. Through the setting of the insertion section 30633, it is possible to allow a certain deviation in the alignment between the insertion groove 30631 and the second pipeline 30233. As the second pipeline 30233 gradually slides from the insertion section 30633 into the guide section 30634, the second Precise alignment of the pipeline 30233 and the insertion section 30633 in the circumferential direction.
在一些实施例中,如图26所示,第一管路30231上开设有由下至上相连通的第一通孔302311和第二通孔302312,第二通孔302312与过渡管30232相连通,第一通孔302311的横截面积大于第二通孔302312的横截面积,第一通孔302311和第二通孔302312的交界位置形成有抵接面302313,管体3022插接在第一通孔302311中且与抵接面302313相抵接时则表明管体3022与转接管3023安装到位,提高用户将管体3022与转接管3023组装在一起的效率。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 26 , the first pipeline 30231 is provided with a first through hole 302311 and a second through hole 302312 connected from bottom to top, and the second through hole 302312 communicates with the transition pipe 30232 , The cross-sectional area of the first through hole 302311 is greater than the cross-sectional area of the second through hole 302312, the junction of the first through hole 302311 and the second through hole 302312 is formed with an abutment surface 302313, and the tube body 3022 is inserted into the first through hole. When the hole 302311 is in contact with the abutting surface 302313, it indicates that the tube body 3022 and the adapter tube 3023 are installed in place, which improves the user's efficiency in assembling the tube body 3022 and the adapter tube 3023 together.
结合图19、20、22以及图27所示,对旋风过滤组件305的结构进行说明,盖体本体3061上设置有与进气口3062相连通的容纳腔3064,盖体本体3061上设置有容纳腔3064,旋风过滤组件305设置在容纳腔3064中且与盖体本体3061相连接,混合气体c依次通过进气口3062、容纳腔3064以及旋风过滤组件305实现旋风尘气分离后,洁净气体e从旋风过滤组件305排出,在旋风通道流动的混合气体c中的灰尘d受旋风作用以及自身重力作用,留在盖体本体3061内,从而实现了洁净气体e与灰尘d的较好分离效果。Referring to Figures 19, 20, 22 and 27, the structure of the cyclone filter assembly 305 will be described. The cover body 3061 is provided with a housing cavity 3064 communicating with the air inlet 3062, and the cover body 3061 is provided with a housing chamber 3061. Cavity 3064, the cyclone filter assembly 305 is set in the housing chamber 3064 and connected to the cover body 3061, the mixed gas c passes through the air inlet 3062, the housing chamber 3064 and the cyclone filter assembly 305 in turn to realize cyclone dust gas separation, the clean gas e Exhausted from the cyclone filter assembly 305, the dust d in the mixed gas c flowing in the cyclone channel is left in the cover body 3061 by the action of the cyclone and its own gravity, thereby achieving a better separation effect of the clean gas e and the dust d.
在一些实施例中,如图27所示,盖体本体3061包括位于其上部位置的盖体本体上端30611,盖体本体上端30611开设有与容纳腔3064相连通的插接口30612,旋风过滤组件305通过插接口30612放入容纳腔3064中,从而实现旋风过滤组件305与盖体本体3061可拆装连接,以此实现旋风过滤组件305与盖体306的快速拆装动作,便于操作者对旋风过滤组件305上的杂质进行清理,保证旋风过滤组件305后续对灰尘d较好的过滤效果。另外,通过把盖体306从箱体301上拆下,再将旋风过滤组件305从盖体306上分离开来,可检查旋风过滤组件305与盖体306之间是否有杂物堵塞旋风通道,必要时清理干净。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 27 , the cover body 3061 includes an upper end 30611 of the cover body located at its upper position, and the upper end 30611 of the cover body is provided with an insertion port 30612 communicating with the accommodating cavity 3064 , and the cyclone filter assembly 305 Put it into the accommodation cavity 3064 through the socket 30612, so as to realize the detachable connection between the cyclone filter assembly 305 and the cover body 3061, so as to realize the quick disassembly and assembly of the cyclone filter assembly 305 and the cover body 306, which is convenient for the operator to filter the cyclone Impurities on the assembly 305 are cleaned to ensure that the cyclone filter assembly 305 has a better filtering effect on dust d subsequently. In addition, by removing the cover body 306 from the box body 301, and then separating the cyclone filter assembly 305 from the cover body 306, it is possible to check whether there is debris between the cyclone filter assembly 305 and the cover body 306 blocking the cyclone channel. Clean up as necessary.
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图20、图27、图28、图29以及图30所示,旋风过滤组件305可以包括连通管3051和第一卡接部3052,连通管3051上开设有连通管通道,连通管通道具有上敞口和下敞口,其中,上敞口为出气口30511,第一卡接部3052设置在连通管3051外周,第一卡接部3052的外周与容纳腔3064的侧壁相抵接,第一卡接部3052包括与连通管3051相连接的螺旋底板30521,螺旋底板30521呈螺旋状围设在连通管3051的外周,螺旋底板30521、连通管3051以及盖体本体3061共同形成旋风通道,进气口3062与旋风通道相连通,混合气体依次通过进气口3062、旋风通道、连通管3051实现旋风尘气分离后,洁净气体e从连通管3051上端的出气口30511排出。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19, FIG. 20, FIG. 27, FIG. 28, FIG. 29 and FIG. The communication pipe passage, the communication pipe passage has an upper opening and a lower opening, wherein the upper opening is an air outlet 30511, the first clamping part 3052 is arranged on the outer periphery of the communicating pipe 3051, and the outer circumference of the first clamping part 3052 is connected to the receiving chamber The side walls of 3064 are in contact with each other. The first clamping part 3052 includes a spiral bottom plate 30521 connected to the communication pipe 3051. The spiral bottom plate 30521 is spirally arranged around the outer circumference of the communication pipe 3051. The main body 3061 forms a cyclone channel together, and the air inlet 3062 is connected with the cyclone channel. After the mixed gas passes through the air inlet 3062, the cyclone channel, and the connecting pipe 3051 to realize the separation of cyclone dust and gas, the clean gas e flows from the gas outlet at the upper end of the connecting pipe 3051. 30511 discharge.
在一些实施例中,结合图27、图28和图29所示,第一卡接部3052还包括周侧板30522、封堵挡板30523以及顶板30524,周侧板30522呈环状,展开后的周侧板30522的宽度逐渐增大,周侧板30522绕设在连通管3051的外周且与连通管3051的外周面间隔设置,周侧板30522的底端线条呈螺旋状环绕在连通管3051的外周,周侧板30522宽度较大的一端(自由端)与连通管3051 间隔设置,周侧板30522的自由端与连通管3051的外周面通过封堵挡板30523进行封堵连接,如图29所示,周侧板30522的上端与连通管3051的外周面可以通过顶板30524相连接,周侧板30522的下端通过螺旋底板30521与连通管3051的外周面相连接,螺旋底板30521环绕连通管3051周向角度超过360度,一部分位于下方的螺旋底板30521沿上下方向位于一部分位于上方的螺旋底板30521的下方且正对,前述正对的两部分螺旋底板30521形成凹陷空间,该凹陷空间可以与如图19所示的进气口3062相连通。如图27所示,第一卡接部3052可以对插接口30612进行封堵。如图19和20所示,从进气口3062进入的混合气体c在第一卡接部3052的阻挡下向下运动,结合图19、图27和图28所示,混合气体c在螺旋底板30521的导向作用下呈螺旋状旋转,通过第一卡接部3052的阻挡作用以及螺旋底板30521的导向作用共同作用下,混合气体c能够实现螺旋向下的运动,从而实现较好的旋风分离作用。如图19所示,经过旋风分离作用得到的洁净气体e从连通管3051的下敞口进入并向上运动至出气口30511并排出旋风过滤组件305之外。此外,如图19和图29所示,顶板30524上开设有与出气口30511相连通的顶板开口305241,从出气口30511排出的洁净气体e能够从顶板开口305241排出。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 27 , FIG. 28 and FIG. 29 , the first clamping part 3052 further includes a peripheral side plate 30522 , a blocking baffle 30523 and a top plate 30524 , and the peripheral side plate 30522 is ring-shaped. The width of the peripheral side plate 30522 gradually increases. The peripheral side plate 30522 is wound around the outer circumference of the communication pipe 3051 and is spaced apart from the outer peripheral surface of the communication pipe 3051. The bottom line of the peripheral side plate 30522 is spirally wrapped around the communication pipe 3051 The outer periphery of the peripheral side plate 30522 with a larger width (free end) is arranged at intervals with the connecting pipe 3051, and the free end of the peripheral side plate 30522 and the outer peripheral surface of the connecting pipe 3051 are blocked and connected through the blocking baffle 30523, as shown in the figure As shown in 29, the upper end of the peripheral side plate 30522 can be connected with the outer peripheral surface of the communication pipe 3051 through the top plate 30524, and the lower end of the peripheral side plate 30522 is connected with the outer peripheral surface of the communication pipe 3051 through the spiral bottom plate 30521, and the spiral bottom plate 30521 surrounds the communication pipe 3051 The circumferential angle exceeds 360 degrees, and a part of the spiral bottom plate 30521 located at the bottom is located below and directly opposite to a part of the spiral bottom plate 30521 located at the top along the up and down direction. The two parts of the spiral bottom plate 30521 facing above form a concave space. The air inlet 3062 shown in FIG. 19 is connected. As shown in FIG. 27 , the first engaging portion 3052 can block the insertion port 30612 . As shown in Figures 19 and 20, the mixed gas c entering from the air inlet 3062 moves downward under the obstruction of the first clamping part 3052. As shown in Figure 19, Figure 27 and Figure 28, the mixed gas c flows on the spiral bottom plate Under the guiding action of 30521, it rotates in a spiral shape, and under the joint action of the blocking action of the first clamping part 3052 and the guiding action of the spiral bottom plate 30521, the mixed gas c can realize the spiral downward movement, thereby achieving a better cyclone separation effect . As shown in FIG. 19 , the clean gas e obtained by cyclone separation enters from the lower opening of the communication pipe 3051 and moves upward to the gas outlet 30511 and is discharged out of the cyclone filter assembly 305 . In addition, as shown in FIG. 19 and FIG. 29 , the top plate 30524 is provided with a top plate opening 305241 communicating with the gas outlet 30511 , and the clean gas e discharged from the gas outlet 30511 can be discharged from the top plate opening 305241 .
在一些实施例中,如图19、图20、图30和图31所示,第一卡接部3052的横截面的外轮廓由上至下逐渐减小,如图20所示,容纳腔3064包括由上至下排布且相连接的第一腔室和第二腔室,第一腔室的大小和形状与第一卡接部3052相匹配,第二腔室的横截面积小于第一腔室最小的横截面积,能够实现第一卡接部3052卡接在第一腔室位置的效果,实现旋风过滤组件305和盖体306较好的卡接固定效果。此外,由于第一卡接部3052的横截面的外轮廓由上至下逐渐减小,便于用户将旋风过滤组件305从容纳腔3064中取出。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , FIG. 20 , FIG. 30 and FIG. 31 , the outer contour of the cross section of the first engaging portion 3052 gradually decreases from top to bottom. As shown in FIG. 20 , the accommodating cavity 3064 It includes a first chamber and a second chamber arranged and connected from top to bottom, the size and shape of the first chamber matches the first clamping part 3052, and the cross-sectional area of the second chamber is smaller than that of the first chamber. The smallest cross-sectional area of the chamber can realize the effect of the first clamping portion 3052 being clamped at the position of the first chamber, and achieve a better clamping and fixing effect of the cyclone filter assembly 305 and the cover body 306 . In addition, since the outer profile of the cross section of the first engaging portion 3052 gradually decreases from top to bottom, it is convenient for the user to take out the cyclone filter assembly 305 from the accommodating cavity 3064 .
在一些实施例中,如图19和图20所示,旋风过滤组件305可以包括旋风过滤机构3053(例如,图8所示的旋风分离结构260)和软胶3054,旋风过滤机构3053位于容纳腔3064内,软胶3054与旋风过滤机构3053相连接且至少部分软胶3054沿周向伸出旋风过滤机构3053的外周,伸出旋风过滤机构3053的外周的软胶3054抵接在盖体本体上端30611,盖体本体上端30611能够实现对旋风过滤组件305较好的支撑效果,此外,由于软胶3054的质地较柔软,即便软胶3054长时间与盖体本体上端30611相接触,也能够避免软胶3054或者盖体本体上端30611发生损坏。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 , the cyclone filter assembly 305 may include a cyclone filter mechanism 3053 (for example, the cyclone separation structure 260 shown in FIG. 8 ) and soft rubber 3054, and the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 is located in the housing cavity In 3064, the soft glue 3054 is connected with the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 and at least part of the soft glue 3054 protrudes from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 along the circumferential direction, and the soft glue 3054 extending from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 abuts against the upper end 30611 of the cover body, The upper end 30611 of the cover body can achieve a better support effect on the cyclone filter assembly 305. In addition, because the texture of the soft rubber 3054 is relatively soft, even if the soft rubber 3054 is in contact with the upper end 30611 of the cover body for a long time, it can avoid the impact of the soft rubber 3054. Or the upper end 30611 of the cover body is damaged.
在一些实施例中,如图29、图30和图31所示,软胶3054可以包括相连接的第二上端面30541以及连接部30542,第二上端面30541位于顶板30524的上表面,连接部30542卡接在顶板30524的外周,周侧板30522靠近第二上端面30541的位置开设有环状的卡接槽305243卡接槽305243卡接槽305243,部分连接部30542容置在卡接槽305243卡接槽305243卡接槽305243中,部分连接部30542伸出周侧板30522的外周,从而实现软胶3054与顶板30524的固定。结合图19和图31所示,第二上端面30541上开设有上开口30544,顶板开口305241排出的洁净气体e能够从上开口30544排出,后续进入到清洁装置100的电机中。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 29 , FIG. 30 and FIG. 31 , the soft rubber 3054 may include a connected second upper end surface 30541 and a connecting portion 30542 , the second upper end surface 30541 is located on the upper surface of the top plate 30524 , and the connecting portion 30542 is clamped on the outer periphery of the top plate 30524, and the peripheral side plate 30522 is provided with an annular clamping groove 305243 clamping groove 305243 clamping groove 305243 clamping groove 305243 near the second upper end surface 30541, and part of the connecting part 30542 is accommodated in the clamping groove 305243 Clamping groove 305243 In the clamping groove 305243, part of the connecting portion 30542 protrudes from the outer periphery of the peripheral side plate 30522, so as to realize the fixing of the soft rubber 3054 and the top plate 30524. As shown in FIG. 19 and FIG. 31 , an upper opening 30544 is opened on the second upper end surface 30541 , and the clean gas e discharged from the top plate opening 305241 can be discharged from the upper opening 30544 and then enter the motor of the cleaning device 100 .
在一些实施例中,如图27和图28所示,软胶3054可以包括两个在其两侧的凸耳30543,如图29所示,顶板30524包括两个凸耳卡接部305242,每个凸耳30543卡接套设在对应的凸耳卡接部305242的外周,从而实现凸耳30543与凸耳卡接部305242的固定。操作者通过拉拽凸耳30543,便能实现将旋风过滤组件305从盖体306上的拆除,方便用户对旋风过滤组件305施加作用力。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 27 and Figure 28, the soft rubber 3054 may include two lugs 30543 on both sides thereof, as shown in Figure 29, the top plate 30524 includes two lug engaging parts 305242, each Each lug 30543 is clipped and sleeved on the outer periphery of the corresponding lug engaging portion 305242 , so as to realize the fixing of the lug 30543 and the lug engaging portion 305242 . The operator can remove the cyclone filter assembly 305 from the cover 306 by pulling the lug 30543 , which is convenient for the user to exert force on the cyclone filter assembly 305 .
在一些实施例中,如图27所示,盖体306还包括上盖3065,上盖3065扣设在盖体本体3061的上端,能够实现对盖体本体3061上凹凸不平的结构以及锁定结构的遮挡,实现储污箱300的美观的效果。此外,如图27所示,上盖3065与凸耳30543对应的位置上开设有凹槽30651,当旋风过滤组件305安装在盖体306上时,凸耳30543位于对应的凹槽30651中,凹槽30651的设置能够实现对凸耳30543较好的避让效果。此外,当旋风过滤组件305安装在盖体306上时,凸耳30543的上表面与上盖3065的上表面在同一平面内,实现储污箱300上端的平整,更美观。此外,凸耳30543的侧面与凹槽30651的侧壁沿水平方向间隔设置,凸耳30543的底面与凹槽30651的底面沿竖直方向间隔设置,方便操作者将手从上述间隔中伸入,并能实现用户将凸耳30543的握持动作。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 27 , the cover 306 further includes an upper cover 3065, which is fastened on the upper end of the cover body 3061, so as to realize the correction of the uneven structure and the locking structure on the cover body 3061. Covering, to achieve the aesthetic effect of the dirt storage tank 300. In addition, as shown in Figure 27, a groove 30651 is opened on the position corresponding to the lug 30543 on the upper cover 3065. When the cyclone filter assembly 305 is installed on the cover body 306, the lug 30543 is located in the corresponding groove 30651. The setting of the groove 30651 can achieve a better avoidance effect on the lug 30543 . In addition, when the cyclone filter assembly 305 is installed on the cover body 306, the upper surface of the lug 30543 and the upper surface of the upper cover 3065 are in the same plane, so that the upper end of the dirt storage tank 300 is flat and more beautiful. In addition, the sides of the lug 30543 and the side wall of the groove 30651 are spaced apart in the horizontal direction, and the bottom surface of the lug 30543 and the bottom surface of the groove 30651 are spaced apart in the vertical direction, so that it is convenient for the operator to extend his hand into the space above. And it can realize the action of the user holding the lug 30543 .
在一些实施例中,如图19、图30、图31和图32所示,上盖3065包括第一上端面30652,第一上端面30652与水平面呈预设夹角设置,连接部30542的底面与水平面呈预设夹角设置,盖体本体3061的上端与水平面呈预设夹角设置。其中,第一上端面30652与水平面之间的夹角为第一预设夹角,连接部30542的地面与水平面之间的夹角为第二预设夹角,盖体本体3061的上端与水平面之间的夹角为第三预设夹角。当盖体本体3061的上端与连接部30542的底面抵接时,第一上 端面30652与第二上端面30541处于同一平面内,上述结构的设置能够起到防止旋风过滤组件305相对盖体306装反的问题,如果旋风过滤组件305沿水平方向转180度安装到盖体306中,第一上端面30652与第二上端面30541便会呈夹角设置而不在一个平面内,操作者便很容易发现旋风过滤组件305装反的问题。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , FIG. 30 , FIG. 31 and FIG. 32 , the upper cover 3065 includes a first upper end surface 30652 , the first upper end surface 30652 is set at a preset angle with the horizontal plane, and the bottom surface of the connecting portion 30542 It is set at a preset included angle with the horizontal plane, and the upper end of the cover body 3061 is set at a preset included angle with the horizontal plane. Wherein, the angle between the first upper end surface 30652 and the horizontal plane is the first preset angle, the angle between the ground of the connecting part 30542 and the horizontal plane is the second preset angle, and the upper end of the cover body 3061 and the horizontal plane The included angle between is the third preset included angle. When the upper end of the cover body 3061 abuts against the bottom surface of the connecting portion 30542, the first upper end surface 30652 and the second upper end surface 30541 are in the same plane. On the contrary, if the cyclone filter assembly 305 is turned 180 degrees in the horizontal direction and installed in the cover body 306, the first upper end surface 30652 and the second upper end surface 30541 will be arranged at an angle and not in a plane, and the operator will easily It was found that the cyclone filter assembly 305 was installed backwards.
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图20、图27和图32所示,盖体本体3061的下端开设有位于连通管3051下方的排灰口30613,盖体306还包括与转接管3023相连接的积灰桶3066,积灰桶3066位于排灰口30613的下方,积灰桶3066的上端开设有进灰口30661,当盖体本体3061插接在箱体301时,排灰口30613与进灰口30661正对,容纳腔3064中的灰尘d会依次通过排灰口30613和进灰口30661后进入积灰桶3066,积灰桶3066能够实现对更多灰尘d的贮存。当操作者将盖体306从箱体301上取下后,操作者手持积灰桶3066便能实现对积灰桶3066以及转接管3023一起从箱体301中拆除的效果,便于操作者后续对积灰桶3066、转接管3023以及过滤机构307的清洁和清理效果。在一些实施例中,如图19和图20所示,积灰桶3066的上端面与开口308沿竖直方向的距离为10mm~20mm,便于用户对积灰桶3066的拾取。在一些实施例中,如图25和图26所示,积灰桶3066以及转接管3023可以通过注塑一体成型,简化积灰桶3066与转接管3023的安装效率。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , FIG. 20 , FIG. 27 and FIG. 32 , the lower end of the cover body 3061 is provided with an ash discharge port 30613 located below the communication pipe 3051 , and the cover body 306 also includes The connected ash bucket 3066, the ash bucket 3066 is located below the ash outlet 30613, and the upper end of the ash bucket 3066 is provided with an ash inlet 30661. When the cover body 3061 is plugged into the box body 301, the ash outlet 30613 and The ash inlet 30661 is facing, and the dust d in the accommodating chamber 3064 will pass through the ash discharge port 30613 and the ash inlet 30661 in sequence and then enter the ash bucket 3066, which can store more dust d. When the operator removes the cover 306 from the box body 301, the operator can hold the ash bucket 3066 to remove the ash bucket 3066 and the transfer tube 3023 from the box body 301, which is convenient for the operator to carry out subsequent operations. The cleaning and cleaning effects of the ash bucket 3066, the transfer pipe 3023 and the filter mechanism 307. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 , the vertical distance between the upper surface of the ash bucket 3066 and the opening 308 is 10 mm to 20 mm, which is convenient for the user to pick up the ash bucket 3066 . In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 25 and FIG. 26 , the ash bucket 3066 and the transfer pipe 3023 can be integrally formed by injection molding, which simplifies the installation efficiency of the ash bucket 3066 and the transfer pipe 3023 .
在一些实施例中,如图19和图32所示,盖体306还包括过滤格栅3067,过滤格栅3067设置在排灰口30613内,容纳腔3064内的混合气体c与过滤格栅3067相触碰,能够实现更多的灰尘d从混合气体c中分离出来,能够提高灰尘d与洁净气体e的分离效果。在一些实施例中,如图32所示,过滤格栅3067包括中部挡板30671以及多个连接杆30672,中部挡板30671位于排灰口30613中间,每个连接杆30672分别与中部挡板30671与盖体本体3061相连接,多个连接杆30672均匀且间隔设置在中部挡板30671的外周,图19所示的灰尘d能够通过相邻的两个连接杆30672之间的空间进入到积灰桶3066内。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 19 and Figure 32, the cover body 306 further includes a filter grill 3067, the filter grill 3067 is arranged in the ash discharge port 30613, the mixed gas c in the accommodating cavity 3064 and the filter grill 3067 Contact with each other can realize the separation of more dust d from the mixed gas c, and can improve the separation effect of dust d and clean gas e. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 32 , the filter grill 3067 includes a middle baffle 30671 and a plurality of connecting rods 30672, the middle baffle 30671 is located in the middle of the ash outlet 30613, and each connecting rod 30672 is connected to the middle baffle 30671 respectively. Connected with the cover body 3061, a plurality of connecting rods 30672 are arranged evenly and at intervals on the outer periphery of the middle baffle 30671, and the dust d shown in Figure 19 can enter into the dust accumulation through the space between two adjacent connecting rods 30672 Inside barrel 3066.
在一些实施例中,如图19和图20所示,盖体本体3061还包括位于盖体本体3061下部位置的下插接端30614,下插接端30614的底端开设排灰口30613,下插接端30614的底部通过进灰口30661插接在积灰桶3066中,下插接端30614与进灰口30661的配合能够实现旋风过滤机构3053的风道与进灰口30661快速且精准的对准插接效果。在一些实施例中,如图19和图20所示,下插接端30614的横截面积由上至下逐渐减小,下插接端30614对灰尘d有一定汇聚作用后收集到积灰桶3066中,使得灰尘d更易进入到积灰桶3066,避免灰尘d对排灰口30613的堵塞。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 19 and Figure 20, the cover body 3061 further includes a lower insertion end 30614 located at the lower part of the cover body 3061, the bottom end of the lower insertion end 30614 is provided with an ash outlet 30613, and The bottom of the plug-in end 30614 is plugged into the ash bucket 3066 through the ash inlet 30661, and the cooperation between the lower plug-in end 30614 and the ash inlet 30661 can realize the fast and accurate connection between the air channel of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 and the ash inlet 30661. Align the docking effect. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 , the cross-sectional area of the lower plug-in end 30614 gradually decreases from top to bottom, and the lower plug-in end 30614 has a certain gathering effect on the dust d and is collected into the ash bucket 3066, making it easier for the dust d to enter the ash bucket 3066, so as to avoid the clogging of the dust discharge port 30613 by the dust d.
在一些实施例中,如图19、图20和图25所示,盖体306还包括密封结构3068,密封结构3068设置在进灰口30661,当下插接端30614插接在进灰口30661,密封结构3068与下插接端30614的外周密封抵接设置,密封结构3068的设置能够防止从污水出口3021排出的混合气体c从下插接端30614与积灰桶3066之间的缝隙进入到积灰桶3066中,避免混合气体c对积灰桶3066内灰尘d的搅动,避免灰尘d被扬起而进入到出气口30511排出,保证出气口30511排出较洁净的洁净气体e。In some embodiments, as shown in Fig. 19, Fig. 20 and Fig. 25, the cover body 306 further includes a sealing structure 3068, the sealing structure 3068 is arranged at the ash inlet 30661, and the lower insertion end 30614 is plugged into the ash inlet 30661, The sealing structure 3068 is set in sealing contact with the outer periphery of the lower plug-in end 30614, and the setting of the sealing structure 3068 can prevent the mixed gas c discharged from the sewage outlet 3021 from entering into the storage tank from the gap between the lower plug-in end 30614 and the ash bucket 3066. In the ash bucket 3066, avoid mixing gas c to agitate the dust d in the ash bucket 3066, prevent the dust d from being raised and enter the air outlet 30511 for discharge, and ensure that the air outlet 30511 discharges relatively clean clean gas e.
在一些实施例中,如图19和图20所示,盖体306还包括第二遮挡板3069,第二遮挡板3069与盖体本体3061相连接,第二遮挡板3069沿竖直方向设置在连通管3051的下端与排灰口30613之间,第二遮挡板3069的设置能够避免旋风过滤机构3053的风道内的气流搅动积灰桶3066内灰尘d,导致灰尘d进入到旋风过滤机构3053后排出储污箱300。具体而言,由于灰尘d会在第二遮挡板3069与中部挡板30671的连接位置堆积,从而造成排灰口30613的堵塞,所以第二遮挡板3069与旋风过滤机构3053的风道可拆装连接,便于用户对堆积在第二遮挡板3069与中部挡板30671连接位置的灰尘d进行清理,保证排灰口30613的畅通,实现积灰桶3066对灰尘d较好的回收作用。在一些实施例中,如图19和图20所示,第二遮挡板3069与中部挡板30671可以通过螺钉可拆装连接,便于用户对第二遮挡板3069与中部挡板30671的快速拆装操作。在其他实施例中,还可以将螺钉替换为销钉、卡扣结构等。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 , the cover 306 further includes a second shielding plate 3069, the second shielding plate 3069 is connected to the cover body 3061, and the second shielding plate 3069 is vertically arranged at Between the lower end of the connecting pipe 3051 and the ash discharge port 30613, the setting of the second shielding plate 3069 can prevent the airflow in the air duct of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 from stirring the dust d in the ash bucket 3066, causing the dust d to enter the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 The dirt holding tank 300 is drained. Specifically, since the dust d will accumulate at the connection position between the second baffle plate 3069 and the middle baffle plate 30671, thereby causing blockage of the ash discharge port 30613, the air duct of the second baffle plate 3069 and the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 can be disassembled. The connection is convenient for the user to clean up the dust d accumulated at the connection position between the second baffle plate 3069 and the middle baffle plate 30671, ensures the smooth flow of the ash discharge port 30613, and realizes the better recovery effect of the ash bucket 3066 on the dust d. In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 19 and Figure 20, the second shielding plate 3069 and the middle shielding plate 30671 can be detachably connected by screws, which is convenient for users to quickly disassemble and assemble the second shielding plate 3069 and the middle shielding plate 30671 operate. In other embodiments, the screws can also be replaced by pins, buckle structures, and the like.
在一些实施例中,如图19和图20所示,第二遮挡板3069的纵截面为上凸弧形(即弧形朝上凸起),在水平投影面积相同的情况下,本实施例中的第二遮挡板3069的表面积更大,第二遮挡板3069能够与进入到旋风过滤机构3053的风道内的混合气体c的接触概率更大,混合气体c内固体颗粒与第二遮挡板3069碰触的次数增多,能过实现混合气体c内大部分灰尘d与过洁净气体e的分离,从而实现较多灰尘d的分离,避免灰尘d从出气口5111排出。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 19 and Figure 20, the longitudinal section of the second shielding plate 3069 is an upwardly convex arc (that is, the arc is convex upward). The surface area of the second baffle plate 3069 is larger, and the second baffle plate 3069 can have a greater contact probability with the mixed gas c entering the air channel of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053, and the solid particles in the mixed gas c and the second baffle plate 3069 The more times of touching, the separation of most of the dust d in the mixed gas c and the super-clean gas e can be realized, so as to realize the separation of more dust d and prevent the dust d from being discharged from the air outlet 5111.
在一些实施例中,如图19、图20和图25所示,储污箱300还包括设置在箱体301内的过 滤机构307,过滤机构307沿竖直方向(即机身1的长度方向)位于污水出口3021与底面303之间,混合液体a流过过滤机构307,混合液体a内的干垃圾f留在过滤机构307上,混合液体a内的湿垃圾b流入过滤机构307与底面303之间的空间中,过滤机构307能够将混合液体a进行干垃圾f与湿垃圾b的分离,便于用户对储污箱300较好的清理,从而实现储污箱300的第三种过滤方式。In some embodiments, as shown in Fig. 19, Fig. 20 and Fig. 25, the dirt storage tank 300 also includes a filter mechanism 307 arranged in the box body 301, and the filter mechanism 307 is arranged along the vertical direction (that is, the length direction of the fuselage 1) ) is located between the sewage outlet 3021 and the bottom surface 303, the mixed liquid a flows through the filter mechanism 307, the dry garbage f in the mixed liquid a stays on the filter mechanism 307, and the wet garbage b in the mixed liquid a flows into the filter mechanism 307 and the bottom surface 303 In the space between, the filter mechanism 307 can separate the mixed liquid a from the dry garbage f and the wet garbage b, which is convenient for the user to clean the dirt storage tank 300 better, thereby realizing the third filtering method of the dirt storage tank 300 .
在一些实施例中,如图19和图20所示,由于过滤机构307在箱体301的底面303与旋风过滤组件305之间,过滤机构307还能对贮存在其下方的湿垃圾b有一定阻挡作用,避免储污箱300由于振动而导致的湿垃圾b飞溅到进气口3062的位置,避免海帕以及电机中进水,避免电机发生短路。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 19 and Figure 20, since the filter mechanism 307 is between the bottom surface 303 of the box body 301 and the cyclone filter assembly 305, the filter mechanism 307 can also have a certain degree of wet garbage b stored below it. The blocking effect prevents the wet garbage b caused by the vibration of the dirt storage tank 300 from splashing to the position of the air inlet 3062, avoids water ingress in the Hypa and the motor, and avoids a short circuit in the motor.
具有储污箱300的清洁装置(如图1~7所示的清洁装置100)能同时实现三种过滤方式,消费者仅需购买一台清洁装置100便能实现对不同环境的清洁,真正做到一机多用,消费者无需在多台不同功能的清洁装置或其他清洁装置之间切换,且具有储污箱300的清洁装置的操作简单方便。A cleaning device with a dirt storage tank 300 (such as the cleaning device 100 shown in Figures 1 to 7) can realize three filtering methods at the same time. Consumers only need to buy one cleaning device 100 to clean different environments. To one machine with multiple functions, consumers do not need to switch between multiple cleaning devices with different functions or other cleaning devices, and the operation of the cleaning device with the dirt storage tank 300 is simple and convenient.
在一些实施例中,如图19所示,污水出口3021可以设置在污水管302侧面且与箱体301的内侧壁正对,从污水出口3021喷出的混合液体a在沿着箱体301的内侧壁流动过程中,一部分干垃圾f会残留在箱体301的内侧壁上,从而进一步提高了对混合液体a的干垃圾f与湿垃圾b的分离效果,当附着在箱体301的内侧壁上干垃圾f风干到一定程度,干垃圾f会从箱体301的内侧壁上掉落至过滤机构307上。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , the sewage outlet 3021 can be arranged on the side of the sewage pipe 302 and facing the inner wall of the box body 301 , and the mixed liquid a sprayed from the sewage outlet 3021 flows along the side of the box body 301 . During the flow of the inner wall, a part of the dry garbage f will remain on the inner wall of the box body 301, thereby further improving the separation effect of the dry garbage f and the wet garbage b of the mixed liquid a. The upper dry garbage f is air-dried to a certain extent, and the dry garbage f will drop from the inner side wall of the box body 301 to the filter mechanism 307 .
在一些实施例中,如图25和图27所示,转接管3023与过滤机构307相连接,当操作者将盖体306从箱体301上取下后,操作者手持积灰桶3066便能实现对积灰桶3066以及转接管3023一起从箱体301中拆除的效果,便于操作者后续对积灰桶3066、转接管3023以及过滤机构307进行清洁并且具有较好的清洁效果。通过这样设置,可以不用设置与过滤机构307相连的较长的长杆,从而简化了储污箱300的结构。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 25 and Figure 27, the transfer pipe 3023 is connected to the filter mechanism 307, when the operator removes the cover 306 from the box body 301, the operator can hold the ash bucket 3066 The effect of removing the ash bucket 3066 and the transfer pipe 3023 from the box body 301 is achieved, which is convenient for the operator to clean the ash bucket 3066, the transfer pipe 3023 and the filter mechanism 307 and has a better cleaning effect. By setting in this way, it is not necessary to set a long rod connected with the filter mechanism 307 , thereby simplifying the structure of the dirt storage tank 300 .
在一些实施例中,如图25和图27所示,转接管3023与过滤机构307枢接,操作者手持转接管3023,并使过滤机构307相对转接管3023转动,使转接管3023的轴线与过滤机构307的轴线呈90度设置,且转接管3023的部分伸出过滤机构307的周侧。由于转接管3023的外周相对清洁,当操作者对过滤机构307内的干垃圾f进行清理时,过滤机构307的内部面朝向下,操作者手持转接管3023伸出过滤机构307的周侧的部分,这样,过滤机构307内的干垃圾f沿竖直方向下落不会弄脏用户的手。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 25 and FIG. 27 , the transfer tube 3023 is pivotally connected to the filter mechanism 307. The operator holds the transfer tube 3023 and rotates the filter mechanism 307 relative to the transfer tube 3023 so that the axis of the transfer tube 3023 is in line with the filter mechanism 3023. The axis of the filter mechanism 307 is arranged at 90 degrees, and a portion of the transfer pipe 3023 protrudes from the periphery of the filter mechanism 307 . Since the outer periphery of the transfer pipe 3023 is relatively clean, when the operator cleans up the dry garbage f in the filter mechanism 307, the inner surface of the filter mechanism 307 faces downward, and the operator holds the transfer pipe 3023 protruding from the peripheral part of the filter mechanism 307 , Like this, the dry rubbish f in the filtering mechanism 307 falls along the vertical direction and can not dirty user's hand.
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图25和图27对过滤机构307的结构进行说明,如图19、图25和图27所示,过滤机构307包括连杆3071和滤篮3072,连杆3071与转接管3023枢接,滤篮3072与连杆3071相连接,滤篮3072上开设有过滤孔,进入到滤篮3072的混合液体a中的干垃圾f被贮存到滤篮3072中,由于滤篮3072内部容置空间较大,能够贮存体积较大的干垃圾f,能够减少用户对过滤机构307的清洁频率,能够提高清洁装置100的持续工作时长和能处理的清洁区域的面积。In some embodiments, the structure of the filter mechanism 307 is described in conjunction with Figure 19, Figure 25 and Figure 27, as shown in Figure 19, Figure 25 and Figure 27, the filter mechanism 307 includes a connecting rod 3071 and a filter basket 3072, the connecting rod 3071 is pivotally connected to the transfer pipe 3023, and the filter basket 3072 is connected to the connecting rod 3071. There are filter holes on the filter basket 3072, and the dry garbage f in the mixed liquid a entering the filter basket 3072 is stored in the filter basket 3072. The filter basket 3072 has a large interior space, which can store larger volumes of dry garbage f, can reduce the cleaning frequency of the filter mechanism 307 by users, and can increase the continuous working time of the cleaning device 100 and the area of the cleaning area that can be processed.
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图25和图27对滤篮3072的结构进行说明,如图19、图25和图27所示,滤篮3072包括支撑骨架30721和滤网30722,支撑骨架30721的上端设置有承接口30723,支撑骨架30721的周侧开设有安装口30724,滤网30722上开设有多个第一滤孔30725,滤网30722封堵在安装口30724处。由于清洁装置100应用的工作环境不同,比如有清理碎纸、毛发等大体积干垃圾f的场景,还有清理含有灰尘较多的泥汤的场景,操作者可以根据不同的场景选择滤网30722上第一过滤孔4221的大小,从而实现对不同场景的匹配,提高储污箱300的通用性。在一些实施例中,滤网30722可以是图10中示出的过滤网213,或者是与过滤网213具有类似结构或实现相同功能的部件。In some embodiments, the structure of the filter basket 3072 is described in conjunction with FIG. 19, FIG. 25 and FIG. 27. As shown in FIG. 19, FIG. 25 and FIG. The upper end of the 30721 is provided with a socket 30723, the surrounding side of the support frame 30721 is provided with an installation port 30724, the filter screen 30722 is provided with a plurality of first filter holes 30725, and the filter screen 30722 is blocked at the installation port 30724. Since the working environment of the cleaning device 100 is different, for example, there are scenes of cleaning large-volume dry garbage such as shredded paper and hair, and scenes of cleaning mud soup with a lot of dust, the operator can select the filter screen 30722 according to different scenes The size of the first filter hole 4221 can be adjusted to match different scenes, and the versatility of the dirt storage tank 300 can be improved. In some embodiments, the filter 30722 can be the filter 213 shown in FIG. 10 , or a component that has a similar structure or achieves the same function as the filter 213 .
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图25和图27所示,滤网30722可以向外凸出设置,使得滤篮3072内部的储存空间较大,从而实现滤篮3072对较多干垃圾的贮存回收。在一些实施例中,滤网30722可以由金属板或者滤布制成,其中滤布能过滤更细小的灰尘颗粒,金属板具有较好的强度和硬度,能够有效提高滤网30722的使用寿命。此外,同等面积安装口30724安装的外凸的滤网30722的表面积更大,外凸的滤网30722上第一滤孔30725数量更多,能够提高对混合液体a进行干垃圾f与湿垃圾b分离的效率。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , FIG. 25 and FIG. 27 , the filter screen 30722 can protrude outward, so that the storage space inside the filter basket 3072 is larger, so that the filter basket 3072 can store more dry garbage. Storage and recovery. In some embodiments, the filter screen 30722 can be made of metal plate or filter cloth, wherein the filter cloth can filter finer dust particles, and the metal plate has better strength and hardness, which can effectively improve the service life of the filter screen 30722 . In addition, the convex filter screen 30722 installed in the installation port 30724 with the same area has a larger surface area, and the number of first filter holes 30725 on the convex filter screen 30722 is more, which can improve the mixed liquid a. Dry garbage f and wet garbage b separation efficiency.
在一些实施例中,结合图25和图27对支撑骨架30721的结构进行说明,如图25和图27所示,支撑骨架30721包括隔板30726以及环状侧周板30727,隔板30726上开设有多个第二滤孔30728,环状侧周板30727与隔板30726相连接且与隔板30726构成容置空间,环状侧周板30727上 开设有多个沿周向方向间隔设置的安装口30724,滤网30722首尾相连以形成环状结构,部分滤网30722的外表面与环状侧周板30727的内表面相抵接,仅通过一张滤网30722便能实现对多个安装口30724的封堵,能够提高用户对滤篮3072的快速组装,提高滤篮3072的拆装效率。在一些实施例中,隔板30726可以是图10中所示出的分隔板203,或者是与分隔板203具有类似结构或实现相同功能的部件。在一些实施例中,环状侧周板30727可以是图10中所示出的支架212,或者是与支架212具有类似结构或实现相同功能的部件。在一些实施例中,环状侧周板30727与支架212的组合可以被称为挡壁(例如,图10中示出的挡壁211)。In some embodiments, the structure of the supporting frame 30721 is described in conjunction with Fig. 25 and Fig. 27. As shown in Fig. 25 and Fig. 27, the supporting frame 30721 includes a partition 30726 and an annular side peripheral plate 30727, and the partition 30726 is provided with There are a plurality of second filter holes 30728, the annular side peripheral plate 30727 is connected with the partition plate 30726 and constitutes an accommodating space with the partition plate 30726, and a plurality of mounting holes arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction are provided on the annular side peripheral plate 30727 Port 30724, filter screen 30722 are connected end to end to form a ring structure, the outer surface of part of the filter screen 30722 is in contact with the inner surface of the annular side peripheral plate 30727, and multiple installation ports 30724 can be realized by only one filter screen 30722 The plugging can improve the user's quick assembly of the filter basket 3072 and improve the disassembly efficiency of the filter basket 3072. In some embodiments, the partition 30726 may be the partition 203 shown in FIG. 10 , or a component that has a similar structure or performs the same function as the partition 203 . In some embodiments, the annular side peripheral plate 30727 can be the bracket 212 shown in FIG. 10 , or a component that has a similar structure or achieves the same function as the bracket 212 . In some embodiments, the combination of annular side perimeter plate 30727 and bracket 212 may be referred to as a barrier (eg, barrier 211 shown in FIG. 10 ).
在一些实施例中,如图22所示,隔板30726距离箱体301的底面303之间距离为L5,箱体301的高度为H,L5/H为1/3~1/2,也就是说,箱体301的1/3~1/2体积能够用来贮存湿垃圾b,能够实现清洁装置100对较多湿垃圾b的贮存。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 22, the distance between the partition 30726 and the bottom surface 303 of the box 301 is L5, the height of the box 301 is H, and L5/H is 1/3 to 1/2, that is In other words, 1/3˜1/2 of the volume of the box body 301 can be used to store wet garbage b, which can realize the storage of more wet garbage b by the cleaning device 100 .
在一些实施例中,如图25所示,环状侧周板30727的高度可以为20mm~50mm,相较于只有隔板30726的支撑骨架30721,滤篮3072的环状侧周板30727具有一定高度,能够达到增加贮存干垃圾(图19所示的干垃圾f)容置空间的效果,从而实现滤篮3072对更多干垃圾的贮存的效果。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 25 , the height of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 can be 20 mm to 50 mm. Compared with the support frame 30721 with only the partition plate 30726, the annular side peripheral plate 30727 of the filter basket 3072 has a certain The height can achieve the effect of increasing the accommodating space for storing dry garbage (dry garbage f shown in FIG. 19 ), thereby realizing the effect of the filter basket 3072 storing more dry garbage.
在一些实施例中,如图20和图25所示,第二滤孔30728为长条孔,多个第二滤孔30728绕隔板30726的中心线均匀排布,能够实现湿垃圾(图19所示的湿垃圾b)在隔板30726各个位置的均匀下流,避免第二滤孔30728由于分布不均匀而导致的部分第二滤孔30728发生堵塞,提高滤篮3072的固液分离效率。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 20 and Figure 25, the second filter holes 30728 are elongated holes, and a plurality of second filter holes 30728 are evenly arranged around the center line of the partition 30726, which can realize wet garbage (Figure 19 The wet garbage shown in b) evenly flows down at each position of the partition plate 30726 to avoid blockage of some of the second filter holes 30728 caused by uneven distribution of the second filter holes 30728 and improve the solid-liquid separation efficiency of the filter basket 3072.
在一些实施例中,如图20和图25所示,隔板30726的中间开设有通孔30729,管体3022穿过通孔30729与转接管3023相连接,这样,在倾斜或放平清洁装置100时,滤篮3072在箱体301内不会歪斜。在一些实施例中,通孔30729可以是图10中所示出的装配孔214,也可以是储污箱300中与装配孔214具有类似结构、或者是能够实现与装配孔214在图8所示的储污箱4中相同功能的部件。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 20 and Figure 25, a through hole 30729 is opened in the middle of the partition 30726, and the pipe body 3022 is connected to the adapter pipe 3023 through the through hole 30729, so that when the cleaning device is tilted or laid flat When 100, the filter basket 3072 will not be skewed in the casing 301. In some embodiments, the through hole 30729 may be the assembly hole 214 shown in FIG. Parts with the same function in the dirt storage tank 4 shown.
进一步的,通孔30729向上延伸形成导管30730,管体3022插接在导管30730中,管体3022的外周面与导管30730的内壁抵接,能够提高滤篮3072与管体3022的接触面积,能进一步避免滤篮3072在箱体301内不歪斜。在一些实施例中,导管30730可以是图10中所示出的环形挡板215,或者是与环形挡板215具有类似结构或者实现相同功能的部件。Further, the through hole 30729 extends upwards to form a conduit 30730, the tube body 3022 is inserted into the conduit 30730, and the outer peripheral surface of the tube body 3022 abuts against the inner wall of the conduit 30730, which can increase the contact area between the filter basket 3072 and the tube body 3022, and can Further avoid that the filter basket 3072 is not crooked in the box body 301 . In some embodiments, the conduit 30730 may be the annular baffle 215 shown in FIG. 10 , or a component having a similar structure or performing the same function as the annular baffle 215 .
在一些实施例中,结合图19、图20和图25所示,管体3022的外周面与导管30730的内壁过盈配合,能够实现滤篮3072与管体3022较好的固定效果,避免滤篮3072向箱体301的底面303滑落,避免滤篮3072与过滤掉干垃圾f的湿垃圾b的再次接触,保证干垃圾f与湿垃圾b各自独立的设置。具体而言,管体3022由下至上的直径逐渐减小,管体3022在中部位置的外部直径与导管30730的内孔直径相同,这样能够保证滤篮3072在管体3022的中部位置与管体3022的固定。此外,管体3022的上端的直径小于导管30730的内孔直径,还便于操作者将滤篮3072安装到管体3022上。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , FIG. 20 and FIG. 25 , the outer peripheral surface of the tube body 3022 is in interference fit with the inner wall of the conduit 30730 , which can achieve a better fixing effect between the filter basket 3072 and the tube body 3022 and avoid filter basket 3072 . The basket 3072 slides down to the bottom surface 303 of the casing 301 to prevent the filter basket 3072 from contacting again with the wet garbage b that has filtered out the dry garbage f, and to ensure that the dry garbage f and the wet garbage b are independently set. Specifically, the diameter of the tube body 3022 gradually decreases from bottom to top, and the outer diameter of the tube body 3022 at the middle position is the same as the inner hole diameter of the conduit 30730, which can ensure that the filter basket 3072 is in the same position as the tube body at the middle position of the tube body 3022. 3022 fixed. In addition, the diameter of the upper end of the pipe body 3022 is smaller than the diameter of the inner hole of the conduit 30730 , which is also convenient for the operator to install the filter basket 3072 on the pipe body 3022 .
在一些实施例中,隔板30726由通孔30729到隔板30726的边缘向下倾斜设置,能使混合液体a有向下流动的趋势,进而提高滤篮3072的固液分离效果,避免液体在隔板30726的沉积。此外,当隔板30726在水平面的投影面积一定的情况下,上述结构能够增加隔板30726整体的表面积,多个第二滤孔30728的总面积更大,能够提高干垃圾f与湿垃圾b的分离效率。In some embodiments, the baffle 30726 is inclined downward from the through hole 30729 to the edge of the baffle 30726, so that the mixed liquid a has a tendency to flow downward, thereby improving the solid-liquid separation effect of the filter basket 3072, and avoiding the liquid in the filter basket 3072. Deposition of spacer 30726. In addition, when the projected area of the partition 30726 on the horizontal plane is constant, the above structure can increase the overall surface area of the partition 30726, and the total area of the plurality of second filter holes 30728 is larger, which can improve the separation between dry garbage f and wet garbage b. separation efficiency.
在一些实施例中,如图19所示,环状侧周板30727的上端的边缘与箱体301的内周面密封接触。通过这样设置,首先,大颗粒或者大体积的干垃圾f无法通过环状侧周板30727的上端的边缘与箱体301的内周面之间的缝隙,从而使得大颗粒或者大体积的干垃圾f在过滤机构307经过分离作用后留在过滤机构307中,避免大颗粒或者大体积的干垃圾f进入到过滤机构307中的湿垃圾b中。此外,过滤机构307以及底面303之间的湿垃圾b不会通过环状侧周板30727的上端的边缘与箱体301的内周面之间的缝隙,能够完全避免过滤机构307以及底面303之间的湿垃圾b由于振动而进入过滤机构307的风险。当然,由于环状侧周板30727的上端的边缘与箱体301的内周面密封接触,即便储污箱300发生振动,也能够避免滤篮3072与箱体301发生相对位移。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , the edge of the upper end of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 is in sealing contact with the inner peripheral surface of the box body 301 . By setting in this way, first of all, large particles or large-volume dry garbage f cannot pass through the gap between the edge of the upper end of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 and the inner peripheral surface of the box body 301, so that large particles or large-volume dry garbage f f stays in the filter mechanism 307 after the filter mechanism 307 is separated, so as to prevent large particles or bulky dry garbage f from entering the wet garbage b in the filter mechanism 307 . In addition, the wet garbage b between the filter mechanism 307 and the bottom surface 303 will not pass through the gap between the edge of the upper end of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 and the inner peripheral surface of the box body 301, and the gap between the filter mechanism 307 and the bottom surface 303 can be completely avoided. There is a risk that the wet garbage b in between will enter the filter mechanism 307 due to vibration. Of course, since the edge of the upper end of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 is in sealing contact with the inner peripheral surface of the box body 301 , even if the dirt storage tank 300 vibrates, the relative displacement between the filter basket 3072 and the box body 301 can be avoided.
在一些实施例中,如图19所示,环状侧周板30727的横截面积由上至下逐渐减小,这样,滤网30722与箱体301的内周面之间存在缝隙,湿垃圾b能够通过滤网30722上的第一过滤孔4221进入到过滤机构307以及底面303之间的空间中,提高混合液体a进行干垃圾f与湿垃圾b的分离效率。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 19, the cross-sectional area of the annular side peripheral plate 30727 gradually decreases from top to bottom, so that there is a gap between the filter screen 30722 and the inner peripheral surface of the box body 301, and the wet garbage b can enter the space between the filter mechanism 307 and the bottom surface 303 through the first filter hole 4221 on the filter screen 30722, and improve the separation efficiency of the mixed liquid a for dry garbage f and wet garbage b.
为了方便理解,将结合图19对三种不同工况下的储污箱300的工作原理进行说明。For the convenience of understanding, the working principle of the dirt storage tank 300 under three different working conditions will be described with reference to FIG. 19 .
在一些实施例中,如图19所示,当具有储污箱300的清洁装置(例如,图1~7所示的清洁装置100)仅进行吸尘工况时,流体M仅包括灰尘和空气,从污水出口3021排出的流体M中一部分灰尘向下运动落在滤篮3072中,另一部分灰尘掺杂空气形成混合气体c通过进气口3062进入旋风过滤组件305后,灰尘d留在积灰桶3066中,洁净气体e从旋风过滤组件305中排出。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , when the cleaning device with the dirt storage tank 300 (for example, the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. 1 to 7 ) only performs dust suction, the fluid M only includes dust and air. Part of the dust in the fluid M discharged from the sewage outlet 3021 moves downward and falls in the filter basket 3072, and the other part of the dust is mixed with air to form a mixed gas c that enters the cyclone filter assembly 305 through the air inlet 3062, and the dust d stays in the dust accumulation In the barrel 3066, the clean gas e is discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305.
在一些实施例中,如图19所示,当具有储污箱300的清洁装置(例如,图1~7所示的清洁装置100)仅进行吸水工况时,流体M仅包括水和空气,从污水出口3021排出的流体M中的水会向下运动贮存到箱体301的底部,从而实现对污水的回收。混合在流体M的空气依次通过进气口3062和旋风过滤组件305后从旋风过滤组件305排出。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , when the cleaning device with the dirt storage tank 300 (for example, the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. 1 to 7 ) only performs water absorption, the fluid M only includes water and air, The water in the fluid M discharged from the sewage outlet 3021 will move downwards and be stored at the bottom of the tank 301, thereby realizing the recovery of sewage. The air mixed in the fluid M passes through the air inlet 3062 and the cyclone filter assembly 305 in turn, and then is discharged from the cyclone filter assembly 305 .
在一些实施例中,如图19所示,当具有储污箱300的清洁装置(例如,图1~7所示的清洁装置100)进行灰尘和水混合物处理工况时,流体M在污水出口3021进行混合液体a与混合气体c的分离,混合液体a有总的向下运动趋势,混合液体a在过滤机构307处进行干垃圾f与湿垃圾b(或称为液体垃圾)的分离,干垃圾f留在过滤机构307中,湿垃圾b进入到箱体301的底部。混合气体c在旋风过滤组件305进行洁净气体e与灰尘d的分离,灰尘d留在积灰桶3066中,洁净气体e通过出气口30511排出旋风过滤组件305。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19, when a cleaning device with a dirt storage tank 300 (for example, the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. 3021 separates the mixed liquid a from the mixed gas c, the mixed liquid a has a general downward movement trend, and the mixed liquid a separates the dry garbage f from the wet garbage b (or called liquid garbage) at the filter mechanism 307, and the dry garbage Garbage f remains in the filter mechanism 307, and wet garbage b enters the bottom of the box body 301. The mixed gas c is separated from the clean gas e and the dust d in the cyclone filter assembly 305 , the dust d remains in the ash bucket 3066 , and the clean gas e exits the cyclone filter assembly 305 through the air outlet 30511 .
在一些实施例中,储污箱300的盖体306可以不用设置积灰桶3066。具体地,如图33所示,盖体306可以包括第一遮挡板30615,第一遮挡板30615与盖体本体3061枢接,当盖体本体3061插接在箱体301时,管体3022的顶端与第一遮挡板抵接,以使第一遮挡板30615将排灰口30613封堵,灰尘(例如,图19中示出的灰尘d)能够贮存在盖体本体3061与第一遮挡板30615之间。当盖体306从箱体301拆下后,第一遮挡板30615受重力作用相对旋风过滤机构3053的风道转动,从而实现排灰口30613的打开,储灰空间内的灰尘能通过排灰口30613自动落入下方的滤篮3072,操作者清洁滤篮3072便能同时将灰尘与干垃圾(例如,图19中示出的干垃圾f)进行清理。In some embodiments, the cover 306 of the dirt storage tank 300 may not be provided with the ash bucket 3066 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 33 , the cover 306 may include a first shielding plate 30615, and the first shielding plate 30615 is pivotally connected to the cover body 3061. When the cover body 3061 is plugged into the box body 301, the The top end abuts against the first baffle plate, so that the first baffle plate 30615 blocks the ash outlet 30613, and dust (for example, dust d shown in FIG. 19 ) can be stored in the cover body 3061 and the first baffle plate 30615. between. When the cover 306 is removed from the box body 301, the first shielding plate 30615 is rotated relative to the air duct of the cyclone filter mechanism 3053 by gravity, thereby realizing the opening of the ash discharge port 30613, and the dust in the ash storage space can pass through the ash discharge port 30613 automatically falls into the filter basket 3072 below, and the operator can clean the filter basket 3072 to clean up the dust and dry rubbish (for example, the dry rubbish f shown in Figure 19 ) at the same time.
在一些实施例中,第一遮挡板30615可以通过枢接轴与盖体本体3061相连接,枢接轴上套设有扭簧,扭簧的两端分别与第一遮挡板30615和盖体本体3061相抵接,当盖体306从箱体301拆下后,扭簧的弹性回复力能够实现第一遮挡板30615将排灰口30613的自动打开,实现灰尘较好地落到滤篮3072中。在一些实施例中,当扭簧处于自然状态时,第一遮挡板30615与排灰口30613所在平面呈60度,当盖体本体3061插接在箱体301时,便于管体3022顺利推动第一遮挡板30615将排灰口30613封堵。In some embodiments, the first shielding plate 30615 can be connected to the cover body 3061 through a pivot shaft, and a torsion spring is sleeved on the pivot shaft, and the two ends of the torsion spring are connected to the first shielding plate 30615 and the cover body respectively. 3061 are in contact with each other. When the cover 306 is removed from the box body 301, the elastic recovery force of the torsion spring can realize the automatic opening of the ash discharge port 30613 by the first shielding plate 30615, so that the dust can fall into the filter basket 3072 better. In some embodiments, when the torsion spring is in a natural state, the first shielding plate 30615 is 60 degrees from the plane where the ash discharge port 30613 is located. A baffle plate 30615 blocks the ash discharge port 30613.
在一些实施例中,如图33所示,污水管302为一体成型,能够提高污水管302的加工成型效率。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 33 , the sewage pipe 302 is integrally formed, which can improve the processing efficiency of the sewage pipe 302 .
在一些实施例中,如图33所示,由于盖体306取消了积灰桶3066的设置,能让箱体301的内部有更大的空余空间,挡板3063可以呈环状设置且围设在污水出口3021附近的污水管302的外周一圈,这样挡板3063在污水管302外周的面积更大,能够实现将混合液体(例如,图19中示出的混合液体a)中更多的干垃圾残留在挡板3063的实体表面上,实现对混合液体中干垃圾与湿垃圾(例如,图19中示出的湿垃圾b)更好的分离效果。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 33 , since the cover 306 cancels the setting of the ash bucket 3066 , the inside of the box 301 can have a larger free space, and the baffle 3063 can be arranged in a ring shape and surround the Around the outer circumference of the sewage pipe 302 near the sewage outlet 3021, the area of the baffle 3063 at the outer circumference of the sewage pipe 302 is larger, and more of the mixed liquid (for example, the mixed liquid a shown in Figure 19) can be realized. The dry garbage remains on the solid surface of the baffle 3063 to achieve a better separation effect on dry garbage and wet garbage (eg, wet garbage b shown in FIG. 19 ) in the mixed liquid.
在一些实施例中,图34所示的过滤机构307的结构可以与本说明书其他实施例中的过滤机构307(例如,图19中所示的过滤机构307)略有不同,两者主要区别在于,如图33和图34所示,过滤机构307可以包括提手3073和滤篮3072,滤篮3072与提手3073相连接,提手3073的上端面与开口308沿竖直方向的距离为10mm~20mm,当盖体306从箱体301拆下后,用户通过手持提手3073便能实现将滤篮3072从箱体301的取出,过滤机构307的结构简单,便于用户的操作。In some embodiments, the structure of the filter mechanism 307 shown in FIG. 34 may be slightly different from the filter mechanism 307 in other embodiments of this specification (for example, the filter mechanism 307 shown in FIG. 19 ), the main difference between the two is 33 and 34, the filter mechanism 307 may include a handle 3073 and a filter basket 3072, the filter basket 3072 is connected to the handle 3073, and the distance between the upper end surface of the handle 3073 and the opening 308 along the vertical direction is 10mm ~20mm, when the cover 306 is removed from the box body 301, the user can take out the filter basket 3072 from the box body 301 by holding the handle 3073. The filter mechanism 307 has a simple structure and is convenient for the user to operate.
在一些实施例中,如图34所示,提手3073包括连接杆30731以及手持部30732,连接杆30731的一端与滤篮3072相连接,手持部30732与连接杆30731的另一端相连接,提手3073的宽度大于连接杆30731的宽度,手持部30732的设置便于操作者的握持和施力。具体而言,提手3073包括连接板30733、第一侧板30734、第二侧板30735以及第三侧板30736,连接板30733与连接杆30731的另一端相连接,第一侧板30734、第二侧板30735以及第三侧板30736均与连接板30733垂直且位于连接板30733的一侧,第一侧板30734和第三侧板30736连接在第二侧板30735的两侧,第一侧板30734和第三侧板30736之间的距离由下至上逐渐增大,倒梯形的提手3073,便于操作者的握持。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 34 , the handle 3073 includes a connecting rod 30731 and a handle 30732. One end of the connecting rod 30731 is connected to the filter basket 3072, and the handle 30732 is connected to the other end of the connecting rod 30731. The width of the hand 3073 is greater than the width of the connecting rod 30731, and the handle 30732 is arranged to facilitate the operator to hold and apply force. Specifically, the handle 3073 includes a connecting plate 30733, a first side plate 30734, a second side plate 30735 and a third side plate 30736, the connecting plate 30733 is connected with the other end of the connecting rod 30731, the first side plate 30734, the second The two side plates 30735 and the third side plate 30736 are perpendicular to the connecting plate 30733 and located on one side of the connecting plate 30733, the first side plate 30734 and the third side plate 30736 are connected to the two sides of the second side plate 30735, the first side The distance between the board 30734 and the third side board 30736 gradually increases from bottom to top, and the inverted trapezoidal handle 3073 is convenient for the operator to hold.
在一些实施例中,如图34所示,过滤机构307还包括加强板筋30739,加强板筋30739连接在连接杆30731与提手3073之间,从而增强过滤机构307整体的强度以及硬度,避免过滤机构 307在反复取拿过程中发生的变形问题,提高过滤机构307的使用寿命。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 34 , the filter mechanism 307 further includes a reinforcement rib 30739, which is connected between the connecting rod 30731 and the handle 3073, thereby enhancing the overall strength and hardness of the filter mechanism 307 and avoiding The deformation problem of the filter mechanism 307 during the repeated taking process improves the service life of the filter mechanism 307 .
在一些实施例中,为了提高操作者对手持部30732的握持效果,避免手与手持部30732发生打滑问题,第一侧板30734、第二侧板30735以及第三侧板30736的外表面上形成有防滑纹路。在一些实施例中,如图34所示,第一侧板30734、第二侧板30735以及第三侧板30736上均开设有多个间隔设置的透气孔30737,透气孔30737之间的板状结构形成防滑纹路。In some embodiments, in order to improve the gripping effect of the operator on the handle part 30732 and avoid slippage between the hand and the handle part 30732, the outer surfaces of the first side plate 30734, the second side plate 30735 and the third side plate 30736 Formed with anti-slip texture. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 34 , the first side plate 30734 , the second side plate 30735 and the third side plate 30736 are provided with a plurality of air holes 30737 arranged at intervals, and the plate-like space between the air holes 30737 Structure creates a non-slip texture.
在一些实施例中,如图33所示,手持部30732位于进气口3062的下方且与进气口3062正对,混合气体(例如,图19中示出的混合气体c)能够通过透气孔30737进入到进气口3062后进入到旋风通道内进行旋风作用,混合气体进入到进气口3062之前与第一侧板30734、第二侧板30735以及第三侧板30736发生碰撞,混合气体中的一部分固体颗粒会在碰撞过程中做自由落体运动到过滤机构307中,从而使得后续从进气口3062排出的洁净气体(例如,图19中示出的洁净气体e)更洁净。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 33 , the handle 30732 is located below the air inlet 3062 and is directly opposite to the air inlet 3062, and the mixed gas (for example, the mixed gas c shown in FIG. 19 ) can pass through the ventilation hole 30737 enters the air inlet 3062 and then enters the cyclone channel to perform cyclone action. Before the mixed gas enters the air inlet 3062, it collides with the first side plate 30734, the second side plate 30735 and the third side plate 30736, and the mixed gas Part of the solid particles will fall freely into the filter mechanism 307 during the collision process, so that the subsequent clean gas (for example, the clean gas e shown in FIG. 19 ) discharged from the air inlet 3062 is cleaner.
在一些实施例中,如图33和图34所示,隔板30726可以设置有防逆流结构30738,以使得由污水管302进入箱体301的上部空间的污水可至少经由防逆流结构30738进入下部空间内存储,防逆流结构30738阻止下部空间内的污水流过其而进入上部空间。在一些实施例中,防逆流结构30738可以是上文(例如,图8)中描述的防逆流结构230。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 33 and FIG. 34 , the partition 30726 can be provided with an anti-backflow structure 30738, so that the sewage entering the upper space of the box body 301 from the sewage pipe 302 can at least enter the lower part through the anti-backflow structure 30738 Stored in the space, the anti-backflow structure 30738 prevents the sewage in the lower space from flowing through it and enters the upper space. In some embodiments, the anti-backflow structure 30738 can be the anti-backflow structure 230 described above (eg, FIG. 8 ).
在一些实施例中,对于带有储污箱300的清洁装置(例如,图1~图7所示的清洁装置100),在将机身1(或储污箱300)大体直立时(例如,相对于水平面的角度为90度大于或等于60度时,以下简称为“直立”),污水会被吸入到污水管302,从污水管302流入上部空间,然后经防逆流结构30738进入下部空间并存储在下部空间内。在将机身1(或储污箱300)大幅倾斜时(例如,相对于水平面的角度小于或等于30度,甚至相对于水平面的角度在2度左右,以下简称为“放平”),防逆流结构30738会阻止下部空间内的污水反流经过防逆流结构30738而进入上部空间,从而污水不会流到清洁装置100内的电机(例如,电机33或电机34)处,电机也就不会停转,清洁装置100仍然能正常进行清洁工作。由此,具有储污箱300的清洁装置100不但能够将机身1直立使用,而且能够将机身1大幅倾斜,甚至放平使用,这极大地方便了用户的使用。In some embodiments, for a cleaning device with a dirt storage tank 300 (for example, the cleaning device 100 shown in FIGS. When the angle relative to the horizontal plane is 90 degrees or greater than or equal to 60 degrees, hereinafter referred to as "upright"), the sewage will be sucked into the sewage pipe 302, flow into the upper space from the sewage pipe 302, and then enter the lower space through the anti-backflow structure 30738 and Stored in the lower space. When the fuselage 1 (or the dirt storage tank 300) is greatly tilted (for example, the angle relative to the horizontal plane is less than or equal to 30 degrees, or even the angle relative to the horizontal plane is about 2 degrees, hereinafter referred to as "laying flat"), prevent The backflow structure 30738 will prevent the sewage in the lower space from flowing back through the anti-backflow structure 30738 and enter the upper space, so that the sewage will not flow to the motor (for example, the motor 33 or the motor 34) in the cleaning device 100, and the motor will not Stop, the cleaning device 100 can still perform cleaning work normally. Therefore, the cleaning device 100 with the dirt storage tank 300 can not only use the body 1 upright, but also can tilt the body 1 greatly, or even use it flat, which greatly facilitates the use of the user.
图35是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的地刷的立体结构示意图。在一些实施例中,图1~7所示的地刷2具体可以是如图35所示的地刷400。下面将结合附图对本说明书实施例中的地刷进行详细说明。Fig. 35 is a schematic perspective view of a floor brush according to some embodiments of the present specification. In some embodiments, the floor brush 2 shown in FIGS. 1 to 7 may specifically be the floor brush 400 shown in FIG. 35 . The floor brush in the embodiment of this specification will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
如图35所示,地刷400可以包括工作部410和连接部420,地刷400在其宽度方向上(例如,图35所示的W方向)具有相对的前部和后部,连接部420设置在工作部410的后部,连接部420与机身1连接。在一些实施例中,工作部410和连接部420可以是一体式结构,也可以是相互独立的结构。在一些实施例中,工作部410由地刷主体430和可拆地安装在地刷主体430上的清洁液箱440(即上文所描述的清洁液箱50)组成。其中,地刷主体430可以和待清洁面(例如,地面)直接接触,用于清理待清洁面上的垃圾。地刷主体430上设置有用于吸入垃圾的吸口434。清洁液箱440作为清洁液供应组件的一部分,储存有清水、清洁剂或护理剂等清洁液,在待清洁面需要被喷湿的使用场景下,清洁液从清洁液箱440中被泵送到待清洁面上。As shown in FIG. 35 , the ground brush 400 may include a working portion 410 and a connecting portion 420. The ground brush 400 has opposite front and rear portions in its width direction (for example, the W direction shown in FIG. 35 ), and the connecting portion 420 It is arranged at the rear of the working part 410 , and the connecting part 420 is connected with the fuselage 1 . In some embodiments, the working part 410 and the connecting part 420 can be an integrated structure, or can be independent structures. In some embodiments, the working part 410 is composed of a ground brush main body 430 and a cleaning liquid tank 440 (ie, the cleaning liquid tank 50 described above) detachably installed on the ground brush main body 430 . Wherein, the floor brush main body 430 can be in direct contact with the surface to be cleaned (for example, the ground) for cleaning the garbage on the surface to be cleaned. The main body 430 of the floor brush is provided with a suction port 434 for sucking in garbage. The cleaning liquid tank 440, as a part of the cleaning liquid supply assembly, stores cleaning liquids such as clean water, detergent or care agent. In the scenario where the surface to be cleaned needs to be sprayed wet, the cleaning liquid is pumped from the cleaning liquid tank 440 to the on the clean surface.
在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440可以采用透明材质或非透明材质制成,以便用户判断清洁液箱440中的清洁液的量。在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440可以为一体成型结构。在一些实施例中,透明材质可以包括但不限于聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸脂、苯乙烯丙烯腈、ABS塑料等其中的一种或多种。在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440也可以由多个元件组成的箱体结构。例如,清洁液箱440可以包括由上至下依次设置的第一壳体和第二壳体,第一壳体的底部和第二壳体的顶部连接以形成内部具有腔室的清洁液箱440。在一些实施例中,第一壳体和第二壳体的连接方式可以为胶接、卡接、焊接等中的一种或多种。例如,第一壳体和第二壳体可以通过紫外光固化胶(UV胶水)进行焊接。在一些实施中,第一壳体和第二壳体的材质可以相同,也可以不同。例如,为了提高清洁液箱440的重量,以增加地刷1对清洁面的压力,提高清洁效果,在一些实施例中,第一壳体可以由聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸脂、苯乙烯丙烯腈、ABS塑料等材质制成,第二壳体可以由玻璃、陶瓷、金属(例如,不锈钢)等材质制成。在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440的形状可以近似呈长方体结构、梯形体结构等。In some embodiments, the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be made of transparent material or non-transparent material, so that the user can judge the amount of cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank 440 . In some embodiments, the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be a one-piece structure. In some embodiments, the transparent material may include but not limited to one or more of polymethyl methacrylate, polystyrene, polycarbonate, styrene acrylonitrile, ABS plastic, and the like. In some embodiments, the cleaning liquid tank 440 may also be a tank structure composed of multiple elements. For example, the cleaning solution tank 440 may include a first casing and a second casing arranged in sequence from top to bottom, and the bottom of the first casing is connected to the top of the second casing to form the cleaning solution tank 440 with a chamber inside. . In some embodiments, the connection manner of the first shell and the second shell may be one or more of glue joint, clip joint, welding and the like. For example, the first shell and the second shell can be welded by ultraviolet light curing glue (UV glue). In some implementations, the materials of the first shell and the second shell may be the same or different. For example, in order to increase the weight of the cleaning liquid tank 440 to increase the pressure of the floor brush 1 on the cleaning surface and improve the cleaning effect, in some embodiments, the first housing can be made of polymethyl methacrylate, polystyrene, poly Carbonate, styrene acrylonitrile, ABS plastic and other materials, the second housing can be made of glass, ceramics, metal (for example, stainless steel) and other materials. In some embodiments, the shape of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be approximately a cuboid structure, a trapezoidal structure, or the like.
当清洁液箱440中装有清洁液时,清洁液箱440的重心沿其高度方向的投影位于清洁液箱440的中部区域。需要说明的是,清洁液箱440的重心随清洁液的量沿清洁液箱440的高度方向上下移动。例如,清洁液箱440为规则结构体(例如,近似长方体结构)时,清洁液箱440中的清洁 液的量为最大时(即,清洁液箱440中装满清洁液),清洁液箱440的重心为清洁液箱440的几何中心。又例如,清洁液箱440中的清洁液的量小于清洁液箱440的容量时,清洁液箱440的重心位于清洁液箱440的几何中心的下方。如此,在清洁液箱440的底部开设出口时,清洁液在自身重力的作用下可以较为容易地从清洁液箱440的出口流出。除此之外,当清洁液箱440为不规则结构时,例如,清洁液箱440具有相对其侧壁凹陷或凸出的区域,清洁液箱440的重心沿其高度方向的投影位于清洁液箱440的中部区域,使得用户在提取装有清洁液的清洁液箱440时,清洁液箱440的重心不发生过度偏移,以便用户抓取。When the cleaning liquid tank 440 is filled with cleaning liquid, the projection of the center of gravity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction is located in the middle area of the cleaning liquid tank 440 . It should be noted that the center of gravity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 moves up and down along the height direction of the cleaning liquid tank 440 with the amount of cleaning liquid. For example, when the cleaning liquid tank 440 is a regular structure (for example, approximately cuboid structure), when the amount of cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank 440 is the maximum (that is, the cleaning liquid tank 440 is filled with cleaning liquid), the cleaning liquid tank 440 The center of gravity of is the geometric center of the cleaning solution tank 440. For another example, when the amount of cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank 440 is less than the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 , the center of gravity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is located below the geometric center of the cleaning liquid tank 440 . In this way, when an outlet is opened at the bottom of the cleaning liquid tank 440 , the cleaning liquid can easily flow out from the outlet of the cleaning liquid tank 440 under the action of its own gravity. In addition, when the cleaning liquid tank 440 has an irregular structure, for example, the cleaning liquid tank 440 has a recessed or protruding area relative to its side wall, the projection of the center of gravity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction is at the center of the cleaning liquid tank 440. 440, so that when the user extracts the cleaning liquid tank 440 filled with cleaning liquid, the center of gravity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 does not deviate excessively, so that the user can grab it.
在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440的出口可以位于清洁液箱440底部的中央区域,以便清洁液流出。在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440的出口还可以位于清洁液箱440的其他位置,例如,可以位于清洁液箱440的侧部。为了便于管道(例如,第一管道)的设置。减小管道长度,清洁液箱440的出口可以位于清洁液箱440背离杆身(例如,图6所示的杆身11)的一侧。In some embodiments, the outlet of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be located at the central area of the bottom of the cleaning liquid tank 440 so that the cleaning liquid can flow out. In some embodiments, the outlet of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may also be located at other positions of the cleaning liquid tank 440 , for example, may be located at a side of the cleaning liquid tank 440 . In order to facilitate the setting of the pipeline (for example, the first pipeline). To reduce the length of the pipeline, the outlet of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be located on the side of the cleaning liquid tank 440 away from the shaft (for example, the shaft 11 shown in FIG. 6 ).
在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440中的清洁液还可以通过清洁液供应组件(例如,图38中所示的喷嘴460和泵461)喷洒出,泵461用于将清洁液从清洁液箱440泵送至喷嘴460,喷嘴460作为清洁液供应组件的输出末端,将清洁液喷至待清洁地面上,从而起到对地面的清洁和/或护理的作用。In some embodiments, the cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank 440 can also be sprayed out through the cleaning liquid supply assembly (for example, nozzle 460 and pump 461 shown in FIG. 440 is pumped to the nozzle 460, and the nozzle 460 is used as the output end of the cleaning liquid supply assembly to spray the cleaning liquid onto the ground to be cleaned, thereby cleaning and/or caring the ground.
在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440可以包括用于注入清洁液或水溶液的进水口4401,进水口4401可以位于清洁液箱440的顶壁处,进水口4401贯穿清洁液箱440的顶壁并与清洁液箱440内部的腔室连通。在一些实施例中,进水口4401处可以设置孔塞,该孔塞与进口4401相配合,例如,二者之间通过螺纹连接、过盈配合、插接等方式相配合连接。在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440中可以包括一个或多个腔室。例如,清洁液箱440中可以包括一个腔室,清洁液位于该腔室中。又例如,清洁液箱440可以包括第一腔室和第二腔室,其中,第一腔室可以与第二腔室连通,第一腔室用于放置水溶液,第二腔室用于放置清洁剂,在第一腔室中注入水溶液可以对清洁剂进行溶解或稀释,从而形成清洁液。In some embodiments, the cleaning solution tank 440 may include a water inlet 4401 for injecting cleaning solution or aqueous solution, the water inlet 4401 may be located at the top wall of the cleaning solution tank 440, the water inlet 4401 penetrates the top wall of the cleaning solution tank 440 and It communicates with the chamber inside the cleaning liquid tank 440 . In some embodiments, a hole plug may be provided at the water inlet 4401 , and the hole plug is matched with the inlet 4401 , for example, the two are connected through threaded connection, interference fit, plug-in connection and the like. In some embodiments, cleaning fluid tank 440 may include one or more chambers therein. For example, cleaning fluid tank 440 may include a chamber therein in which the cleaning fluid is located. For another example, the cleaning solution tank 440 may include a first chamber and a second chamber, wherein the first chamber may communicate with the second chamber, the first chamber is used to place the aqueous solution, and the second chamber is used to place the cleaning solution. The cleaning agent is injected into the first chamber with an aqueous solution to dissolve or dilute the cleaning agent, thereby forming a cleaning solution.
在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440可以包括用于用户手持的第一抓持部4402,第一抓持部4402位于清洁液箱440的顶壁处。在一些实施例中,第一抓持部4402可以为扣手件。在一些实施例中,第一抓持部4402可以包括相对于清洁液箱440顶部向下凹的第一凹陷部,这里的第一凹陷部与其上方的清洁液箱440顶壁形成类似把手的结构,以便用户拿取清洁液箱440。在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440还可以包括第二抓持部4403,第二抓持部11204位于清洁液箱440朝向连接部420的一侧的侧壁处。例如,第二抓持部4403可以是清洁液箱440朝向连接部420的一侧的侧壁的凹陷区域。在一些实施例中,第一抓持部4402和/或第二抓持部4403可以位于清洁液箱440的中部区域。清洁液箱440在装满水后,由于清洁液箱440的底部需要其他部件(例如,下文中涉及的与容纳的泵461的第一凸部43141)相配合时形成凹陷区域,使得清洁液箱440的重心相对远离凹陷区域的一侧偏移,但是清洁液箱440的重心还处于第一抓持部4402或第二抓持部4403的投影内,这样设置使用户在把清洁液箱440移动至机身1附近时,清洁液箱440基本保持平衡。另外,清洁液箱440大致呈哑铃状,用户可以通过第一抓持部4402或第二抓持部11204抓持清洁液箱440,例如,第一抓持部4402为扣手,第二抓持部4403大致为凹陷区域,用户可以像抓哑铃一样拿取清洁液箱440。In some embodiments, the cleaning solution tank 440 may include a first grip 4402 for a user to hold, and the first grip 4402 is located at the top wall of the cleaning solution tank 440 . In some embodiments, the first gripping part 4402 can be a handle. In some embodiments, the first gripping portion 4402 may include a first concave portion that is concave downward relative to the top of the cleaning solution tank 440, where the first concave portion and the top wall of the cleaning solution tank 440 above form a handle-like structure , so that the user can take the cleaning solution tank 440 . In some embodiments, the cleaning liquid tank 440 may further include a second gripping portion 4403 , and the second gripping portion 11204 is located on the side wall of the cleaning liquid tank 440 facing the connecting portion 420 . For example, the second gripping portion 4403 may be a recessed area of the side wall of the cleaning solution tank 440 facing the connecting portion 420 . In some embodiments, the first gripping part 4402 and/or the second gripping part 4403 may be located in the central area of the cleaning liquid tank 440 . After the cleaning solution tank 440 is filled with water, since the bottom of the cleaning solution tank 440 needs other parts (for example, the first convex part 43141 of the pump 461 involved in the following) to form a recessed area, so that the cleaning solution tank The center of gravity of 440 is offset relatively away from the side of the recessed area, but the center of gravity of the cleaning solution tank 440 is still within the projection of the first gripping part 4402 or the second gripping part 4403, so that the user can move the cleaning solution tank 440 When reaching the vicinity of the fuselage 1, the cleaning liquid tank 440 is basically kept in balance. In addition, the cleaning solution box 440 is roughly dumbbell-shaped, and the user can grasp the cleaning solution box 440 through the first gripping part 4402 or the second gripping part 11204, for example, the first gripping part 4402 is a clasp, and the second gripping part 4402 The portion 4403 is roughly a recessed area, and the user can hold the cleaning solution tank 440 like a dumbbell.
为了方便描述,本说明书中的长度方向可以用图35中所示的L方向来表示,高度方向以图35中的H方向表示,宽度方向以图35中的W方向表示。For convenience of description, the length direction in this specification can be represented by the L direction shown in FIG. 35 , the height direction can be represented by the H direction in FIG. 35 , and the width direction can be represented by the W direction in FIG. 35 .
通过将清洁液箱440安装在地刷主体430上,能够方便用户手持操作机身和清洁床底空间。同时,采用上述结构无需设置较长的清洁液水管,导致喷洒响应较快。除此之外,这样设置还能够加大地刷400的整体重量,从而加大了地刷400下压地面的力,提升清洁效果。By installing the cleaning liquid tank 440 on the floor brush main body 430, it is convenient for the user to operate the body and clean the space under the bed. At the same time, the adoption of the above structure does not require a long cleaning liquid water pipe, resulting in a faster spraying response. In addition, such setting can also increase the overall weight of the floor brush 400, thereby increasing the force of the floor brush 400 to press down on the ground and improving the cleaning effect.
在地刷400上设置清洁液箱440,可能会导致工作部410的尺寸变大,从而无法便捷地被拖动到床底、角落等区域进行清洁。结合图35、图36以及图37所示,为了解决上述问题,在一些实施例中,工作部410可以沿其高度方向(图35中示出的H方向)的投影近似呈矩形状,且工作部410沿其长度方向(图35中示出的L方向)的最大尺寸d1不大于270mm。相对于其他形状,投影近似呈矩形状的工作部410在单次推拉时的清理范围大、占用空间小,同时能够方便设置连接部420和清洁液箱440。另外,通过调整工作部410沿其长度方向的最大尺寸d1,可以提升工作部410清理边角位置的效率。当工作部410沿其长度方向的最大尺寸d1过小时,其在空旷区域的清理效率较低,优选地,优选工作部的最大长度为250mm~270mm。Setting the cleaning liquid tank 440 on the floor brush 400 may cause the size of the working part 410 to become larger, so that it cannot be conveniently dragged to the bottom of the bed, corners and other areas for cleaning. As shown in FIG. 35 , FIG. 36 and FIG. 37 , in order to solve the above problems, in some embodiments, the projection of the working part 410 along its height direction (direction H shown in FIG. 35 ) can be approximately rectangular, and the working The maximum dimension d1 of the portion 410 along its length direction (L direction shown in FIG. 35 ) is not more than 270 mm. Compared with other shapes, the working part 410 projected approximately in a rectangular shape has a large cleaning range and takes up little space during a single push and pull, and at the same time, the connecting part 420 and the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be conveniently arranged. In addition, by adjusting the maximum dimension d1 of the working part 410 along its length direction, the efficiency of cleaning the corners of the working part 410 can be improved. When the maximum dimension d1 of the working part 410 along its length direction is too small, its cleaning efficiency in the open area is low. Preferably, the maximum length of the working part is preferably 250mm-270mm.
工作部410不仅可以作为吸入垃圾的上游部件,还可以配合连接部420对清洁装置中机身、手柄)等部件进行支撑,同时兼具安装清洁液箱440的作用。为了能够在满足工作部410稳定支撑作用和安装载体作用的前提下,同时使工作部410获得尽量小的尺寸。在一些实施例中,可以通过调整工作部410的长度或宽度来实现。在一些实施例中,工作部410沿其宽度方向的最大尺寸d2与沿其长度方向的最大尺寸d1的比值范围为0.5~0.7。需要说明的是,工作部410作为地刷400的框架结构,工作部410的尺寸可以近似为地刷400的尺寸。The working part 410 can not only be used as an upstream part for sucking garbage, but also can cooperate with the connecting part 420 to support parts such as the fuselage, the handle) in the cleaning device, and simultaneously have the effect of installing the cleaning liquid tank 440. In order to achieve the smallest possible size of the working part 410 under the premise of satisfying the stable supporting function of the working part 410 and the function of installing the carrier. In some embodiments, it can be realized by adjusting the length or width of the working part 410 . In some embodiments, the ratio of the maximum dimension d2 along the width direction of the working part 410 to the maximum dimension d1 along the length direction of the working part 410 ranges from 0.5 to 0.7. It should be noted that the working part 410 serves as the frame structure of the ground brush 400 , and the size of the working part 410 may be approximately the size of the ground brush 400 .
为保证清洁液供应组件能够喷湿足够的面积,在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440的容量可以为0.35L~0.6L。由于清洁液箱440具有箱壳,其体积(所需占用的空间)必然会大于其容量。在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440的容量与清洁液箱440体积的比值不小于0.35。通过这样设置,当预设清洁液箱440容量时,能够限定清洁液箱440不占用过多的空间,提升工作部410的整体紧凑性。In order to ensure that the cleaning liquid supply assembly can spray a sufficient area, in some embodiments, the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be 0.35L-0.6L. Since the cleaning liquid tank 440 has a tank shell, its volume (the required space) must be greater than its capacity. In some embodiments, the ratio of the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 to the volume of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is not less than 0.35. By setting in this way, when the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is preset, the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be restricted from occupying too much space, and the overall compactness of the working part 410 can be improved.
在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440的体积与工作部410的体积的比值范围可以为0.3~0.6。这样,能够在确定工作部410长度、宽度的情况下,对其高度进行约束,使地刷400能够方便地伸入到床底、沙发底等高度受限的区域进行清洁。在一些实施例中,工作部41沿其高度方向的最大尺寸d3与沿其长度方向的最大尺寸d1的比值范围可以为0.25-0.55,以同时满足工作部410的清洁性能、方便性及美观性。In some embodiments, the ratio of the volume of the cleaning liquid tank 440 to the volume of the working part 410 may range from 0.3 to 0.6. In this way, when the length and width of the working part 410 are determined, the height thereof can be constrained, so that the floor brush 400 can be conveniently inserted into the height-limited areas such as the bottom of the bed and the bottom of the sofa for cleaning. In some embodiments, the ratio of the maximum dimension d3 along the height direction of the working part 41 to the maximum dimension d1 along the length direction of the working part 41 can be in the range of 0.25-0.55, so as to satisfy the cleaning performance, convenience and aesthetics of the working part 410 at the same time .
为充分利用地刷主体430上的安装空间以及匹配工作部410的基本形状,在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440沿其高度方向的投影基本呈矩形状,且清洁液箱440沿其长度方向的最大尺寸d4与工作部410沿其长度方向的最大尺寸d1基本一致。这里可以理解为,沿地刷400的长度方向,清洁液箱440的两侧距离基本等同于地刷主体430的两侧距离。这样既可以保留了安装壳对清洁液箱440的周向限位功能,又能够使清洁液箱440上部结构拓展到与工作部410沿其长度方向的最大尺寸基本一致。同时,将清洁液箱440沿其长度方向的尺寸设计成尽量大,也便于调整清洁液箱440沿其高度方向的尺寸和沿其宽度方向的尺寸,进而便于设计工作部410上的零部件安装位置。In order to make full use of the installation space on the ground brush body 430 and match the basic shape of the working part 410, in some embodiments, the projection of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction is substantially rectangular, and the cleaning liquid tank 440 is substantially rectangular along its length direction. The maximum dimension d4 of the working part 410 is basically consistent with the maximum dimension d1 of the working part 410 along its length direction. It can be understood here that, along the length direction of the ground brush 400 , the distance between the two sides of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is substantially equal to the distance between the two sides of the ground brush main body 430 . In this way, the circumferential limiting function of the installation shell on the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be retained, and the upper structure of the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be expanded to be basically consistent with the maximum dimension of the working part 410 along its length direction. Simultaneously, the size of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its length direction is designed to be as large as possible, and it is also convenient to adjust the size of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction and the size along its width direction, thereby facilitating the installation of components on the design working part 410 Location.
需要注意的是,由于清洁液箱440在安装时需设置出必要的限位结构和/或对其他零部件(如连接部420)作出避让,俯视状态下的清洁液箱440可能不是规整的矩形状。此处基本呈矩形状是指,两对相对边均具有能够达到基本平行的部分;另外,前述工作部410沿高度方向的投影基本呈矩形状也应如此理解。It should be noted that, since the cleaning solution tank 440 needs to be provided with a necessary limiting structure and/or to avoid other components (such as the connection part 420 ) during installation, the cleaning solution tank 440 in the top view may not be a regular rectangular shape. shape. The substantially rectangular shape here means that both pairs of opposite sides have substantially parallel parts; in addition, it should also be understood that the projection of the aforementioned working part 410 along the height direction is substantially rectangular.
进一步地,清洁液箱440的后端至少可以构成部分工作部410的后端,即清洁液箱440尽量靠后设置,以避让位于地刷主体430前部的零部件。Further, the rear end of the cleaning liquid tank 440 can at least constitute a part of the rear end of the working part 410 , that is, the cleaning liquid tank 440 is arranged as far back as possible to avoid components located at the front of the floor brush body 430 .
在一些实施例中,参见图35所示,地刷主体430可以包括安装壳431、上挡盖432以及滚刷433;滚刷433可转动地设置在安装壳431的前部,用于滚动擦洗待清洁面,上挡盖432可以设在滚刷433的上部,用于遮挡至少部分滚刷及作为安装载体。同时,清洁液箱440设在所述上挡盖432的后部。基于以上位置设定,可以使得工作部410的结构更加紧凑,其空间利用率高且美观实用。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 35 , the ground brush body 430 may include a mounting shell 431, an upper cover 432, and a rolling brush 433; the rolling brush 433 is rotatably arranged at the front of the mounting shell 431 for rolling scrubbing. On the surface to be cleaned, the upper cover 432 can be arranged on the upper part of the roller brush 433 for covering at least part of the roller brush and as an installation carrier. Meanwhile, the cleaning liquid tank 440 is disposed at the rear of the upper cover 432 . Based on the above position settings, the structure of the working part 410 can be made more compact, and its space utilization rate is high, and it is beautiful and practical.
在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440和上挡盖432可以为一体设置,在加清洁液时需要将清洁液箱440连带上挡盖432一同取下。In some embodiments, the cleaning solution tank 440 and the upper cover 432 may be integrated, and the cleaning solution tank 440 together with the upper cover 432 needs to be removed when adding cleaning solution.
在一些实施例中,可以将清洁液箱440和上挡盖432分体设置,这里可以理解为,清洁液箱440和上挡盖432为相互独立的部件,这样能够方便将清洁液箱440单独取出加注清洁液,从而解决了清洁液箱440和上挡盖432一体设置时用户操作不便的问题。In some embodiments, the cleaning solution tank 440 and the upper cover 432 can be arranged separately. It can be understood here that the cleaning solution tank 440 and the upper cover 432 are independent parts, so that the cleaning solution tank 440 can be easily separated. The cleaning solution is taken out and filled, thereby solving the problem of inconvenient operation for the user when the cleaning solution tank 440 and the upper cover 432 are integrated.
为进一步保证工作部410能够顺畅地伸入到床底区域,工作部410的顶部可以为近似为平面的结构,使得工作部410的顶部应尽量不出现凸出部分。也就是说,清洁液箱440的顶面、上挡盖432的顶面均基本地呈水平面状,且上述两个顶面应基本持平,避免出现台阶面。In order to further ensure that the working part 410 can smoothly extend into the bottom area of the bed, the top of the working part 410 can be an approximately flat structure, so that the top of the working part 410 should try to avoid protruding parts. That is to say, the top surface of the cleaning liquid tank 440 and the top surface of the upper cover 432 are substantially horizontal, and the above two top surfaces should be basically flat to avoid step surfaces.
在清洁过程中,考虑到工作部410沿长度方向的两侧容易碰撞到障碍物,为降低磕碰时造成的影响,在一些实施例中,处于工作部410上部的上挡盖432和清洁液箱440沿地刷长度方向的两侧均配置有圆角或倒角。In the cleaning process, considering that the two sides of the working part 410 along the length direction are easy to collide with obstacles, in order to reduce the impact caused by the collision, in some embodiments, the upper cover 432 and the cleaning liquid tank on the upper part of the working part 410 Both sides of the 440 along the length direction of the floor brush are provided with rounded corners or chamfered corners.
结合图35至图42,在一些实施例中,上挡盖432可拆卸地连接在安装壳431上,以便于实现清理、拆装滚刷433。相比将清洁液箱440和上挡盖432一体设置的方案,通过将清洁液箱440和上挡盖432分体设置、上挡盖432可拆地连接在安装壳431上,进一步优化了工作部410的结构,更加匹配用户的使用习惯。Referring to FIG. 35 to FIG. 42 , in some embodiments, the upper cover 432 is detachably connected to the installation shell 431 , so as to facilitate cleaning and disassembly of the roller brush 433 . Compared with the scheme of setting the cleaning liquid tank 440 and the upper cover 432 integrally, by setting the cleaning liquid tank 440 and the upper cover 432 separately, and the upper cover 432 is detachably connected to the installation shell 431, the work is further optimized. The structure of the part 410 is more in line with the usage habits of the user.
值得注意的是,如果上挡盖432的宽度过小,会导致清理、拆装滚刷的有益效果难以充分体现。基于此,在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440沿其宽度方向的最大尺寸d5与工作部410沿其宽度 方向的最大尺寸d2的比值范围可以为0.5-0.7。通过限定清洁液箱440沿其宽度方向的最大尺寸(例如,最大宽度),向上挡盖432提供了充足的安装空间。It should be noted that if the width of the upper cover 432 is too small, it will be difficult to fully realize the beneficial effects of cleaning and disassembling the roller brush. Based on this, in some embodiments, the ratio of the maximum dimension d5 of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its width direction to the maximum dimension d2 of the working part 410 along its width direction may range from 0.5 to 0.7. By limiting the maximum dimension (eg, maximum width) of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its width direction, the upper cover 432 provides sufficient installation space.
结合图35、图38和39所示,在一些实施例中,安装壳431可以包括底壳4311和顶盖4312,底壳4311和顶盖4312之间形成有用于放置滚刷433滚刷安装腔450。地刷主体430的安装壳431上构造有用于吸入垃圾的吸口434,吸口434位于底壳4311的前侧,且位于滚刷433的后部;滚刷安装腔450中设置有与吸口434流体连通的地刷通道451(即图2至图5中示出的第一通道6)。在清洁过程中,待清洁面上的垃圾被滚刷433摩动后经吸口434吸走,并由地刷通道451继续导送,地刷通道451远离吸口434的一端可以与机身1的第二通道202连通,从而将垃圾输送至储污箱4(图2至图5中示出)中。As shown in Fig. 35, Fig. 38 and 39, in some embodiments, the installation shell 431 may include a bottom shell 4311 and a top cover 4312, and a roll brush installation cavity for placing the roll brush 433 is formed between the bottom shell 4311 and the top cover 4312 450. The installation shell 431 of the floor brush main body 430 is configured with a suction port 434 for sucking garbage. The suction port 434 is located on the front side of the bottom case 4311 and at the rear of the roller brush 433; The ground brush channel 451 (that is, the first channel 6 shown in FIGS. 2 to 5 ). During the cleaning process, the rubbish on the surface to be cleaned is sucked away by the suction port 434 after being rubbed by the roller brush 433, and is continuously guided by the ground brush channel 451. The end of the ground brush channel 451 away from the suction port 434 can be connected with the first The two passages 202 are connected to transport the garbage to the dirt storage tank 4 (shown in FIGS. 2 to 5 ).
由于地刷通道451在滚刷安装腔450占用了一定高度,这就需要对位于滚刷安装腔450上部的清洁液箱440进行高度限定,以避免工作部410的高度过大。在一些实施例中,结合图36和图43所示,清洁液箱440沿其高度方向的最大尺寸d6与工作部410沿其高度方向的最大尺寸d3的比值范围可以为0.4~0.7。Since the ground brush channel 451 occupies a certain height in the roller brush installation chamber 450 , it is necessary to limit the height of the cleaning liquid tank 440 located on the upper part of the roller brush installation chamber 450 , so as to avoid the height of the working part 410 from being too large. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 36 and FIG. 43 , the ratio of the maximum dimension d6 of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction to the maximum dimension d3 of the working part 410 along its height direction may range from 0.4 to 0.7.
结合图38至图43所示,在一些实施例中,顶盖4312的上部形成有容纳槽4313,清洁液箱440安装在容纳槽4313中。在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440与容纳槽4313为可拆卸连接。为了方便在容纳槽4313中取放清洁液箱440,在一些实施例中,结合图41和图42所示,清洁液箱440沿其高度方向的最大尺寸d6可以大于容纳槽4313沿其高度方向的尺寸d8(或称为容纳槽4313的深度)。基于上述容纳槽4313的结构,沿地刷长度方向,顶盖4312的两侧均构造有凸沿4314,同时,清洁液箱440的两侧均构造有能够对应容纳凸沿4314的凹槽4315。通过以上设置,清洁液箱440可以呈现出上部略长、下部略短的形状。其中,清洁液箱440的下部用于限位和安装,略长的上部有利于拓展清洁液箱440的容量。As shown in FIG. 38 to FIG. 43 , in some embodiments, a receiving groove 4313 is formed on the upper part of the top cover 4312 , and the cleaning liquid tank 440 is installed in the receiving groove 4313 . In some embodiments, the cleaning liquid tank 440 is detachably connected to the receiving tank 4313 . In order to facilitate taking and placing the cleaning solution tank 440 in the receiving tank 4313, in some embodiments, as shown in Figure 41 and Figure 42, the maximum dimension d6 of the cleaning solution tank 440 along its height direction may be larger than that of the receiving tank 4313 along its height direction The dimension d8 (or called the depth of the receiving groove 4313). Based on the structure of the receiving groove 4313, along the length direction of the ground brush, both sides of the top cover 4312 are configured with convex edges 4314, and at the same time, both sides of the cleaning liquid tank 440 are configured with grooves 4315 capable of correspondingly accommodating the convex edges 4314. Through the above settings, the cleaning liquid tank 440 can present a shape with a slightly longer upper part and a slightly shorter lower part. Wherein, the lower part of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is used for positioning and installation, and the slightly longer upper part is beneficial to expand the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 .
在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440上部略长的部分为在清洁液箱440的长度方向上,相对所述凹槽4315向清洁液箱440的两侧凸出的凸起部4404,其中凸起部1126与凹槽4315形成台阶结构,该台阶结构与凸沿4314相配合。在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440的进水口4401的底部高于台阶结构,也就是说,清洁液箱440的进水口4401高于凹槽4315与凸起部4404的连接处。进一步地,清洁液箱440中凸起部4404的具有与清洁液箱440连通的腔室,即凸起部4404为内部中空的结构,当清洁液箱440中装满清洁液时,清洁液箱440中凸起部4404在凹槽4315上方空间可以存储清洁液,从而保证清洁液箱440的容量。如图40所示,在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440的进水口4401高于凸起部4404与凹槽4315形成的台阶结构,如此可以保证凸起部4404的内部可以存储清洁液,从而提高清洁液箱440的存储空间。在一些实施例中,凸起部4404的内部空间沿其高度方向的最大尺寸d11可以为10-20mm。例如,凸起部4404的内部空间沿其高度方向的最大尺寸d11可以为14mm。在一些实施例中,沿地刷400的长度方向,凸起部4404的内部空间的尺寸d12可以为8-15mm,例如,凸起部4404对应的内部空间的尺寸d12可以为11mm。In some embodiments, the slightly longer upper part of the cleaning solution tank 440 is the protrusion 4404 that protrudes toward both sides of the cleaning solution tank 440 relative to the groove 4315 in the length direction of the cleaning solution tank 440, wherein the protrusions The raised portion 1126 and the groove 4315 form a stepped structure, and the stepped structure matches with the convex edge 4314 . In some embodiments, the bottom of the water inlet 4401 of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is higher than the stepped structure, that is, the water inlet 4401 of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is higher than the junction of the groove 4315 and the protrusion 4404 . Further, the raised portion 4404 in the cleaning liquid tank 440 has a chamber communicating with the cleaning liquid tank 440, that is, the raised portion 4404 is a hollow structure inside. When the cleaning liquid tank 440 is filled with cleaning liquid, the cleaning liquid tank The space above the groove 4315 in the protrusion 4404 in the 440 can store cleaning liquid, thereby ensuring the capacity of the cleaning liquid tank 440 . As shown in FIG. 40 , in some embodiments, the water inlet 4401 of the cleaning solution tank 440 is higher than the stepped structure formed by the raised portion 4404 and the groove 4315, so that the inside of the raised portion 4404 can store cleaning liquid, thereby The storage space of the cleaning liquid tank 440 is increased. In some embodiments, the maximum dimension d11 of the inner space of the protrusion 4404 along its height direction may be 10-20 mm. For example, the maximum dimension d11 of the inner space of the protrusion 4404 along its height direction may be 14mm. In some embodiments, along the length direction of the floor brush 400 , the dimension d12 of the internal space of the raised portion 4404 may be 8-15 mm, for example, the dimension d12 of the inner space corresponding to the raised portion 4404 may be 11 mm.
如果凹槽4315沿其高度方向的尺寸较小,凸沿4314对凹槽4315的限位性较差,清洁液箱440容易产生晃动。如果凹槽4315深沿其高度方向的尺寸过大,位于凹槽4315上部的清洁液箱440的空间拓展幅度有限,导致通过此种形式进行空间拓展的意义不大。为了解决上述问题,结合图39和图42所示,在一些实施例中,凹槽4315沿其高度方向的尺寸d10与清洁液箱440沿其高度方向的最大尺寸d6的比值范围可以为0.4~0.7。If the size of the groove 4315 along its height direction is small, the convex edge 4314 has a poor limit to the groove 4315, and the cleaning liquid tank 440 is likely to shake. If the depth of the groove 4315 along its height direction is too large, the space expansion range of the cleaning liquid tank 440 located on the upper part of the groove 4315 is limited, resulting in little significance for space expansion in this form. In order to solve the above problems, as shown in FIG. 39 and FIG. 42 , in some embodiments, the ratio of the dimension d10 of the groove 4315 along its height direction to the maximum dimension d6 of the cleaning liquid tank 440 along its height direction may range from 0.4 to 0.7.
若凸沿4314较薄,其强度较差,难以对清洁液箱440进行有效限定;若凸沿4314较厚,需加大凹槽4315,则清洁液箱会牺牲掉一定的容量。由此,参见图42所示,沿地刷400的长度方向,凸沿4314的尺寸d7为7mm~10mm。If the convex edge 4314 is thinner, its strength is poor, and it is difficult to effectively limit the cleaning liquid tank 440; if the convex edge 4314 is thicker, the groove 4315 needs to be enlarged, and a certain capacity of the cleaning liquid tank will be sacrificed. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 42 , along the length direction of the ground brush 400 , the dimension d7 of the convex edge 4314 is 7mm˜10mm.
在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440可通过锁扣结构、卡扣结构等连接结构连接在安装壳431上,但考虑到上述连接结构所需占用空间较多,且需要设置在显眼位置,因此,清洁液箱440可以通过磁吸结构与安装壳431固定。在一些实施例中,参见图38、图39和图45所示,清洁液箱440的底部可以固定有第一铁体441,滚刷安装腔450中固定有能够与第一铁体441产生吸力的第一磁体442。通过这样设置,不仅可以降低连接结构的空间占有量,还隐藏了连接结构,从而使工作部410的结构更加紧凑美观。在一些实施例中,上述磁吸结构还可以通过第一铁体441和第一磁体442位置互换、设置成两块磁体进行磁吸的方式实现。In some embodiments, the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be connected to the installation shell 431 through a connection structure such as a lock structure, a buckle structure, etc. , the cleaning liquid tank 440 can be fixed with the installation shell 431 through a magnetic structure. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 38 , FIG. 39 and FIG. 45 , the bottom of the cleaning solution tank 440 can be fixed with a first iron body 441 , and a motor that can generate suction with the first iron body 441 is fixed in the roller brush installation cavity 450 . The first magnet 442. By setting in this way, not only can the space occupied by the connecting structure be reduced, but also the connecting structure can be hidden, so that the structure of the working part 410 is more compact and beautiful. In some embodiments, the above-mentioned magnetic attraction structure can also be realized by exchanging the positions of the first iron body 441 and the first magnet 442 , and setting two magnets for magnetic attraction.
在一些实施例中,参见图42和图43所示,清洁液箱440的底部还可以设置有第一液体插嘴443和定位块444。其中,第一液体插嘴443能够和位于安装壳431上的第一液体插口4319组成 阀组件,当两者插接时,清洁液能够从清洁液箱440中流出。定位块444能够插入安装壳431中的插孔4318,发挥定位作用。此外,阀组件还可以为其他结构。如图40和图41所示,在一些实施例中,清洁液箱440的出口4401处可以设置阀组件4405,阀组件4405的至少部分可以伸入至清洁液箱440的内部。在一些实施例中,阀组件4405可以包括组件出口44051、杆释放插入件44052和插入件弹簧44053。在一些实施例中,组件出口44051可以为内部贯通的结构体,也就是说,组件出口44051具有内部通道。其中,组件出口44051通过螺纹帽44054安装到清洁液箱440的出口4401处。杆释放插入件44052通过垫圈(例如,O形环)与组件出口44051配接,杆释放插入件44052可以控制组件出口44501内部通道的启闭状态,也就是说,通过改变杆释放插入件44052的位置可以改变组件出口44051内部通道的启闭状态。仅作为示例性说明,在一些实施例中,杆释放插入件44052为圆柱状结构体,杆释放插入件44052可以至少包括由上至下依次连接的第一圆柱状结构体和第二圆柱状结构体,其中,第一圆柱状结构体的半径大于第二圆柱状结构体的半径,第一圆柱状结构体的半径与组件出口44051的内径近似相同,第二圆柱状结构体的半径小于组件出口44051的内径。插入件弹簧44053在弹簧壳体44056内部将阀组件4405偏压到关闭位置。具体地,在插入件弹簧44053的作用下,杆释放插入件44052的第一圆柱状结构体与组件出口44051的内部配合连接,此时,阀组件4405关闭,清洁液箱112中的清洁液无法从清洁液箱440中流出至外界。当阀组件1130与清洁液供应组件连接时,杆释放插入件44052在管道接口压力的作用下使插入件弹簧1138发生形变,杆释放插入件44052的第一圆柱状结构体相对于组件出口44051的内部通道运动,此时,第二圆柱状结构体位于组件出口44051内部通道处,第二圆柱状结构体与组件出口1132内部通道相对应的侧壁之间具有间隙,阀组件4405处于打开状态,以将流体释放到流体输送通道(例如,第一管道、第二管道以及第三管道)。在一些实施例中,杆释放插入件44052可以为异径杆结构,也就是说,杆释放插入件44052的半径由上至下渐增。关于杆释放插入件44052可以为异径杆结构与组件出口44051相配合的原理可以参考上述内容。在一些实施例中,阀组件4405还可以包括筛网插入件(图中未示出),筛网插入件以防止颗粒物进入清洁液供应组件中。在一些实施例中,筛网插入件可以设置在清洁液箱出口4401与阀组件4405之间。在一些实施例中,筛网插入件还可以设置在清洁液箱440的出口4401远离阀组件4405的一侧。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 42 and FIG. 43 , the bottom of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may also be provided with a first liquid nozzle 443 and a positioning block 444 . Wherein, the first liquid socket 443 can form a valve assembly with the first liquid socket 4319 located on the mounting shell 431, and when the two are plugged in, the cleaning liquid can flow out from the cleaning liquid tank 440. The positioning block 444 can be inserted into the insertion hole 4318 in the installation shell 431 to play a positioning role. In addition, the valve assembly can also have other structures. As shown in FIG. 40 and FIG. 41 , in some embodiments, a valve assembly 4405 may be provided at the outlet 4401 of the cleaning solution tank 440 , and at least part of the valve assembly 4405 may protrude into the inside of the cleaning solution tank 440 . In some embodiments, the valve assembly 4405 can include an assembly outlet 44051 , a rod release insert 44052 and an insert spring 44053 . In some embodiments, the component outlet 44051 may be a structure that penetrates the inside, that is, the component outlet 44051 has an internal channel. Wherein, the assembly outlet 44051 is installed to the outlet 4401 of the cleaning solution tank 440 through a threaded cap 44054 . The rod release insert 44052 is mated with the assembly outlet 44051 through a gasket (for example, an O-ring), and the rod release insert 44052 can control the opening and closing state of the internal channel of the assembly outlet 44501, that is, by changing the position of the rod release insert 44052 The position can change the opening and closing state of the internal channel of the component outlet 44051 . For illustrative purposes only, in some embodiments, the rod release insert 44052 is a cylindrical structure, and the rod release insert 44052 may at least include a first cylindrical structure and a second cylindrical structure sequentially connected from top to bottom body, wherein the radius of the first cylindrical structure is greater than the radius of the second cylindrical structure, the radius of the first cylindrical structure is approximately the same as the inner diameter of the component outlet 44051, and the radius of the second cylindrical structure is smaller than the component outlet 44051 inner diameter. Insert spring 44053 biases valve assembly 4405 inside spring housing 44056 to the closed position. Specifically, under the action of the insert spring 44053, the first cylindrical structure of the rod release insert 44052 is mated with the inside of the assembly outlet 44051. At this time, the valve assembly 4405 is closed, and the cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank 112 cannot It flows out from the cleaning liquid tank 440 to the outside world. When the valve assembly 1130 is connected with the cleaning liquid supply assembly, the rod release insert 44052 deforms the insert spring 1138 under the action of the pipeline interface pressure, and the first cylindrical structure of the rod release insert 44052 is relative to the assembly outlet 44051. The inner channel moves. At this time, the second cylindrical structure is located at the inner channel of the component outlet 44051, there is a gap between the second cylindrical structure and the side wall corresponding to the inner channel of the component outlet 1132, and the valve component 4405 is in an open state. to release fluid to the fluid delivery channels (eg, first, second, and third conduits). In some embodiments, the rod release insert 44052 can be a reduced diameter rod structure, that is, the radius of the rod release insert 44052 increases from top to bottom. Regarding the principle that the rod release insert 44052 can be a different-diameter rod structure to cooperate with the assembly outlet 44051, reference can be made to the above content. In some embodiments, the valve assembly 4405 may also include a screen insert (not shown) to prevent particulate matter from entering the cleaning fluid supply assembly. In some embodiments, a screen insert may be disposed between the cleaning fluid tank outlet 4401 and the valve assembly 4405 . In some embodiments, the screen insert may also be disposed on the side of the outlet 4401 of the cleaning fluid tank 440 away from the valve assembly 4405 .
为了保证喷嘴460向待清洁地面的清洁液可以打湿地面,在一些实施例中,阀组件的出水口面积可以大于3mm 2。优选地,阀组件的出水口面积大于4mm 2。进一步优选地,阀组件的出水口面积大于5mm 2。较为优选地,阀组件的出水口面积大于6mm 2。在一些实施例中,可以通过调整杆释放插入件44052或组件出口44051的内径以保证阀组件的出水量。例如,通过减小杆释放插入件44052中第二圆柱状结构体的半径,使阀组件的出水口面积增大。在一些实施例中,参见图41所示,沿清洁液箱440的高度方向(图35中示出的H方向)上,杆释放插入件44052远离清洁液箱440的一端与清洁液箱440的间距小于与螺纹帽44054远离清洁液箱440的一端与清洁液箱440的间距d11。如此设置,一方面可以防止杆释放插入件44052与外部的物体发生碰撞而出现漏水的情况,另一方面,也便于工作人员对阀组件4405进行检测,工作人员可以通过按压杆释放插入件44052观察阀组件4405是否正常。在一些实施例中,间距d11可以为0.2mm-0.8mm。优选地,间距d11可以为0.3mm-0.6mm。进一步优选地,间距d11可以为0.4mm-0.5mm。 In order to ensure that the cleaning liquid from the nozzle 460 onto the floor to be cleaned can wet the floor, in some embodiments, the area of the water outlet of the valve assembly can be greater than 3 mm 2 . Preferably, the water outlet area of the valve assembly is larger than 4mm 2 . Further preferably, the water outlet area of the valve assembly is greater than 5mm 2 . More preferably, the water outlet area of the valve assembly is larger than 6mm 2 . In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the rod release insert 44052 or the assembly outlet 44051 can be adjusted to ensure the water output of the valve assembly. For example, by reducing the radius of the second cylindrical structure in the rod release insert 44052, the outlet area of the valve assembly is increased. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 41 , along the height direction of the cleaning solution tank 440 (direction H shown in FIG. 35 ), the end of the rod release insert 44052 away from the cleaning solution tank 440 is in contact with the end of the cleaning solution tank 440. The distance is smaller than the distance d11 between the end of the threaded cap 44054 away from the cleaning liquid tank 440 and the cleaning liquid tank 440 . Such setting, on the one hand, can prevent the rod release insert 44052 from colliding with external objects and cause water leakage; Whether the valve assembly 4405 is normal. In some embodiments, the distance d11 may be 0.2mm-0.8mm. Preferably, the distance d11 may be 0.3mm-0.6mm. Further preferably, the distance d11 may be 0.4mm-0.5mm.
需要注意的是,阀组件不限于上述的第一液体插嘴443和定位块444组成的阀组件以及图40和图41示出的阀组件4405,阀组件可以为任一种通过拔插动作实现液体导通/截流的组件,在此不做进一步限定。另外,杆释放插入件44052的形状还可以为其它形状,例如,长方体结构、梯形体结构、圆台结构等,相应地,组件出口44051内部通道形状与杆释放插入件44052的形状相适配。It should be noted that the valve assembly is not limited to the above-mentioned valve assembly composed of the first liquid nozzle 443 and the positioning block 444 and the valve assembly 4405 shown in Fig. The conducting/closing components are not further limited here. In addition, the shape of the rod release insert 44052 can also be other shapes, for example, cuboid structure, trapezoidal structure, circular truncated structure, etc. Correspondingly, the shape of the inner channel of the component outlet 44051 matches the shape of the rod release insert 44052.
在一些实施例中,上述阀组件可以为任一种通过拔插动作实现液体导通/截流的组件。In some embodiments, the above-mentioned valve assembly may be any assembly that realizes liquid conduction/blocking through a plugging action.
值得注意的是,上述的清洁液箱440的沿其高度方向的最大尺寸、沿其宽度方向的最大尺寸和沿其长度方向的最大尺寸指的是指清洁液箱440的箱体的尺寸(例如,高度、宽度和长度),并不包括第一液体插嘴443和定位块444等凸出部位。It should be noted that the above-mentioned maximum dimension of the cleaning solution tank 440 along its height direction, its maximum dimension along its width direction and its maximum dimension along its length direction refer to the size of the tank body of the cleaning solution tank 440 (for example , height, width and length), and does not include the protruding parts such as the first liquid nozzle 443 and the positioning block 444.
在一些实施例中,参见图38所示,清洁液供应组件还包括喷嘴460和泵461,泵461可以用于将清洁液从清洁液箱440泵送至喷嘴460,喷嘴460可以作为清洁液供应组件的输出末端,将清洁液喷至待清洁地面上,从而起到对地面的清洁和/或护理的作用。在一些实施例中,泵461可以设置在滚刷安装腔450中,其沿地刷400的长度方向配置在地刷通道451的一侧,喷嘴460设置在上挡盖432上。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 38, the cleaning liquid supply assembly further includes a nozzle 460 and a pump 461. The pump 461 can be used to pump the cleaning liquid from the cleaning liquid tank 440 to the nozzle 460. The nozzle 460 can be used as a cleaning liquid supply. At the output end of the component, the cleaning liquid is sprayed onto the ground to be cleaned, so as to clean and/or care the ground. In some embodiments, the pump 461 can be arranged in the roller brush installation chamber 450 , which is arranged on one side of the floor brush channel 451 along the length direction of the floor brush 400 , and the nozzle 460 is arranged on the upper cover 432 .
参见图42所示,为了避免清洁液箱440的容量不适当地减小,泵461的顶端可以高于容 纳槽4313内的最低面,即容纳槽4313的底面设置有一能够至少部分容纳泵461的第一凸部43141。结合图38和40所示,相对应地,清洁液箱440的底部可以设置有用于避让第一凸部43141的第一凹部(图中未示出)。在一些实施例中,地刷通道451的顶端可以高于容纳槽4313内的最低面,即容纳槽4313的底面可以设置有一能够至少部分容纳地刷通道451的第二凸部4316。相对应地,清洁液箱440的底部可以设置有用于避让第二凸部4316的第二凹部(图中未示出)。可以理解的是,为了保证对清洁液的泵送量和对垃圾的输送量,泵461和地刷通道451分别须达到一定的高度,如果将容纳槽4313的底面基本设置成一平面,那么这个平面的高度取决于泵461和地刷通道451中顶端较高的那一个,这样的话,无疑牺牲了一些可用于扩充清洁液箱容量的空间。基于上述设置,能够从高度方面限定清洁液箱440和地刷主体430,保证了清洁液箱440具有充足的容量,并且使工作部410的结构更加紧凑实用,方便用户在床底等高度受限的空间内使用该地刷。值得注意的是,上述容纳槽4313内的最低面是指容纳槽4313中与第一凸部43141、第二凸部4316衔接的、基本为平面的内底。Referring to FIG. 42 , in order to prevent the capacity of the cleaning solution tank 440 from being unduly reduced, the top of the pump 461 can be higher than the lowest surface in the holding tank 4313, that is, the bottom surface of the holding tank 4313 is provided with a bottom surface that can at least partially accommodate the pump 461. The first convex part 43141. As shown in FIGS. 38 and 40 , correspondingly, the bottom of the cleaning solution tank 440 may be provided with a first recess (not shown) for avoiding the first protrusion 43141 . In some embodiments, the top of the ground brush passage 451 may be higher than the lowest surface in the receiving groove 4313 , that is, the bottom surface of the receiving groove 4313 may be provided with a second protrusion 4316 capable of at least partially accommodating the ground brush passage 451 . Correspondingly, the bottom of the cleaning liquid tank 440 may be provided with a second concave portion (not shown in the figure) for avoiding the second convex portion 4316 . It can be understood that, in order to ensure the pumping volume of cleaning liquid and the transporting volume of garbage, the pump 461 and the ground brush channel 451 must respectively reach a certain height. If the bottom surface of the receiving tank 4313 is basically set as a plane, then this plane The height depends on the higher one of the top in the pump 461 and the ground brush channel 451, so, undoubtedly sacrifice some space that can be used to expand the capacity of the cleaning solution tank. Based on the above settings, the cleaning liquid tank 440 and the floor brush main body 430 can be limited in terms of height, which ensures that the cleaning liquid tank 440 has sufficient capacity, and makes the structure of the working part 410 more compact and practical, which is convenient for users with limited heights such as the bottom of the bed. Use the floor brush in the space. It is worth noting that the lowest surface in the accommodating groove 4313 refers to the substantially planar inner bottom of the accommodating groove 4313 that connects with the first protruding portion 43141 and the second protruding portion 4316 .
在一些实施例中,如图38所示,安装壳431上可以设置有第二液体插嘴4317,上挡盖432上设置有能够与第二液体插嘴4317组成阀组件的第二液体插口4321。具体地,泵461具有泵入口和泵出口,泵入口可以与第一液体插口4319间通过第一导管实现流体导通,泵出口可以与第二液体插嘴4317间通过第二导管实现流体导通,第二液体插口4321与喷嘴460间通过第三导管4322实现流体导通。其中,第一导管和第二导管配置在滚刷安装腔450中,第三导管4322配置在上挡盖432中,喷嘴460位于滚刷433上方的上挡盖432处。当需要对待清洁面淋湿处理时,清洁液箱440中的清洁液在泵461的动力作用下,清洁液依次通过第一液体插嘴443和第一液体插口4319(图42中示出)组成的阀组件、第一导管、泵461、第二导管、第二液体插嘴4317进而第二液体插口4321组成的阀组件、第三导管4322以及喷嘴460流出至外界,对滚刷433前方的待清洁面进行淋湿处理。在一些实施例中,喷嘴460的数量可以为一个或多个。当喷嘴的460的数量为多个时,喷嘴460可以沿上挡盖432的长度方向(与图38中示出的滚刷433的长度方向n相同的方向)间隔分布,以增加喷嘴460的淋湿区域。通过配置两个阀组件以及布局三根导管,使清洁液供应组件的多个部件间能够实现有效导流且单独可拆。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 38 , the installation shell 431 may be provided with a second liquid nozzle 4317 , and the upper cover 432 may be provided with a second liquid nozzle 4321 that can form a valve assembly with the second liquid nozzle 4317 . Specifically, the pump 461 has a pump inlet and a pump outlet, the pump inlet can communicate with the first liquid socket 4319 through a first conduit, and the pump outlet can communicate with the second liquid nozzle 4317 through a second conduit, The fluid communication between the second liquid socket 4321 and the nozzle 460 is realized through the third conduit 4322 . Wherein, the first conduit and the second conduit are arranged in the rolling brush installation cavity 450 , the third conduit 4322 is arranged in the upper cover 432 , and the nozzle 460 is located at the upper cover 432 above the roller brush 433 . When it is necessary to wet the surface to be cleaned, the cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid tank 440 is driven by the pump 461, and the cleaning liquid passes through the first liquid nozzle 443 and the first liquid socket 4319 (shown in FIG. 42 ) in sequence. The valve assembly, the first conduit, the pump 461, the second conduit, the second liquid nozzle 4317 and the second liquid socket 4321 form the valve assembly, the third conduit 4322 and the nozzle 460 to flow out to the outside, to the surface to be cleaned in front of the roller brush 433 Perform wet treatment. In some embodiments, the number of nozzles 460 may be one or more. When there are multiple nozzles 460, the nozzles 460 can be distributed at intervals along the length direction of the upper cover 432 (the same direction as the length direction n of the roller brush 433 shown in FIG. wet area. By arranging two valve assemblies and arranging three conduits, multiple parts of the cleaning liquid supply assembly can achieve effective flow guidance and can be individually detachable.
当进行清洁作业时,滚刷433能够在电机4331的传动作用下进行旋转。在一些实施例中,电机4331可以设置在上述滚刷安装腔450中,且其沿地刷的长度方向配置在地刷通道451的另一侧。在一些实施例中,电机4331可以设置在滚刷433的内部,这样能够进一步优化工作部410的尺寸,提升其紧凑性。When cleaning, the roller brush 433 can rotate under the driving action of the motor 4331 . In some embodiments, the motor 4331 can be arranged in the above-mentioned rolling brush installation cavity 450, and it is arranged on the other side of the ground brush channel 451 along the length direction of the ground brush. In some embodiments, the motor 4331 can be arranged inside the roller brush 433, which can further optimize the size of the working part 410 and improve its compactness.
在滚刷433内设置电机4331的实施例中,底壳4311的一侧固定有第一滚刷支撑部,用于固定电机4331。在一些实施例中,可以将支臂4333构造成第一滚刷支撑部,其沿地刷的宽度方向向前延伸。电机4331的一端通过连接套4334固定在支臂4333上,电机4331的另一端连接有变速箱4332,变速箱4332可以直接作用在滚刷433上,以驱动滚刷旋转。In the embodiment in which the motor 4331 is provided in the roller brush 433 , a first roller brush supporting part is fixed on one side of the bottom shell 4311 for fixing the motor 4331 . In some embodiments, the support arm 4333 can be configured as a first roller brush support portion extending forward along the width direction of the floor brush. One end of the motor 4331 is fixed on the support arm 4333 through the connecting sleeve 4334, and the other end of the motor 4331 is connected with a gearbox 4332, and the gearbox 4332 can directly act on the roller brush 433 to drive the roller brush to rotate.
参见图45和图46所示,在一些实施例中,滚刷433可以包括刷筒4335和固定在刷筒4335外周的刷毛4336,刷筒4335的内部固定有与其长度方向垂直的隔板4337。其中,隔板4337上均匀地设置有多个连接槽43371,变速箱4332的输出轴上设置有能够对应嵌插在连接槽43371中的多个连接柱43372。启动电机4331时,连接柱43372能够向连接槽43371施力,以实现驱动滚刷旋转。45 and 46, in some embodiments, the rolling brush 433 may include a brush barrel 4335 and bristles 4336 fixed on the outer periphery of the brush barrel 4335, and a partition 4337 perpendicular to its length direction is fixed inside the brush barrel 4335. Wherein, a plurality of connecting grooves 43371 are uniformly arranged on the partition plate 4337, and a plurality of connecting columns 43372 that can be correspondingly inserted into the connecting grooves 43371 are arranged on the output shaft of the gearbox 4332. When the motor 4331 is started, the connecting column 43372 can apply force to the connecting groove 43371 to drive the roller brush to rotate.
在一些实施例中,连接柱43372沿变速箱输出轴的径向向外延伸,其数量越多会使滚刷433和变速箱4332的传动稳定性越好。作为本实施例中的优选,连接柱43372和连接槽43371的数量可以均设置成三个。需要注意的是,连接柱43372和连接槽43371的数量并不限于上述的三个,还可以为一个、两个或者三个以上,其具体数量可以根据实际情况进行适应性调整。In some embodiments, the connecting columns 43372 extend outward along the radial direction of the output shaft of the gearbox, and the greater the number, the better the transmission stability of the rolling brushes 433 and the gearbox 4332 . As a preference in this embodiment, the number of connecting posts 43372 and connecting grooves 43371 can be set to three. It should be noted that the number of connecting posts 43372 and connecting grooves 43371 is not limited to the above three, but can also be one, two or more than three, and the specific number can be adjusted adaptively according to the actual situation.
当清洁结束后,有时需要将滚刷433单独拆卸进行清理,由于电机4331、变速箱4332设置在刷筒4335内部,那么滚刷433只能沿其长度方向相对底壳4311拔出。然而,再次安装滚刷433时,会出现连接柱43372和连接槽43371不易对准的问题,导致用户体验较差。为解决该问题,在一些实施例中,连接柱43372可以基本呈圆柱状,同时,连接槽43371的外沿位置成型有圆角或倒角43373;基于上述结构,在插入滚刷433的过程中,基本呈圆柱状的连接柱43372能够沿着圆角或倒角顺利地和连接槽43371嵌插。After the cleaning is over, sometimes the rolling brush 433 needs to be disassembled separately for cleaning. Since the motor 4331 and the gearbox 4332 are arranged inside the brush tube 4335, the rolling brush 433 can only be pulled out relative to the bottom shell 4311 along its length direction. However, when the roller brush 433 is installed again, there will be a problem that the connecting post 43372 and the connecting groove 43371 are not easy to align, resulting in poor user experience. In order to solve this problem, in some embodiments, the connecting column 43372 can be substantially cylindrical, and at the same time, the outer edge of the connecting groove 43371 is formed with rounded corners or chamfers 43373; based on the above structure, during the process of inserting the roller brush 433 The substantially cylindrical connecting column 43372 can be smoothly inserted into the connecting groove 43371 along the fillet or chamfer.
结合图43和44所示,在一些实施例中,底壳4311远离支臂4333的另一侧可拆装地配置有第二滚刷支撑部,用于对滚刷433进行旋转支撑和端部限位。在一些实施例中,可以将支撑组件470作为第二滚刷支撑部。As shown in FIGS. 43 and 44 , in some embodiments, the other side of the bottom shell 4311 away from the support arm 4333 is detachably configured with a second roller brush support portion, which is used to rotate the roller brush 433 and support the end limit. In some embodiments, the supporting assembly 470 can be used as the second roller brush supporting part.
结合图35、图48和图49所示,在一些实施例中,支撑组件470可以包括盖板件471,盖板件471可以通过磁吸结构与安装壳431固定。具体地,盖板件471朝向底壳4311的一侧设置有第二铁体4711,底壳4311上设置有侧板43111,侧板43111上安装有第二磁体(图中未示)。这样可以隐藏了支撑组件470的连接结构,有利于控制工作部410沿其长度方向的最大尺寸。在其他实施例中,通过调换第二铁体4711和第二磁体或设置两块磁体,同样可以实现磁吸固定支撑组件470。As shown in FIG. 35 , FIG. 48 and FIG. 49 , in some embodiments, the support assembly 470 may include a cover part 471 , and the cover part 471 may be fixed to the installation shell 431 through a magnetic attraction structure. Specifically, a second iron body 4711 is disposed on the side of the cover member 471 facing the bottom case 4311, and a side plate 43111 is disposed on the bottom case 4311, and a second magnet (not shown in the figure) is installed on the side plate 43111. In this way, the connection structure of the support assembly 470 can be hidden, which is beneficial to control the maximum size of the working part 410 along its length direction. In other embodiments, by exchanging the second iron body 4711 and the second magnet or arranging two magnets, the support assembly 470 can also be magnetically fixed.
通过磁吸结构固定支撑组件470利于控制盖板件471和底壳4311在长度方向的尺寸,使得滚刷400在工作部410中的长度占比得到了优化。在一些实施例中,滚刷400沿其长度方向德最大尺寸与工作部410沿其长度方向的最大尺寸d1的比值可以不小于0.9。这样一来,单次推拉清洁时,滚刷能够尽量多地擦洗待清洁面,使得擦洗长度(滚刷沿其长度方向的最大尺寸)和工作部沿其长度方向的最大尺寸相差无几,改善了清洁效果并提升了清洁效率。Fixing the support assembly 470 through the magnetic structure is beneficial to control the size of the cover plate 471 and the bottom shell 4311 in the length direction, so that the length ratio of the roller brush 400 in the working part 410 is optimized. In some embodiments, the ratio of the maximum dimension d1 of the rolling brush 400 along its length direction to the maximum dimension d1 of the working part 410 along its length direction may not be less than 0.9. In this way, during a single push-pull cleaning, the roller brush can scrub the surface to be cleaned as much as possible, so that the scrubbing length (the maximum dimension of the roller brush along its length direction) is almost the same as the maximum dimension of the working part along its length direction, improving the Cleaning effect and improved cleaning efficiency.
为了加强盖板件471与侧板43111的连接关系,避免支撑组件470相对侧板43111转动,部分盖板件471可以嵌设在侧板43111中。此外,为了保证盖板件471安装到位,盖板件471朝向底壳4311的一侧设置有限位槽4712,侧板43111上设置有能够与限位槽4712匹配插接的限位块4713。In order to strengthen the connection relationship between the cover plate 471 and the side plate 43111 and prevent the supporting assembly 470 from rotating relative to the side plate 43111 , part of the cover plate 471 can be embedded in the side plate 43111 . In addition, in order to ensure that the cover member 471 is installed in place, a limiting groove 4712 is provided on the side of the cover member 471 facing the bottom case 4311 , and a limiting block 4713 that can be mated with the limiting groove 4712 is provided on the side plate 43111 .
在一些实施例中,如图48所示,盖板件471朝向底壳4311的一侧固定有支撑套472,支撑套472内部通过卡簧4731安装有第一轴承件473,第一轴承件473的内圈中固定插装有一连接杆474,连接杆474的另一端过盈地插装在旋转套475上。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 48, a support sleeve 472 is fixed on the side of the cover plate 471 facing the bottom shell 4311, and a first bearing 473 is installed inside the support sleeve 472 through a snap spring 4731. The first bearing 473 A connecting rod 474 is fixedly inserted in the inner ring of the connecting rod 474, and the other end of the connecting rod 474 is inserted on the rotating sleeve 475 with interference.
在一些实施例中,结合图45和图47所示,另外,连接套4334上安装有第二轴承件476,在使用状态下,刷筒4335套装在旋转套475和第二轴承件476上,旋转套475、第二轴承件476分别对滚刷433的右侧、左侧进行支撑。在两个轴承件(第一轴承件473和第二轴承件476)的作用下,减小了滚刷433的旋转阻力。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 45 and FIG. 47 , in addition, a second bearing 476 is installed on the connecting sleeve 4334 , and in use, the brush holder 4335 is sleeved on the rotating sleeve 475 and the second bearing 476 , The rotating sleeve 475 and the second bearing 476 respectively support the right side and the left side of the roller brush 433 . Under the action of the two bearings (the first bearing 473 and the second bearing 476 ), the rotation resistance of the rolling brush 433 is reduced.
结合图48和图49所示,为防止滚刷433和旋转套475转速不一致而产生摩擦,在一些实施例中,旋转套475上可以设置有一凸缘4751,凸缘4751上开设有若干缺口4750,相对应地,刷筒4335上构造有若干插块43351。在使用状态下,插块43351能够对应地插接在缺口4750中,从而保证了滚刷433和旋转套475周向旋转时的步调完全同步。在一些实施例中,凸缘4751沿其长度方向的尺寸可以不小于刷筒4335的厚度,这样就相当于通过旋转套475封堵了刷筒4335的一端,能够阻挡垃圾进入到刷筒4335。旋转套475沿其周向设有环槽,密封环477配置在环槽中,并抵靠在刷筒4335的内壁上,进一步增强了对垃圾的阻挡效果。As shown in Fig. 48 and Fig. 49, in order to prevent the friction between the rotation speed of the rolling brush 433 and the rotating sleeve 475, in some embodiments, a flange 4751 may be provided on the rotating sleeve 475, and several gaps 4750 are opened on the flange 4751 , Correspondingly, several inserting blocks 43351 are constructed on the brush cylinder 4335 . In the state of use, the plug 43351 can be correspondingly inserted into the notch 4750, thereby ensuring that the pace of the rolling brush 433 and the rotating sleeve 475 are fully synchronized when they rotate in the circumferential direction. In some embodiments, the length of the flange 4751 may not be smaller than the thickness of the brush tube 4335, which is equivalent to blocking one end of the brush tube 4335 by the rotating sleeve 475, which can prevent garbage from entering the brush tube 4335. The rotating sleeve 475 is provided with an annular groove along its circumference, and the sealing ring 477 is disposed in the annular groove and abuts against the inner wall of the brush tube 4335, further enhancing the effect of blocking garbage.
在一些实施例中,参见图48所示,盖板件471背向底壳4311的一侧设有凹陷部4714,凹陷部4714中安装有拉块4715,用户可手捏拉块4715拆装支撑组件470。在一些实施例中,拉块4715全部设置在凹陷部4714中,这样拉块4715不会凸出盖板件471背向底壳4311一侧的平面,从而不会对工作部410沿其长度方向的最大尺寸产生影响,也不容易磕碰到障碍物。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 48 , a recessed portion 4714 is provided on the side of the cover member 471 facing away from the bottom case 4311 , and a pull block 4715 is installed in the recessed portion 4714 . The user can pinch the pull block 4715 to disassemble and support it. Component 470. In some embodiments, the pull block 4715 is all set in the recessed part 4714, so that the pull block 4715 will not protrude from the plane of the cover plate part 471 facing away from the bottom shell 4311, so as not to interfere with the working part 410 along its length direction. It has an impact on the maximum size of the car, and it is not easy to bump into obstacles.
在一些实施例中,拉块4715和支撑套472可以通过螺栓、螺钉等连接在一起,这样便于拆卸的设计,利于后续零部件清理和维护。在一些实施例中,盖板件471上可以设置有限位套4716,支撑套472过盈地插装在限位套4716内。基于该结构,能够提升支撑套472的安装稳定性,防止支撑套472相对盖板件471发生晃动,从而保证了滚刷433的旋转动平衡性能。In some embodiments, the pull block 4715 and the support sleeve 472 can be connected together by bolts, screws, etc., which is designed for easy disassembly and facilitates subsequent parts cleaning and maintenance. In some embodiments, a limiting sleeve 4716 may be disposed on the cover member 471 , and the supporting sleeve 472 is inserted into the limiting sleeve 4716 with interference. Based on this structure, the installation stability of the support sleeve 472 can be improved, and the support sleeve 472 can be prevented from shaking relative to the cover plate 471 , thereby ensuring the rotational dynamic balance performance of the roller brush 433 .
由于旋转套475能够相对盖板件471转动,因此两者间需配置有间隙,在清洁过程中不可避免地会有毛发、丝絮等丝状物通过上述间隙进入到旋转套475中。为了避免丝状物缠绕在第一轴承件473、连接杆474等旋转件上,在一些实施例中,支撑套472朝向旋转套475的一侧设置有扩口部4721,扩口部4721包围了第一轴承473、连接杆474等旋转件,使得旋转件与外部环境之间的通道变得曲折,从而防止上述丝状物接触到这些旋转件,同时扩口部4721也不会妨碍这些旋转件的旋转。在一个具体的实施例中,沿滚刷433的高度方向m(图38中示出),扩口部4721与旋转套475的最小间距不大于1.5mm;沿滚刷433的长度方向n(图38中示出),扩口部4721与旋转套475的最小间距不大于1.5mm。在这种情况下,如此小的间距,进一步使得丝状物几乎不能到达上述旋转件处。其中,支撑套472和旋转套475基本同轴设置,因此上述两个最小间距分别为扩口部4721的外缘与旋转套475一内壁间的最小间距、扩口部4721的右端与旋转套475另一内壁间的最小间距。Since the rotating sleeve 475 can rotate relative to the cover member 471 , there needs to be a gap between them, and filaments such as hair and wadding will inevitably enter the rotating sleeve 475 through the gap during the cleaning process. In order to prevent filaments from being entangled on rotating parts such as the first bearing 473 and the connecting rod 474, in some embodiments, a flared portion 4721 is provided on the side of the supporting sleeve 472 facing the rotating sleeve 475, and the flared portion 4721 surrounds the Rotating parts such as the first bearing 473 and the connecting rod 474 make the passage between the rotating part and the external environment become tortuous, thereby preventing the above-mentioned filaments from contacting these rotating parts, and the flaring part 4721 will not hinder these rotating parts rotation. In a specific embodiment, along the height direction m of the roller brush 433 (shown in FIG. 38), the minimum distance between the flaring portion 4721 and the rotating sleeve 475 is not greater than 1.5mm. In this case, such a small distance further makes it almost impossible for the filament to reach the above-mentioned rotating member. Wherein, the supporting sleeve 472 and the rotating sleeve 475 are basically arranged coaxially, so the above-mentioned two minimum distances are respectively the minimum distance between the outer edge of the flared portion 4721 and the inner wall of the rotating sleeve 475, and the distance between the right end of the flared portion 4721 and the rotating sleeve 475. Minimum spacing between another inner wall.
上文已对基本概念做了描述,显然,对于本领域技术人员来说,上述详细披露仅仅作为示例,而并不构成对本说明书的限定。虽然此处并没有明确说明,本领域技术人员可能会对本说明书进行各种修改、改进和修正。该类修改、改进和修正在本说明书中被建议,所以该类修改、改进、 修正仍属于本说明书示范实施例的精神和范围。The basic concept has been described above, obviously, for those skilled in the art, the above detailed disclosure is only an example, and does not constitute a limitation to this description. Although not expressly stated here, those skilled in the art may make various modifications, improvements and corrections to this description. Such modifications, improvements and corrections are suggested in this specification, so such modifications, improvements and corrections still belong to the spirit and scope of the exemplary embodiments of this specification.
同时,本说明书使用了特定词语来描述本说明书的实施例。如“一个实施例”、“一实施例”、和/或“一些实施例”意指与本说明书至少一个实施例相关的某一特征、结构或特点。因此,应强调并注意的是,本说明书中在不同位置两次或多次提及的“一实施例”或“一个实施例”或“一个替代性实施例”并不一定是指同一实施例。此外,本说明书的一个或多个实施例中的某些特征、结构或特点可以进行适当的组合。Meanwhile, this specification uses specific words to describe the embodiments of this specification. For example, "one embodiment", "an embodiment", and/or "some embodiments" refer to a certain feature, structure or characteristic related to at least one embodiment of this specification. Therefore, it should be emphasized and noted that two or more references to "an embodiment" or "an embodiment" or "an alternative embodiment" in different places in this specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment . In addition, certain features, structures or characteristics in one or more embodiments of this specification may be properly combined.
同理,应当注意的是,为了简化本说明书披露的表述,从而帮助对一个或多个发明实施例的理解,前文对本说明书实施例的描述中,有时会将多种特征归并至一个实施例、附图或对其的描述中。但是,这种披露方法并不意味着本说明书对象所需要的特征比权利要求中提及的特征多。实际上,实施例的特征要少于上述披露的单个实施例的全部特征。In the same way, it should be noted that in order to simplify the expression disclosed in this specification and help the understanding of one or more embodiments of the invention, in the foregoing description of the embodiments of this specification, sometimes multiple features are combined into one embodiment, drawings or descriptions thereof. This method of disclosure does not, however, imply that the subject matter of the specification requires more features than are recited in the claims. Indeed, embodiment features are less than all features of a single foregoing disclosed embodiment.
一些实施例中使用了描述成分、属性数量的数字,应当理解的是,此类用于实施例描述的数字,在一些示例中使用了修饰词“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”来修饰。除非另外说明,“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”表明所述数字允许有±20%的变化。相应地,在一些实施例中,说明书和权利要求中使用的数值参数均为近似值,该近似值根据个别实施例所需特点可以发生改变。在一些实施例中,数值参数应考虑规定的有效数位并采用一般位数保留的方法。尽管本说明书一些实施例中用于确认其范围广度的数值域和参数为近似值,在具体实施例中,此类数值的设定在可行范围内尽可能精确。In some embodiments, numbers describing the quantity of components and attributes are used. It should be understood that such numbers used in the description of the embodiments use the modifiers "about", "approximately" or "substantially" in some examples. grooming. Unless otherwise stated, "about", "approximately" or "substantially" indicates that the stated figure allows for a variation of ±20%. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the numerical parameters used in the specification and claims are approximations that can vary depending upon the desired characteristics of individual embodiments. In some embodiments, numerical parameters should take into account the specified significant digits and adopt the general digit reservation method. Although the numerical ranges and parameters used in some embodiments of this specification to confirm the breadth of the range are approximations, in specific embodiments, such numerical values are set as precisely as practicable.
最后,应当理解的是,本说明书中所述实施例仅用以说明本说明书实施例的原则。其他的变形也可能属于本说明书的范围。因此,作为示例而非限制,本说明书实施例的替代配置可视为与本说明书的教导一致。相应地,本说明书的实施例不仅限于本说明书明确介绍和描述的实施例。Finally, it should be understood that the embodiments described in this specification are only used to illustrate the principles of the embodiments of this specification. Other modifications are also possible within the scope of this description. Therefore, by way of example and not limitation, alternative configurations of the embodiments of this specification may be considered consistent with the teachings of this specification. Accordingly, the embodiments of this specification are not limited to the embodiments explicitly introduced and described in this specification.

Claims (45)

  1. 一种清洁装置,其特征在于,包括机身和地刷;所述地刷与所述机身的一端连接;所述机身上设置有储污箱,所述储污箱的箱体至少用于储存和/或过滤来自所述地刷吸入的垃圾。A cleaning device, characterized in that it includes a fuselage and a ground brush; the ground brush is connected to one end of the fuselage; a dirt storage tank is arranged on the fuselage, and the tank body of the dirt storage tank is at least used Used to store and/or filter waste sucked in from the ground brush.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述地刷可转动地连接至所述机身的一端;所述机身具有第一通道,所述储污箱与所述地刷通过所述第一通道连通。The cleaning device according to claim 1, wherein the ground brush is rotatably connected to one end of the body; the body has a first channel through which the dirt storage tank and the ground brush pass The first channel communicates.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述储污箱的箱体内设置有第二通道,所述第二通道与所述第一通道连通。The cleaning device according to claim 2, characterized in that, a second channel is arranged in the tank of the dirt storage tank, and the second channel communicates with the first channel.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述箱体内设置有分隔板,所述分隔板将所述箱体的内部空间分隔为上部空间和下部空间;The cleaning device according to claim 3, wherein a partition plate is provided in the box body, and the partition plate divides the inner space of the box body into an upper space and a lower space;
    所述第二通道从所述下部空间向上延伸穿过所述分隔板到达所述上部空间;所述分隔板设置有第一孔组和防逆流结构,所述防逆流结构用于允许所述上部空间内的污水从所述第一孔组进入所述下部空间,而阻止所述下部空间内的污水从所述第一孔组进入所述上部空间。The second channel extends upwards from the lower space through the partition plate to the upper space; the partition plate is provided with a first hole group and an anti-backflow structure, and the anti-backflow structure is used to allow the The sewage in the upper space enters the lower space from the first hole group, and prevents the sewage in the lower space from entering the upper space from the first hole group.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述分隔板的边缘的第一部分与所述箱体的侧壁密封接触。4. The cleaning device of claim 4, wherein a first portion of the edge of the partition is in sealing contact with a side wall of the tank.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述防逆流结构包括对应于所述第一孔组安装在所述分隔板上并处于所述下部空间内的防逆阀,所述防逆阀通过所述第一孔组与所述上部空间连通。The cleaning device according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the anti-backflow structure includes an anti-backflow valve installed on the partition plate corresponding to the first hole group and located in the lower space, The anti-reverse valve communicates with the upper space through the first hole group.
  7. 根据权利要求4-6任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述分隔板包括弧面板。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 4-6, wherein the partition plate comprises an arc plate.
  8. 根据权利要求4-7任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述分隔板上还设置有装配孔,所述第二通道穿过所述装配孔。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 4-7, wherein an assembly hole is further provided on the partition plate, and the second channel passes through the assembly hole.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,沿所述装配孔的侧边设置有环形挡板,所述环形挡板朝向所述上部空间延伸。The cleaning device according to claim 8, wherein an annular baffle is provided along a side of the assembly hole, and the annular baffle extends toward the upper space.
  10. 根据权利要求4-9任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,沿所述分隔板的周向设置有挡壁,所述挡壁至少延伸到所述上部空间。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 4-9, characterized in that a baffle wall is provided along the circumference of the partition plate, and the baffle wall extends at least to the upper space.
  11. 根据权利要求4-10任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述分隔板上设置有提手,所述提手位于所述上部空间内。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 4-10, wherein a handle is provided on the partition plate, and the handle is located in the upper space.
  12. 根据权利要求4-11任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述箱体的一端具有开口,所述开口处设置有盖体,所述箱体内设置有转接管,所述转接管的一端与所述盖体抵靠,所述转接管的另一端与所述第二通道的一端相连,所述转接管的侧壁上设有出口。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 4-11, wherein one end of the box has an opening, a cover is provided at the opening, and a transfer pipe is provided in the case, and the transfer pipe One end of the adapter tube abuts against the cover body, the other end of the adapter tube is connected to one end of the second channel, and an outlet is provided on the side wall of the adapter tube.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述盖体上设置有气体流出通道,所述气体流出通道的入口与所述上部空间连通,所述气体流出通道的入口与所述连接管的出口朝向不同的方向布置。The cleaning device according to claim 12, wherein the cover is provided with a gas outflow channel, the inlet of the gas outflow channel communicates with the upper space, and the inlet of the gas outflow channel communicates with the connecting The outlets of the tubes are arranged in different directions.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述气体流出通道的出口处设置有过滤件,所述过滤件用于过滤掉夹杂在气体中的固体物质和/或液体物质。The cleaning device according to claim 13, characterized in that a filter element is provided at the outlet of the gas outflow channel, and the filter element is used to filter out solid matter and/or liquid matter contained in the gas.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述气体流出通道内设置有旋风分离结构,所述旋风分离结构用于分离出夹杂在气体中的固体物质和/或液体物质。The cleaning device according to claim 13 or 14, characterized in that a cyclone separation structure is provided in the gas outflow channel, and the cyclone separation structure is used to separate solid substances and/or liquid substances contained in the gas.
  16. 根据权利要求13-15任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述箱体的底面开设有污水入 口,所述盖体包括盖体本体;其中,According to the cleaning device according to any one of claims 13-15, it is characterized in that the bottom surface of the box is provided with a sewage inlet, and the cover comprises a cover body; wherein,
    所述污水入口向上延伸形成污水管,所述污水管的上部形成污水出口;The sewage inlet extends upwards to form a sewage pipe, and the upper part of the sewage pipe forms a sewage outlet;
    所述盖体本体上开设有进气口,所述进气口与旋风过滤组件连通;An air inlet is opened on the cover body, and the air inlet communicates with the cyclone filter assembly;
    从所述污水管进入的流体在所述污水出口进行混合气体与混合液体的分离,所述混合气体通过所述进气口进入所述旋风过滤组件进行旋风尘气分离。The fluid entering from the sewage pipe is separated from the mixed gas and mixed liquid at the sewage outlet, and the mixed gas enters the cyclone filter assembly through the air inlet for cyclone dust gas separation.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述盖体本体设置有容纳腔,所述盖体本体的上端开设有与所述容纳腔相连通的插接口,所述旋风过滤组件通过所述插接口放入所述容纳腔中且与所述盖体本体可拆装连接。The cleaning device according to claim 16, wherein the cover body is provided with an accommodating cavity, and the upper end of the cover body is provided with an insertion port communicating with the accommodating cavity, and the cyclone filter assembly passes through The insertion port is put into the accommodating cavity and is detachably connected with the cover body.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述盖体还包括由所述盖体本体向下延伸所形成的挡板,所述挡板围设在所述污水出口的外周;所述挡板与所述底面之间形成通过所述混合气体的通道,所述污水出口以及所述进气口位于所述挡板的两侧面。The cleaning device according to claim 17, wherein the cover further includes a baffle formed by extending the cover body downward, and the baffle is arranged around the outer periphery of the sewage outlet; A channel through which the mixed gas passes is formed between the baffle plate and the bottom surface, and the sewage outlet and the air inlet are located on both sides of the baffle plate.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述污水管包括:The cleaning device according to claim 18, wherein the sewage pipe comprises:
    管体,所述管体由所述污水入口向上延伸形成;以及a pipe body formed by extending upward from the sewage inlet; and
    转接管,所述转接管包括依次相连接的第一管路、过渡管以及第二管路;所述第一管路与所述管体同轴可拆装连接,所述第一管路与所述第二管路相垂直,所述污水出口设置在所述第二管路上。An adapter pipe, the adapter pipe includes a first pipeline, a transition pipe, and a second pipeline connected in sequence; the first pipeline is coaxially detachably connected to the pipe body, and the first pipeline is connected to the The second pipeline is vertical, and the sewage outlet is arranged on the second pipeline.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述混合气体在进入所述旋风过滤组件之间至少走过的路径为2×L1+L2;其中,L1为所述第二管路的中心线与所述进气口之间沿竖直方向的距离,L2为所述第二管路的中心线与所述挡板之间沿竖直方向的距离。The cleaning device according to claim 19, characterized in that, the path traveled by the mixed gas before entering the cyclone filter assembly is at least 2×L1+L2; wherein, L1 is the path of the second pipeline The vertical distance between the centerline and the air inlet, L2 is the vertical distance between the centerline of the second pipeline and the baffle.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述第二管路的中心线与所述进气口之间沿竖直方向的距离L1与所述第二管路的中心线与所述挡板之间沿竖直方向的距离L2之间的比值为0.9~3。The cleaning device according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the vertical distance L1 between the centerline of the second pipeline and the air inlet is equal to the centerline of the second pipeline The ratio to the vertical distance L2 between the baffles is 0.9-3.
  22. 根据权利要求17-21任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述旋风过滤组件包括:The cleaning device according to any one of claims 17-21, wherein the cyclone filter assembly comprises:
    连通管,所述连通管上端为出气口;以及A connecting pipe, the upper end of which is an air outlet; and
    第一卡接部,所述第一卡接部设置在所述连通管的外周;所述第一卡接部的外周与所述容纳腔的侧壁相抵接;所述第一卡接部包括螺旋底板,所述螺旋底板呈螺旋状围设在所述连通管的外周;所述螺旋底板、连通管以及所述盖体本体共同形成旋风通道;所述进气口与所述旋风通道相连通,所述混合气体依次通过所述进气口、所述旋风通道以及所述连通管实现旋风尘气分离。A first clamping part, the first clamping part is arranged on the outer circumference of the communication pipe; the outer circumference of the first clamping part abuts against the side wall of the accommodating chamber; the first clamping part includes A spiral bottom plate, the spiral bottom plate is helically arranged around the outer periphery of the communication pipe; the spiral bottom plate, the communication pipe and the cover body together form a cyclone channel; the air inlet communicates with the cyclone channel , the mixed gas sequentially passes through the air inlet, the cyclone channel and the communicating pipe to realize cyclone dust-gas separation.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述第一卡接部的横截面的外轮廓由上至下逐渐减小,所述容纳腔包括由上至下排布且相连接的第一腔室和第二腔室,所述第一腔室的大小和形状与所述第一卡接部相匹配,所述第二腔室的横截面积小于所述第一腔室最小的横截面积。The cleaning device according to claim 22, wherein the outer contour of the cross-section of the first clamping part gradually decreases from top to bottom, and the accommodating chamber includes A first chamber and a second chamber, the size and shape of the first chamber match the first engaging part, and the cross-sectional area of the second chamber is smaller than the smallest of the first chamber. cross-sectional area.
  24. 根据权利要求17-23任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述旋风过滤组件包括:The cleaning device according to any one of claims 17-23, wherein the cyclone filter assembly comprises:
    旋风过滤机构,所述旋风过滤机构位于所述容纳腔内;以及a cyclone filter mechanism, the cyclone filter mechanism is located in the receiving chamber; and
    软胶,所述软胶与所述旋风过滤机构相连接且至少部分所述软胶沿周向伸出所述旋风过滤机构的外周,伸出所述旋风过滤机构的外周的所述软胶抵接在所述盖体本体的上端。Soft glue, the soft glue is connected with the cyclone filter mechanism and at least part of the soft glue protrudes from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism in the circumferential direction, and the soft glue protruding from the outer periphery of the cyclone filter mechanism abuts on the upper end of the cover body.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述盖体还包括上盖,所述上盖覆盖在所述盖体本体的上端,所述上盖包括第一上端面,所述第一上端面与水平面之间的夹角为第一预设夹角;The cleaning device according to claim 24, wherein the cover body further includes an upper cover, the upper cover covers the upper end of the cover body, the upper cover includes a first upper end surface, and the first An included angle between an upper end surface and a horizontal plane is a first preset included angle;
    所述软胶包括相连接的第二上端面以及连接部,所述第二上端面位于所述旋风过滤机构的上端,所述连接部与所述旋风过滤机构相固定且伸出所述旋风过滤机构的外周,所述连接部的底面与水平面之间的夹角为第二预设夹角;The soft rubber includes a connected second upper end surface and a connecting part, the second upper end surface is located at the upper end of the cyclone filter mechanism, and the connection part is fixed to the cyclone filter mechanism and extends out of the cyclone filter mechanism. The outer periphery of the mechanism, the angle between the bottom surface of the connecting part and the horizontal plane is a second preset angle;
    所述盖体本体的上端与水平面之间的夹角为第三预设夹角,当所述盖体本体的上端与所述连接部的底面抵接时,所述第一上端面与所述第二上端面处于同一平面内。The angle between the upper end of the cover body and the horizontal plane is a third preset angle, and when the upper end of the cover body abuts against the bottom surface of the connecting part, the first upper end surface and the The second upper end surface is in the same plane.
  26. 根据权利要求6-25任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述防逆阀包括柔性的阀体,所述阀体的出口的截面在第二方向的尺寸大于其在第三方向的尺寸,所述第二方向与所述第三方向垂直。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 6-25, characterized in that the anti-reverse valve comprises a flexible valve body, and the size of the cross-section of the outlet of the valve body in the second direction is larger than that in the third direction , the second direction is perpendicular to the third direction.
  27. 根据权利要求6-26任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述防逆阀包括设置在所述分隔板下表面上的弹性阀片。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 6-26, wherein the anti-reverse valve comprises an elastic valve plate arranged on the lower surface of the partition plate.
  28. 根据权利要求4-27任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述分隔板上还设置有第二孔组,下部空间内的气体能够经所述第二孔组流到上部空间。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 4-27, characterized in that, the partition plate is also provided with a second hole group, and the gas in the lower space can flow to the upper space through the second hole group .
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述第一孔组和/或所述第二孔组偏离所述分隔板的最低点。The cleaning device according to claim 28, wherein the first hole group and/or the second hole group deviate from the lowest point of the partition plate.
  30. 根据权利要求13-25任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述盖体上设置有水位探针组,所述水位探针组用于监测所述箱体内的污水水位。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 13-25, wherein a water level probe set is arranged on the cover, and the water level probe set is used to monitor the sewage water level in the tank.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述水位探针组包括第一探针组和第二探针组,所述第一探针组和所述第二探针组均朝向所述下部空间延伸,所述第二探针组延伸到所述上部空间内并处于所述第一孔组的正上方,所述第一探针组的长度大于所述第二探针组的长度。The cleaning device according to claim 30, wherein the water level probe set includes a first probe set and a second probe set, and both the first probe set and the second probe set are directed toward The lower space extends, the second probe group extends into the upper space and is directly above the first hole group, and the length of the first probe group is longer than that of the second probe group. length.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述第一探针组延伸到所述下部空间内。The cleaning device according to claim 31, wherein the first probe set extends into the lower space.
  33. 根据权利要求13-25、30-32任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述盖体上还设置有两个折流板,所述两个折流板均延伸到所述上部空间内,并且所述两个折流板在所述盖体的周向上间隔布置,每个所述折流板的侧边缘的至少部分区域与所述箱体的侧壁间隔开,所述第二通道的出口处于两个所述折流板之间。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 13-25, 30-32, characterized in that two baffles are further provided on the cover, and both of the two baffles extend to the upper part In the space, and the two baffles are arranged at intervals in the circumferential direction of the cover, at least part of the side edge of each baffle is spaced from the side wall of the box, the first The outlets of the two channels are located between the two baffles.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述盖体上还设置有背板,所述背板位于所述气体流出通道的入口和所述转接管之间,且所述背板连接在两个所述折流板之间。The cleaning device according to claim 33, characterized in that, the cover is further provided with a back plate, the back plate is located between the inlet of the gas outflow channel and the transfer pipe, and the back plate connected between the two baffles.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述背板沿所述机身的长度方向的尺寸小于所述折流板沿所述机身的长度方向的尺寸。The cleaning device according to claim 34, wherein the dimension of the back plate along the length direction of the fuselage is smaller than the dimension of the baffle along the length direction of the fuselage.
  36. 根据权利要求1-35任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述地刷上设置有可拆卸的清洁液箱。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 1-35, wherein a detachable cleaning liquid tank is arranged on the ground brush.
  37. 根据权利要求1-36任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述机身上包括储污箱支撑座,所述储污箱通过所述储污箱支撑座设置在所述机身上。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 1-36, wherein the fuselage includes a dirt storage tank support base, and the dirt storage tank is arranged on the fuselage through the dirt storage tank support base superior.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述储污箱支撑座包括凹槽,所述储污箱至少一部分被容纳在所述凹槽内。The cleaning device according to claim 37, wherein the support base of the dirt storage tank includes a groove, and at least a part of the dirt storage tank is accommodated in the groove.
  39. 根据权利要求1-38任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述清洁装置还包括手持吸尘器,所述手持吸尘器可拆卸地安装于所述机身的另一端;其中,所述手持吸尘器远离所述机身的一端设置有手柄,所述手柄内部容纳有电池。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 1-38, characterized in that the cleaning device further comprises a handheld vacuum cleaner, which is detachably mounted on the other end of the fuselage; wherein the handheld The end of the vacuum cleaner away from the body is provided with a handle, and a battery is accommodated inside the handle.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述手持吸尘器还包括尘筒组件和电机,所述尘筒组件、电机和所述手柄沿着所述手持吸尘器的第一方向依次布置,并且所述手持吸尘器上沿第一方向从所述尘筒组件到所述手柄的各个位置所对应的宽度大致相同。The cleaning device according to claim 39, wherein the handheld vacuum cleaner further comprises a dust cylinder assembly and a motor, and the dust cylinder assembly, the motor, and the handle are sequentially arranged along the first direction of the handheld vacuum cleaner, In addition, the widths corresponding to various positions along the first direction from the dust cylinder assembly to the handle on the handheld vacuum cleaner are substantially the same.
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述手持吸尘器包括附接构件,所述附接构件与所述手持吸尘器可拆卸连接,所述附接构件包括除螨刷、扁刷、毛刷、宠物刷以及软 管中的一种或多种。The cleaning device according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the handheld vacuum cleaner includes an attachment member that is detachably connected to the handheld vacuum cleaner, and the attachment member includes a mite removing brush, a flat One or more of brushes, hair brushes, pet brushes, and hoses.
  42. 根据权利要求39-41任一项所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述机身和所述储污箱的结合体呈柱状。The cleaning device according to any one of claims 39-41, characterized in that the combination of the body and the dirt storage tank is columnar.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述结合体的主体部分沿所述机身的长度方向的各个位置所对应的第一截面的面积基本相同,所述第一截面为所述结合体的主体部分垂直于所述机身的长度方向的截面。The cleaning device according to claim 42, wherein the area of the first section corresponding to each position of the body part of the combination along the length direction of the fuselage is basically the same, and the first section is the The main body part of the combined body is perpendicular to the longitudinal section of the fuselage.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述手持吸尘器的主体部分沿所述机身的长度方向的各个位置所对应的第二截面的面积基本相同,所述第二截面为所述手持吸尘器的主体部分垂直于所述机身的长度方向的截面。The cleaning device according to claim 43, wherein the area of the second cross-section corresponding to each position of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner along the length direction of the fuselage is basically the same, and the second cross-section is the same. A section of the main body of the handheld vacuum cleaner perpendicular to the length direction of the fuselage.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述第一截面的面积和所述第二截面的面积基本相同。The cleaning device of claim 44, wherein the area of the first cross-section is substantially the same as the area of the second cross-section.
PCT/CN2022/092723 2021-05-27 2022-05-13 Cleaning device WO2022247659A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP22810386.7A EP4331457A1 (en) 2021-05-27 2022-05-13 Cleaning device
KR1020237044724A KR20240013789A (en) 2021-05-27 2022-05-13 cleaning device
AU2022280813A AU2022280813A1 (en) 2021-05-27 2022-05-13 Cleaning device
US18/520,494 US20240090717A1 (en) 2021-05-27 2023-11-27 Cleaning devices

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110586889.6 2021-05-27
CN202110586889.6A CN115399687A (en) 2021-05-27 2021-05-27 Dust-collecting, cleaning and hand-held three-in-one dry-wet multifunctional hand-held rod type dust collector
CN202110813176.9 2021-07-19
CN202110813176.9A CN115634867A (en) 2021-07-19 2021-07-19 Sewage tank for cleaning device and cleaning device
CN202111007095.6 2021-08-30
CN202111007095.6A CN115721201A (en) 2021-08-30 2021-08-30 Scrubbing brush and have its cleaning device
CN202111209222.0 2021-10-18
CN202111209222.0A CN115989977A (en) 2021-10-18 2021-10-18 Sewage tank and cleaning device

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/520,494 Continuation US20240090717A1 (en) 2021-05-27 2023-11-27 Cleaning devices

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022247659A1 true WO2022247659A1 (en) 2022-12-01

Family

ID=84229513

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/092723 WO2022247659A1 (en) 2021-05-27 2022-05-13 Cleaning device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20240090717A1 (en)
EP (1) EP4331457A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20240013789A (en)
AU (1) AU2022280813A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2022247659A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117434481A (en) * 2023-12-21 2024-01-23 天鑫精工科技(威海)有限公司 Magnetic field detection device for printer parts

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005323671A (en) * 2004-05-12 2005-11-24 Kao Corp Wet-type vacuum cleaner
US20100192980A1 (en) * 2009-02-05 2010-08-05 Turner John C Modular recycling cleaning system
CN108903784A (en) * 2018-09-30 2018-11-30 江苏美的清洁电器股份有限公司 Wet-dry dust catcher
CN109832998A (en) * 2019-03-27 2019-06-04 苏州诚河清洁设备有限公司 Soiling solution recovering mechanism, cleaning head device and Wet-dry dust catcher
CN209499621U (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-10-18 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Cleaning machine
CN210043932U (en) * 2019-04-12 2020-02-11 苏州爱普电器有限公司 Dirty liquid recovery unit and wet or dry dust collecting equipment
CN212326293U (en) * 2020-07-02 2021-01-12 帝舍智能科技(武汉)有限公司 Cleaning device
CN112641397A (en) * 2020-05-20 2021-04-13 安徽大汉机器人集团有限公司 Floor cleaning machine
CN216060387U (en) * 2021-05-27 2022-03-18 莱克电气股份有限公司 Dust-collecting, cleaning and hand-held three-in-one dry-wet multifunctional hand-held rod type dust collector
CN216060393U (en) * 2021-08-30 2022-03-18 莱克电气股份有限公司 Scrubbing brush and have its scrubber
CN216060390U (en) * 2021-05-27 2022-03-18 莱克电气股份有限公司 Dust-collecting, cleaning and hand-held three-in-one dry-wet multifunctional vertical dust collector

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005323671A (en) * 2004-05-12 2005-11-24 Kao Corp Wet-type vacuum cleaner
US20100192980A1 (en) * 2009-02-05 2010-08-05 Turner John C Modular recycling cleaning system
CN209499621U (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-10-18 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Cleaning machine
CN108903784A (en) * 2018-09-30 2018-11-30 江苏美的清洁电器股份有限公司 Wet-dry dust catcher
CN109832998A (en) * 2019-03-27 2019-06-04 苏州诚河清洁设备有限公司 Soiling solution recovering mechanism, cleaning head device and Wet-dry dust catcher
CN210043932U (en) * 2019-04-12 2020-02-11 苏州爱普电器有限公司 Dirty liquid recovery unit and wet or dry dust collecting equipment
CN112641397A (en) * 2020-05-20 2021-04-13 安徽大汉机器人集团有限公司 Floor cleaning machine
CN212326293U (en) * 2020-07-02 2021-01-12 帝舍智能科技(武汉)有限公司 Cleaning device
CN216060387U (en) * 2021-05-27 2022-03-18 莱克电气股份有限公司 Dust-collecting, cleaning and hand-held three-in-one dry-wet multifunctional hand-held rod type dust collector
CN216060390U (en) * 2021-05-27 2022-03-18 莱克电气股份有限公司 Dust-collecting, cleaning and hand-held three-in-one dry-wet multifunctional vertical dust collector
CN216060393U (en) * 2021-08-30 2022-03-18 莱克电气股份有限公司 Scrubbing brush and have its scrubber

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117434481A (en) * 2023-12-21 2024-01-23 天鑫精工科技(威海)有限公司 Magnetic field detection device for printer parts
CN117434481B (en) * 2023-12-21 2024-03-01 天鑫精工科技(威海)有限公司 Magnetic field detection device for printer parts

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4331457A1 (en) 2024-03-06
AU2022280813A1 (en) 2023-12-21
US20240090717A1 (en) 2024-03-21
KR20240013789A (en) 2024-01-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR20020075487A (en) cyclone dust-collecting apparatus for vacuum cleaner
KR20020079164A (en) Cleaning water circulation type vacuum cleaner
WO2022247659A1 (en) Cleaning device
CN216060394U (en) Floor brush and floor washing machine applied to cleaning equipment
CN115067826B (en) Sewage bucket, separation structure, floor washing assembly and floor washing machine
CN209107193U (en) Ground brush assemblies and Wet-dry dust catcher for Wet-dry dust catcher
CN113647876A (en) Cleaning device's sewage case and cleaning device
CN216823274U (en) Sewage tank and cleaning device
WO2022247660A1 (en) Cleaning apparatus
CN215502808U (en) Base station for cleaning machine and cleaning machine system
CN216060391U (en) Scrubbing brush and floor washing machine equipped with same
CN215305590U (en) Recycling bin and cleaning equipment
CN215502758U (en) Cleaning machine system
CN216823273U (en) Sewage tank and cleaning device
CN221844589U (en) Floor washing machine and sewage bucket assembly thereof
CN216823275U (en) Sewage tank and cleaning device
CN219940518U (en) Sewage tank with air inlet structure and surface cleaning equipment
CN219196872U (en) Siphon cleaner
CN216876239U (en) Floor cleaning machine
WO2024021615A1 (en) Cleaning device and cleaning system
CN216147978U (en) Low-noise surface cleaning machine
CN211324726U (en) Cyclone type pre-separation device and dust collection device comprising same
CN215533994U (en) Solid screen for dust separation module and dust separation module
CN115989977A (en) Sewage tank and cleaning device
WO2022262212A1 (en) Maintenance station and cleaning system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22810386

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022810386

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022810386

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20231127

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022280813

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: AU2022280813

Country of ref document: AU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022280813

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20220513

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237044724

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020237044724

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023135280

Country of ref document: RU

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE